Home

d101.01 io-8-1 bow tunnel thruster

Contents

1. NABTESCO 365 24 1 Service Center JAPAN NABTESCO MARINE SERVICE 1617 1 Pukuyoshi dal 1 chome NishHku kobe 651 2413 Japan Phone 81 78 987 1404 i FAX 81 78 967 4891 E The Netherlands Singapore NABMIC B V NABTESCO Marine Service Singapore Pte Ltd Louis Pasteuraat 8 3261 LZ Oud Beljeriand 102E Pasir Panjang Road 05 03 POBox 1558 3260 BB Oud Beijerland Citilink Industrial Complex Singapore 118529 The Netherlands 65 6225 6559 31 186 636 777 FAX 55 6225 7383 FAX 431188 638 778 Marketing Department Kobe Office O Tokyo Office Kokusai Hamamatsucho Bidg 9 18 Kaigan 1chome Minato ku Tokyo 105 0022 Japan 81 3 5470 2413 Overseas Markatne Sec FAX 81 3 5470 2417 1617 1 Fukuyoshi dal I chome Nishi ku 651 2413 Japan Phone 81 78 967 5381 FAX
2. Hie 2OOOFRD SISNABMIC 2000 1 1 Nabtesco Marine Service Singapore Worldwide After Sales Service Network Nabtesco is intends to widen its after sales service network according to the variation in berthing and repairing places dispatching service engineers to the vessels around the world as well as sending spare parts We are expanding the worldwide service network through Nabtesco is Japan Nabtesco Marine Service Singapore and NABMIC Netherlands under the leadership of the headquarters Nabtesco is Kobe These three regional centers are well connected with their local service agents which allows us to respond quickly with the best condition for any requirements of service PRS CELT SMBH LT ARSD RR ost T77A23Cl b CC CSU UAYVENBU BEBRO
3. 3 Service Centers Nabtesco Corporation Japan After Sales Service Department Headquarters Kobe Office in Executive Office Tokyo Office NABMIC Netherlands Nabtesco Marine Service Singapore PTE LTD Singapore For further information and contact addresses telephone numbers please see the back af this document and catalogues BPRSCUBRAICDSELTI HESSUCATOTECERC RE Anywhere Around the World Anytime Round the Clock HRA CS S68H 248BL SERVICE NETWORK To the users of Nabtesco system we are always ready to answer swiftly your requests for after sales service on Nabtesco system Please call the Nabtesco Service Centers Particularly ourr service center can accept calls 24 hours during whole year
4. Recommendation of Long Term Maintenance Contract By concluding a long term maintenance contract there will be the following merits There is no need to negotiate the maintenance fee every time The maintenance will be made suitably in the range of the annual budget The annual budget will be set easily The management efficiency of maintenance work will be increased by the check list made before the work and the simplified maintenance report Spare Parts Supply Based on its worldwide network Nabtesco is supplying spare part
5. No 2 BR 5 1 6 8 1 10 24V 27V YARD ae aaa KPME KPME 22422 ISSUE eb KAWASAKI MAIN MOTOR OF KAWASAKI SIDE THRUSTER KT 157B3 FOR 4 150TEU Class Container Carrier HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD S No H1630 1 1671 2 1699 1701 1733 ORDER NO 31KB068 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 K MV mam Fer 25 200d HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD REVISION GAS TURBINE amp MACHINERY COMPANY MACHINERY DIVISION MARINE MACHINERY PROPULSION MACHINERY ENG NG SECT APPROVED CHECKED DRAWN 0 7 DRAWING NO November 24 2004 G4 201 289 SHEETS COVER INC CUSTOMER Kawasaki Heavy Industries LTD PROJECT H1630 1335Kw SPECIFICATION OF INDUCTION MOTOR FOR FINAL ee ORDER NO NO Lue we ms we
6. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Nabtesco 1 1 1 0MPa 5 ILE 3 2 EE 1 1 2 1
7. Periodical maintenance Spare parts supply Document service Supplying the Maintenance List and Record Training program Troubleshooting training with a Failure Check System Recommendation of long term maintenance contract Recommended Periodical Maintenance TY Maintenance Interval ee Digital governor 5 years Regular inspection Control unit 1O years Actuator will be overhauled or replaced Actuator OFS Pneumstic components All pneumatic components shouid be overhauled every 5 years Ovarhaul and Low and high pressure replacement of rubber parts and fitter elements devices amp other parts SESCVEREOF t VERMEKES Strong Recommendation Electric electronis components Regular mainten
8. KAWASAKI PRECISION MACHINERY LTD MFR S NAME amp ADDRESS HAZETANI CHO NISHI KU KOBE JAPAN 234 SUPPLY CARTRIDGE VALVES RVEA LKFC FDCB CXFA CXDA GBP S Fr ON SUPPLY PER SET ARE REMARKS WORK m ING SPARE No SKETCH MATERIAL NBR VZ990 010 007 NBR VZ990 010 007 I SYNTHETIC BACK UP RING RESIN VZ990 010 007 m SYNTHETIC BACK UP RING RESIN VZ990 010 007 NBR GBP S x H NE VZ990 202 007 x 2PC VZ990 203 007 x 1PC V2990 016 007 x 1PC VZ990 010 007 x 1PC FOR KT 157 187 SERIES KAWASAKI PRECISION MACHINERY LTD MFR S NAME amp ADDRESS HAZETANI CHO NISHI KU KOBE JAPAN BAA 234 SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE SUPPLY E BOX No SUPPLY PER SET pele MATERIAL X IR REMARKS woRK
9. UNIT e e N N m eoi iwjeojs iuojiejr ojo cN eod mr ed Ll ed Ld aed r_I lt gt gt 910940 N N N N N N NINI NINININI NINI NN N NEN cN CN I CN DESCRIPTION 1 S P 1 P S H PITCH IND STBD WING PITCH IND 1 S P 1 P S PORT WINGPITCH IND 1 S P 1 P S TENKEY 7SH60507 02B 1 6 Nabtesco TENKEY DATA ADDRESS LIST FOR MTHI TYPE THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM STERN THRUSTER SHIPYARD HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD S NO H 1630 REVISION 1 NABTESCO SHOP TEST 2005 5 19 2 3 4 READOUT OPERATION OF DATA INPUT THE ADDRESS FOR THE DATA TO BE READ OUT WITH THE KEYBOARD AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON THE ADDRESS DISPLAY SECTION AND THE DATA ON THE DATA DISPLAY SECTION S NO H 1630 7SH60507 02B 2 6 STERN FOR CONTROL ADJUSTABLE DESCRIPTION NE SETTING VALUE 1 T 2 ve ORTABLE DIAL FG INPUT SIGNAL Volt ORTABLE DIAL FG OUTPUT SIGNAL STBD WING DIAL FG INPUT SIGNAL Volt TENKEY ADDRESS x g gt c 4 c e z gt 002 03 v D 4 w gt 2 o g gt c c e z gt m 07 Dez 08 KICS ORDER FG INPUT SIGNAL Volt Volt Deg ii eee Deg Deg Volt mA 7 MOTOR LOAD DEVIATION mA MOTO
10. Memory Card transfer ended abnormally Flashing 2 2 Part Names and Functions NS12 NS10 Rear Panel Switches Expansion Interface Connector Used to mount the Video Input Unit or the Controller Link Memory Card Connector Interface Unit Used to connect the memory card for storing and transmitting screen data log data and system programs DIP Switch Used to set the settings for transmitting data using the Memory Card Reset Switch Used to initialize the PT The status of screen data other registered data and the system menu however will not change Battery Cover The battery is installed underneath the cover Serial Port B Connector Power Input Terminal Block Cover Serial Port A Connector Used to DC Covers the power input terminal block aid oh Used to connect the host NS Designer and Input Terminals Uses an RS 232C 9 pin connector Code Reader Uses an RS 232C 9 pin Used to connect connector the power supply FG Terminal Used to prevent malfunctions due to noise interference Ethernet Connector USB Host Connector Used to connect the Ethernet Used to connect to printers It cable Uses a 10Base is a USB Type A connector USB Slave Connector T 100Base T 8 pin modular This is a USB Type B connector Plug It cannot be used with NS Ver 5 0 systems Note Confirm system safety before turning the power ON OFF or
11. H Clearance Shrinkage 119 130 130 160 130 170 0 035 0 025 0 077 0 093 0 025 0 093 Di r2 D3 Ds ps p 0 010 0 010 0 010 0 010 000 ee Shrinkage 0 010 0 010 0 040 0 055 0 005 Standard 200 220 Clearance 0 029 0 050 cu ENIM 030 320 109 0 020 0 045 20 10 0 20 sition ws mr pom 0 005 005 0 010 50 0 00 007 006 0 05 Shrinkage 0 005 0 085 0 040 0 045 0 040 0 13 0 14 0 12 it 11 T Yamashita 2 RAR INSPECTOR 10 KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE RESULT OF INSPECTION Sheet No 31KB068 Draw Material 5 KT 157B3 Bow Thruster i BERM Propeller Assembly Kobe 8 Article No of piece Place of Ins Works REER Clearance Check Inspect Item Test mark 3 May 06 2005 ACCEPT 2 Decision Date of Ins Unit mm Machine No 3426 Port Starbeards 319 245 425 Standard clearance clearance clearance 0 4 1 6 0 160 0 246 0 180 0 283
12. 05 5mm MATERIAL 2921967 eun ee 3 22 CODE NO DWG NO 9 T mmm f 74757673 Bpa f Nabtesco 2 THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM Nabtesco Corporation MARINE CONTROL SYSTEMS COMPANY ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT DATE DESIGNED APVD 2 ADDRESS 1617 1 Fukuyoshi dai 1 chorne Nishi ku Kobe 651 2413 Japan Phone No Kobe 81 78 967 5361 Fax No Kobe 81 78 967 5562 SPARE PARTS LIST amp SPEC NO MTHII THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM DESCRIPTION OUTLINE PC NO REMARKS REV 5 2 gt 74755815 74755815 74753573 4 01 2KX2 74757581 SPACER M5 L 30 213 74759070 01 5 2 w 38 mmy 74734176 38 I 1 20 I 1 L 20 MAINTENANCE WITH CABLE 1 8m CONNECTOR FOR MAINTENANCE 199900 o 109909 ER PORTABLE KEYPAD ADDRESS 1617 1 Fukuyoshi dai 1 Nishi ku Kobe 651 2413 Japan Phone No Kobe 81 78 967 5361 Fax No Kobe 81 78 967 5362 Pe TRS 30 120 503 Rm TS v fa O5ELE 6 04 120 315 05 Rmx 6
13. OUTPUT 9 CH12 T D EA d BB 1200 TANK LOW LEVEL MONITORING OFF AT HYD OIL PUMP LOW PRESS MONITORING OFF AT 1202 MOTOR START FAIL OFF AT MAIN MOTOR TRIP ALARM 1203 OFF AT 1204 COMMON ALARM OFF AT PLC ABNORMAL ON AT MAIN MOTOR READY TO START ON AT 1207 MAIN MOTOR RUN INPUT UNIT POWER UNIT CPU UNIT OUTPUT UNIT 1 OUTPUT UNIT 2 OUTPUT UNIT 3 OUTPUT UNIT 4 OUTPUT UNIT 5 OUTPUT UNIT 46 OUTPUT UNIT 7 OUTPUT UNIT 8 OUTPUT UNIT 9 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm EIE SYP 0 75mm TITLE DRAW NO SHEET Bae CONNECTION DIAG G3 15334 2 C26 A A 8 a aaa CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER CUST 1630 COLOR P 55 1 lt 8j Pu E CHECK BY PASS OFF AT M M RUN AT M M TRIP OR Me LOAD FOR AUTO ZERO PITCH SYSTEM card I CONTROL PANEL be I ON AT CONTROL PANEL CONTROL SOURCE NO VOLT unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm TITLE DRAW NO SHEET NO Silh CONNECTION DIAG G3 15334 2 C27 A B C27 12194 190201 1 01 5002 DMC LIH 80 amp MOBALOOR Y 0 9 LH HEE of bt A AMS LSM LARE T S RU Dr BANAWNZAGVOSAZOVOS SPACE HEATER 15 1 26 SCP 2 5 RUNNING
14. AC6MN O RING 0 77 FOR THREAD NIPPLE O RING 0 FOR THREAD NIPPLE O RING 0 FOR THREAD NIPPLE FOR KT 32 187 SERIES KAWASAKI PRECISION MACHINERY LTD MFR S NAME amp ADDRESS HAZETANI CHO NISHI KU KOBE JAPAN 234 SUPPLY CARTRIDGE VALVES B RVEA LKFC XDCA CXHA CXDA GBP S SUPPLY DRAWING PER S SKETCH REMARKS WORK ING SPARE No NBR VZ990 202 007 NBR VZ990 202 007 VZ990 203 007 NBR 2990 202 007 VZ990 203 007 BACK UP RING AEN VZ990 202 007 i e BACK UP RING isi VZ990 202 007 VZ990 203 007 BACK UP RING VZ990 202 007 VZ990 203 007 VZ990 016 007 NBR VZ990 016 007 SYNTHETIC BACK UP RING RESIN VZ990 016 007 SYNTHETIC BACK UP RING RESIN VZ990 016 007
15. W H STAND TPYC 4 4mm TERMINAL BOARD UINT SOLENOID VALVE ear olas STBD CLOSE AT NON FOLLOW CONT NOT USED CLOSE AT nm CONT BLADE ANGLE NOT USED FEED BACK T BLADE ANGLE AND ORDER SIGNAL TX ee FEED BACK AND ORDER SIGNAL RS 422 TWIST PAIR SHIELD WIRE 110 BLADE ANGLE FEED BACK OUTPUT SIGNAL ISOLATED 10V BLADE ANGLE 113 ORDER INPUT SIGNAL WITH ISOLATED 10V NOT USED BLADE ANGLE TRANSMITTER INDICATOR CONTROL OPEN AT INTEGRATED ALARM ALARM CIRCUIT POWER FAIL DPYC 4 4mm DC24V ELECTRIC 20 60Hz 10 MAX 1A DPYC 2 2mm FOR BOW NAME 1 0 LIST _ REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM _ pq ne cs em RELATION NO E CODE NO COR EA em Nabtesco Corporation MPYC 19 W H STAND TERMINAL BOARD UINT EMERGENCY STOP EMERGENCY STOP FOR MAIN FOR MAIN MOTOR NABTESCO SUPPLY FOR MAIN MOTOR CLOSE AT EMERGENCY STOP ss OPEN AT EMERGENCY STOP 5 6 AY paces PAGES GE ss PAGES GF es CLOSE AT MAIN MOTOR RUN MAIN MOTOR STOP CLOSE AT PITCH NEUTRAL CLOSE
16. 94 CPU Units Section 3 1 3 1 2 Components CJ1 and CJ1 H CPU Units LED Indicators wey YSMAC 16 4 y ERR DIP Switch Ba Hey Compartment d inside the battery compartment Used for initial settings Memory Card Indicators MCPWR green Lit when power Is supplied to Memory Card BUSY orange Lit when Memory Card is being accessed Peripheral Port Connected to Programming Devices such as a Programming Console or host computers Memory Card Power Supply Switch Press the power supply switch to disconnect power before removing the Memory Card Also press the Memory Card Power Supply Switch to perform an easy backup operation Memory Card Connector Connects the Memory Card to the CPU Unit RS 232C Port Connected to Programming Devices excluding Programming Consoles Host Computers general purpose external devices Programmable Terminals and other devices Memory Card Eject Button Press the eject button to remove the Memory Card from the CPU Unit Note Always connect the connector covers to protect them from dust when not using the peripheral or RS 232C port 95 CPU Units Section 3 1 CJ1M CPU Units Models without Built in CJ1M CPU1L PERIPHERAL Note The nomenclature and functions the same as for the CJ1 and CJ1 H CPU Units above Models with Built in 4
17. 1 1 I l ag 1 96EHHOSFhy777708R UBER LEISFAY TU YIOMRURE MRIUALTSCE 2 SFAYTYYIOHLURARVELTRAL THARTRC EUSIESR 357777780 8 1498026 3 SFhy7J Z7B8SCBU 2979777A8C7JU 2 XHUCT amp v RAR H9100 4 8F22707702722 T E amp RRS 32177 77888 CERO E ROLE REMARKS 1 TO BE INSTALLED WITHIN INSTALLATION ALIGNMENT LIMIT ACCORDING TO ABOVE TABLE TO BE ASSEMBLED N ACCORDANCE WITH INSTALLATION MANUAL BE FILLED UP INSIDE COUPLING WITH GREASE BE ASSEMBLED COVER WITH MATCH MARK UP AND TIGHTEN TORQUE 1 02 j co Dd A TO A TAPERED STUFFING BOX REMAER BY THE SHIPYARD MRFRCTHI NGI 5 E E D si E ssec EE edhe ol NO Eua F PARTS 1 Test PIECH NOTES amp MSAFOGY p Foret pd qus t tA 89 MACHINERY DIVISION OWNER Las NO N RU LERB 3147396 p 157 1 3 SCALE vs o PET INPUT SHAFT SF COUPLING ASS G4 200 T396 ld 2 3 a 4 5 EE KAWASAKI REAYY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE SAPAN GEAR CASE C L FROM PROP SHAFT C L m gt Lt THRUSTER SIDE 3 QF 720 988 fae 2 r REBELDE VA 5257
18. 1 Setting of non shrinkage type will take over 48 hours and ordinary type will take over 5 days SETTING OF BASE GROUT 1 Check motor alignment and make realignment if necessary FINAL ALLIGNMENT CHECK 2 The adjustment of realignment shall be made by packing shims 3 Provide dowel pins on motor feet to secure motor alignment in position 1 Trial operation shall be made TRIAL OPERATION 2 Realignment shall be performed if necessary 2 3 TOLERANCES OF INSTALLATION AND ALIGNMENT 2 3 1 Tolerances of Motor Installation The Horizontally of the base and the motor should be less than 0 05mm m 0 6 103 Inch Ft 2 3 2 Tolerance of motor alignment Tolerance of motor alignment shall be in according with TABLE i TABLE i m Parallelism couplings between faces ping of half couplings within 0 05 mm 1 96 x 107 Inch Within 0 05 mm 1 96 x10 Inch The tolerance above shall be checked periodically preferably once per month 2 4 TIGHTENING TORQUE OF BOLT AND NUT 2 4 1 Tightening torque of bolt and nut Tightening torque of bolts and nuts shall be in accordance with TABLE I OR TABLE II TABLE I Standard tightening torque metric 2 750 kg cm 198 Ft Ib 4 120 kg cm 297 Ft Ib NOTE 1 Tolerance of tightening force 15 20 2 Bolt size given in parenthesis indicates the ISO standard bolts TABL
19. 450E 485013515 vste 450E 1935 0 AERE RES 450 02 03 450 04 05 450 07 450 SP HYOSUNG QA TE 25 0102 2A4 HYOSUNG CORPORATION A4 210X297 HYOSUNG SHOP ORDER NO BOW THRUSTER HYOSUNG INDUCTION MOTOR DATA SHEET SHEET 1 OF 1 CUSTOMER Kawasaki Heavy Industries LTD FOR FINAL 31 8068 EQUIP NO SERVICE BOW THRUSTER SITE H1630 QUANTITY 1 SET GENERAL DATA PERFORMANCE DATA FRAME NO 450E OUTFEUT 3 1338 KW TYPE POLES ENCLOSURE FREQUENCY O 60 Hz IMARY TEMP RISE AT FULL LOAD NO LOAD CURRENT RES METHOD 105 284 1 1420 INDOOR SECONDARY ALTITUDE LESS THAN 1000M VOLT OPEN CIRCUIT HUMIDITY LESS THAN 95 CURRENT LOAD THERMO METHOD 105 RANG 79 NEMADESIGN S BEARING TYPE UNLOAD LOAD BRG NO RES AT 25 LINE AT 1 2 LOAD AT 3 4 LOAD AT FULL LOAD POWER FACTOR AT 1 2 LOAD ERI C a SERVICE FACTOR 18 sPeED ATFOLLLOAD IP44 DRIVE DIRECT COUPLED TORQUE ee s 10885 N m SINGLE 7690 VERTICAL EXTERNAL THRUST MAXLOADGD AT MOTOR SHAFT 1373 N m MTOR APPROX WEIGHT 5800 Kg PAINTING MUNSELL NO TEMPERATURE DETECTOR THERMISTER Pt1002 MAIN TERMINAL BO
20. 6 500 hours 0 75 years 43 000 hours 5 years CJ1M CPUH 13 000 hours 1 5 years 43 000 hours 5 years Replacing User serviceable Parts Section 12 2 Note The minimum lifetime is the memory backup time at an ambient temperature Low Battery Indicators Note of 55 C The typical lifetime is the memory backup time at an ambient temper ature of 25 C Memory Backup Time 1 4yr l 1 1 I 3yr CJ1G CPULJ CJ10 CPUDDH Ambient temperature 25 C 40 C 55 C This graphic is for reference only If the PLC Setup has been set to detect a low battery error the ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash when the battery is nearly dis charged When the ERR ALM indicator flashes connect a Programming Console to the peripheral port and read the error message If the message BATT LOW appears on the Programming Console and the Battery Error Flag A40204 is first check whether the battery is properly connected to the CPU Unit If the battery is properly connected replace the battery as soon as possible Once a low battery error has been detected it will take 5 days before the bat tery fails assuming that power has been supplied at lease once a day Battery failure and the resulting loss of data in RAM can be delayed by ensuring that the CPU Unit power is not turned OFF until
21. 6 DCCC1 POWER SUPPLY JWS150 24 IN 85 265VAC OUT 24VDC 6 5A m 49HH MOTOR GUARD ACT1C AC220V 60Hz NN FUJI ELECTRIC awe lt YARD SUPPLY gt 12 AUX RELAY MY42 CR AC220V 60Hz 49STH MOTOR GUARD 3RN10 00 1AMOO AC220V 60Hz MOTOR GUARD 3RN10 00 1AM00 AC220V 60Hz SIEMENS PER YARD SUPPLY MOTOR GUARD ACTIC 1L AC220V 60Hz FUJI ELECTRIC PEN YARD SUPPLY 4300 oos 3078 2228 mm eon y wo je mororo a a ju ez carm omz o _ _ jos FCOOA CELLO LITE UC 1 10A DF 35 am FCOOB FUSE CELLO UC 1 10 DF 3 UTSUNOMIYA uso 0 SE P 05 GRU 1 GRU 16D DC24V FUSE 1040740 8 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 11 C11 C11 C11 12 C12 C12 C13 C10 C10 O gnus un T TAS Pm DRAW 9 E mo co LTD PARTS LIST NO COLOR MASS CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER TT T TT 1111 CONTROL PANEL G3 15334 CP1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 SPECIFICATION QT 1 5 PLC CPU SHEET NO REMARK T MAKER j CA 4 gt C OUTPUT 9 PLC OUTPUT CJ1W 0C201 DC24V 48mA OUT 8 G6D 4 SB x3 1 OUTPUT 4 PLC OUTPUT CJ1W 0C211 DC24V 96mA OUT 16 OUTPUT 5 PLC OUTPUT CJ1W 0C211 DC24V 96mA OUT 16 1 C13 3 C13 3 2A AC250V DC24V 3 2A AC250V 0C24V E 3 with NT31C KBA05 DC24V with HMC EF372 30 que 0 mem m mmm ne
22. 9 565 7 1 JF HA 97 f CHECK VALVE 19IAIR VENT PLUG 4 Gravity TANK 80222 fil s FLOAT switcH aa yy 6 HAND PUMP fin Fity 7 8 BLADE ANGLE TRANSNITTER LABIA 9 RENOTE CONTROL sisien easy fi VALVE OPERATING CONDITIONS VALVE SOLENOID RELIEF NAME GRADE LOGICAL VALVES VALVE EE 2 POSITION ET a fa FA 8 a BE FA 0 68 4 p fi 8 4 m 0 7477 VALVE CONDITIONS FFERR is SKELETON DIAGRAM OF PIPING SHAFT HOOD OQ arbem PROPELLER SHAFT BEARING HOUSING HEXAGON HEAD SCREW A Bou Ho 21 EA TO TRANSPORT TOOL 2 55222544573 120 282 2 19 E SECURING PLATE 4 WIRE a pl O J 16 D S RUBBER RING H3 o STRAP 5 14 A 8 H T HEXAGON HEAD SCREW iore 2 22 2 PLUG A RN o HEXAGON HEAD SCREW d A AR H I CYLINDER HEAD SCPEW 8 A AR A KW k CYLINDER HEAD SCREW 7 HEXAGON HEAD SCREW Nol 2 Nol INTERMEDIATE RING VENTING DISASSEMBLE THE PLUG AND RENEW THE OIL IN THE VOID
23. TOP BOARD COLOR BLACK MUNSELL N2 0 SURFACE TREATMENT ZINC PLATING CHROMATE TREATMENT ENCLOSURE P56 PITCH INDICATOR 0 5 5 10 PORT 0 STBD TERMINAL BOARD N CAUTION 1 DO NOT USE THE THRUSTER AT THE SHIP SPEED OVER 5 KNOTS 2 SET THE CONTROL DIAL AT THE SAME POSITION AS ORIGINAL TO KEEP A CONSTANT PITCH WHEN CHANGE OVER THE CONTROL STATION ABOUT 2Kg ABOUT ABOUT 2ke WATER PROOF 5 A pup DWG NO E Dess 125 7079048 Nabtesco Corporation OSEE Spr loozcasF os Ree mo vv 25 realour zos 0729 63s aeo h 6 30 0 IS15 i000 oss 029 v 195 05 PUSH BUTTON SWITCH AND INDICATOR LAMP GREEN MOMENTARY TYPE INDICATOR LAMP GREEN MOMENTARY TYPE ALARM LAMP RED 5 PUSH BUTTON SWITCH TERN THRUSTER CONTROLLER MOMENTARY TYPE WITH COVER BAR GRAPH TYPE PITCH INDICATOR STBD SIDE IS GREEN PORT SIDE S RED ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH 10 5 10 O POSITION IS YELLOW YELLOW MOMENTARY TYPE MANEUVERING LEVER WITH LATCH STOP AND 5 NOTCH MATERIAL Bs apa PANEL ARRANGEMENT RELATION NO ae CODE NO DWG NO Nabtesco Corporation WIRING DIAGRAM _W3074618 11 1 1 1 i I 1 041 ul 3 zzi E zb 21 i 1 I l V
24. h p uii ae el NORMAL BY PASS Sar Go 52 S L E 7 E 1 E zw t irasci we we sepe ej Be omume x gt EE a EN POWER CHECK CONTROL SOURCE SWITCH 52cc gt CA e e o gt PANEL ARRANGEME NT BOW THRUSTER STARTER 651413 211 amp NAME PLATE LIST 4 5 6 7 DRAW NO SHEET G3 15334 CP1 1 1 8 9 The Operation Manual for Thruster Control Panel G15334 SAMPLE PICTURE MENU PICTURE P31 Move to MOTOR CONTROL Picture Move to PASSWORD INPUT Picture Move to INTERLOCK LIST Picture blaro MOTOR CONTROL PICTURE P32 lt NOT ACTIVE gt MOTOR CONTROL This picture indicats when power on TH RM HYD MAIN STINT ALARM FAN PUNEN MOTOR Start button amp Running indicator for STINT COND gt As Com RUN INT ALARM STA MAIN MOTORS HYD PUMP FAN CONDI x j Operate with pushing CTRL Stop button for MAIN MOTOR HYD PUMP FAN Operate with pushing CTRL CON MON ALARM MOTOR TRIP lis AH The button for MAIN MOTOR START REQUEST RREQ It will flicker when requesting Operate with pushing CTRL M M HEATER ON CONTROL POS
25. H1630 31 71 72 99 1700 1701 1733 TAIYO ELECTRIC CO LTD PTM 9 Section 2 Before Connecting This section provides information on methods for connecting NS series PTs that must be under stood before connecting the host and peripheral devices 2 1 Connecting the Host pa qa uz 2 1 1 Communications Types and Connection 0 2 2 2 2 Names and Functions esses eene eren TE 2 2 Part Names and Functions 2 2 Part Names and Functions The part names and functions of the PT are described here NS12 NS10 Front Panel RUN indicator Display Lights or flashes to indi NS12 12 1 inch TFT high luminance LCD cate the status of the PT NS10 10 4 inch TFT high luminance LCD The entire display is a touch panel that serves as an input device RUN Indicator Status ee usss ae ucl PT is operating normally The file system check that is per An error oc formed immediately after the power curred at is turned ON is in progress startup The battery power is low or the bat tery is not connected and the PT is operating normally Memory Card transfer ended Memory Card transfer in progress normally A backlight error occurred immediately after power was turned ON e Power is not being supplied to the PT e The fuse is broken The system program is damaged and the system cannot be booted
26. m 6X AUXIUARY RELAY SH 4_4A4B AC220V 60Hz 2a2b TM2 ma i wm size lu i size wm Www 8 11 11 11 12 12 12 12 13 13 13 13 13 14 15 15 15 15 15 15 13 13 M13 mo me m jeyzw im us ls us ms _ XE EH 630 ope Te VAST ORAS m ELECTRIC CO LTD PARTS LIST NO COLOR MASS BOW THRUSTER STARTER BOW THRUSTER STARTER 63 15334 1 MP02 6 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 7 90 CELLO LITE UC 1 70 3 TYPE SPECIFICATION MAKER SHEET NO REMARK AR30FOR 10B ll NN CE Il oo ms arsoror tor tof w ts S sms lcmem zew se a lowon us wmpzr o ss m o lwe lm 3 ms o fws 88 2 VMC CV 6HA AC220V 60Hz 3a3b TOSHIBA M15 GA 15334 1 __ lmmw ewe how we ww lowes lap de xeu se 22 u lmz O os Ammm le mw ep aL2 8 AcoWoc 2waummzowezweg loo winaa _ Ec succ cju WO DRAWNO ELECTRIC 170 PARTS LIST MASS BOW THRUSTER STARTER TT TI LIL 2 1 BOW THRUSTER STARTER 63 15534 1 MP03 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 7 SPECIFICATION MAKER SHEET NO REMARK MAKER om wih er t owon 1 SYMBOL 2 TPE 5 5 1 5 4 4 mwom oo o o 3 5 A Ee 0 4c 1c 1c 1 1 1 C mw feo us foro fom D E oes jen 1L C
27. 42 max With Video Input Unit Mounted Mounting panel Mounting bracket 249 39 min 42 max Appendix 3 Dimensions NS12 NS10 V1 Cable Connection Dimensions NS12 NS10 without 1 Cable Connection Dimensions 902 000000000010 000000000000 MMM 010000000000 II 000000000000 Appendix 3 Dimensions NS8 V1 Cable Connection Dimensions nL LERRA EFT L a ENT Mounting panel Mounting bracket l Mem Unt mm A 12 Appendix 3 Dimensions NS8 V1 Cable Connection Dimensions f HOST SLAVE eA A 13 Appendix 3 Dimensions NS5 V1 Dimensions 183 5 Mounting panel Mounting bracket A 14 Appendix 3 Dimensions NS5 V1 Cable Connection Dimensions 805 13 TT PORT A Appendix 8 Standard Models Appendix 8 Standard Models Programmable Terminals PTs Pre installsystem Case Number Applicable Te coir moss tanguage Pp color V1 Japanese V1 Japanese s ic V1 Japanese ee V1 Japanese munde n V1 Japanese ume ced V1 Japanes
28. CAUTION 1 00 NOT USE THE THRUSTER AT THE SHIP SPEED OVER 5 KNOTS 2 SET THE CONTROL DIAL AT THE SAME POSITION AS ORIGINAL TO KEEP A PANEL CUT CONSTANT PITCH WHEN CHANGE OVER WAS THE CONTROL STATION MATERIAL a su RE 05 2 WEIGHT 3 wft 5424292 4 6 Jil 40 ABOUT 6Kg 3 1 B mros 373 F zese 2 14 EY p NO DWG NO 123 75078907 Alab mom 2 03 jn OSRE 6 I ALARM LAMP RED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH STERN THRUSTER CONTROLLER MOMENTARY WITH COVER INDICATOR LAMP GREEN m PUSH BUTTON SWITCH AND INDICATOR LAMP YELLOW MOMENTARY TYPE THRUSTER MOTOR LOAD INDICATOR WITH ILLUMINATED LAMP SERLO MOMENDARY TIE MOT BAR GRAPH TYPE PITCH INDICATOR m STBD SIDE IS GREEN PUSH BUTTON SWITCH AND INDICATOR LAMP PORT SIDE IS RED 10 5 5 10 O POSITION IS YELLOW YELLOW MOMENTARY TYPE ME PUSH BUTTON SWITCH GREEN MOMENTARY TYPE RED MOMENTARY TYPE PUSH BUTTON SWITCH AND INDICATOR LAMP MANEUVERING LEVER WITH LATCH STOP AT O AND 5 NOTCH ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH YELLOW MOMENTARY TYPE ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH YELLOW MOMENTARY TYPE PUSH BUTTON SWITCH RED MOMENTARY TYPE NII iq PANEL ARRANGEMENT RELA
29. 2 U shaped metal plate 4 for pulling bearing Fig 7 Bearing Extracting Tool 6 Sounds of Bearings The simplest method of diagnoses the condition of bearings is to listen to sounds they make Operators should pay constant attention to the bearing sound so that abnormalities can be discovered at an early stage Nevertheless attention must be directed not only to sound but also to vibration as well as temperature lest bearings which are practically usable be judged defective As a tool used for the diagnosis a special stethoscopic bar with a resonator attached to one end is available on the market but a screwdriver or a simple metal bar can sufficiently serve the purpose With one end of the bar contacting the bearing cover and the other end in touch with the ear listen to the sound If a stethoscopic bar with a resonator is used care must be taken in determining the actual level of sound because it is greatly amplified Typical sounds of bearings are enumerated in the following Refer to these descriptions in determining the condition of bearings and the remedial measures to be taken 6 1 Normal sound This is a metallic clear smooth continuous sound The sound of bail bearings is hard and of a high frequency while the sound of roller bearings is occasionally accompanied by a slight rumbling noise which is no impediment to normal operation The standard amount of grease should be supplied at the specified intervals 6 2 Reta
30. CABL AND 118 F8801 15c REMARKS THE INSTALLATION POSITION TO BE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SKELETON DIAGRAM OF PIPINGJ 2 EACH COMPANION FLANGE AND PIPE ARE TO BE WELDED COMPLETELY BY THE SHIPYARD 3 COMPANION FLANGES ARE TO BE SUPPLIED WITH BOLTS NUTS AND PACKINGS BY 1 TO BE EXTENDED ON ACCOUNT OF THE LIFTING HEIGHT 285 1 EARSVIOBNMECOWCK 2 2 2 3 IL LT E a Cp COMPANION FLANGE WEIGHT ab 80 DRY 1 ORDER NO RULERS REFER TO TABLE 1 5 OWNER 23 nm inar Y DEPTI APPROVED R tygrys AB RH BARRE ARE MAX 3 W T P DRAWN A 2004 PROJECTION m 196 NO 41 9 3232340 a ll 10 UNIT FRON THRUSTER OIL DRAIN i 801 BOL LITER GRAVITY TANK ASSEMBLY e 2 o egn R4 300 322 4 KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE JAPAN 39 SCALE R RO ANGLE DETAIL OF FLANGE MAINTE SPACE 118 F8801 FE D
31. PARTS LIST CODE No 82796139 NABCO Ltd 0401 2000950 00 5 a SET SCREW 0051 3103006 51 KEY DEX SOCKET HEAD BOLT B w w retara B30 0 0 3 1 0 22 d I LVVV 6 38 0 5 out 0 1 i209 2r Wiser 0 5 Rex Ro VV 25 8152 2 1000 0 8 JVVV V 0 45 00 2 100 1 2 3 8 2 8 Haid SUUS 0 5 3 TOP AB6H MIPR 74757672 02 3911907 04 TUE tiger 703 RELATION NO 3 12 18 REV NOT SCALE 03 VVV 635 1 62 pO Set 6 0 1lI20 WoT 0 5 Ra VV 25 lj6z2r 30 0 2 5 gt gt 1000 580 3 VS oss 0 29 1005 25a Al KH6SP 01 180 IP55 AL KH6SP
32. PORT WING THRUSTER CONTROLLER FOR MAIN MOTOR 5E CLOSE AT EMERGENCY STOP OPEN AT EMERGENCY STOP DC24V ov W H ABNORMAL 12V I ov RX CONTROL AVAIL SPARE op DIAL SIG 0 MPYCYS 4 MPYCY 12 5 FOR MAN MOTOR LE FE CLOSE AT EMERGENCY STOP DC24V B L T FE TESROESSE ENTREE ET W H ABNORMAL 12V ov RX RX TX TX CONTROL AVAIL SPARE P DIAL SIG 0 NOT USED FOR STERN NAME 1 0 LIST THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM B del EIUS TES r RELATION NO HH ee m embed 73860507 013 Nabtesco Corporation W H STAND WPYC 4 4mm TERMINAL BOARD UINT SOLENOID VALVE pac Z o PORT 7 0 DEMNM E n O 3 STBD Vo CLOSE AT NON FOLLOW CONT NOT USED CLOSE AT BLADE ANGLE FEED BACK X AND ORDER SIGNAL TX RS 422 TWIST PAIR SHIELD WIRE 10 BLADE ANGLE ED BACK OUTPUT SIGNAL WITH ISOLATED 10V BLADE ANGLE ORDER INPUT SIGNAL WITH ISOLATED 10V NOT USED THRUSTER READY BLADE ANGLE TRANSMITTER INDICATOR
33. T ise LY iy 20 14 13 33 gt REQD PROPELLER BLADE 4 E v PIN Bim 4 DISK_ 5 HN D EU P ISE m 4 BEARING HOUSING BEARING sa e ote CHECKING COVER BEVEL GEAR 2 BEARING r 19 GEARCASE CAP 20 BEARING 21 BEARING 22 CASE 23 INPUT SHAFT I 24 BEARING 25 ee BEARING 27 STUFFING BOX l 28 COUPLING 30 BEARING HOUSING 32 PROPELLER SHAFT 38 FAIRING COVER Z TUBE a 36 xB v47 OIL TUBE 37 E x9 ENTRY TUBE 38 FEED BACK LEVER HAIN 141 THRUSTER ASSEMBLY NAME OF PART a amp P 2 zi 32 ds B SQLENOID OPERATED VALVE EGRE 1 4 CARTRIDGE 05757 1 A STRAINER 7IRELIEF
34. approval comments Apr 3 203 20 SHEETS COVER INC 1 General 1 2 3 Q Customer Ship Owner Shipyard Kind of ship Hull dimension Ship speed Service Classification Installation position ll Particulars 1 Thruster unit Type Number of units Propeller diameter Thrust Propeller speed Input shaft speed Input power HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD A P Moller HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD S No H1630 1 1671 2 1699 1701 1733 4 150TEU Container Carrier Lpp x B x D x d 277 x 3225 x 21 7 x 12 2 m abt 24 5 kt A LR Bow KT 157B3 Controllable Pitch type with motor base 1 unit vessel 2200 mm skewed type x 4 blades abt 196 kN 20 0 ton 315 r min 1160 r min 1335 kW Direction of input shaft rotation Counter clockwise view from prime mover Position of propeller blade Port side A 2 Prime mover and control device 2 1 Main motor 2 2 Motor control device N Type Number of units Output Revolution number Voltage x Frequency Rating Rating Current Insulation Starting method Accessories Type Number of units 3 phase totally enclosed vertical type squirrel cage induction motor IP44 1 unit vessel 1335 kW 1200 r min synchronous speed AC 3 3 300 V 60 Hz 30 min abt 284 Amp F class Auto transformer with 50 tap One 1 set space heater ele
35. Ci abasino7yy9 COUPLING ITEM NAME OF PART 0 TY DISK COUPLING 5 FAAS E d m sp aui ps OQO OD V 1 THRUSTER SIDE MOTOR SIDE THRUSTER SIDE SF m puncr nene HEX SOCK PLUG Dem peer e Dr vee one sor nie qwe Tr Cr pas 1 T GRIDMEMBER 2 nu T COVER Ins T HUB FlG 5 SF COUPLINC 6 Se 70922 GLOBAL NETWORK MAIN OFFICES Kobe Works 1 1 Higashikawasaki cho 3 chome Chuo ku Kobe 650 8670 Japan Marine Machinery Sales Dept Parts Sales Sect Phone 81 78 682 5321 Fax 81 78 682 5549 KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD Kawasaki Heavy Industries U S A Inc 599 Lexington Avenue Suite 3901 New York N Y 10022 US A Phone 1 212 759 4950 Fax 1 212 759 6421 Kawasaki Heavy Industries UK Ltd 4th Floor 3 St Helen s Place London EC3A 6AB England Phone 44 20 7588 5222 Fax 44 20 7588 5333 Marine Machinery Dept Design Dept Phone 81 78 682 5355 Fax 81 78 682 5528 Construction amp Commissioning Dept Phone 81 78 682 5474 Fax 81 78 652 0567 Tokyo Head Office Marine Machinery Sales Dept World Trade Center Bldg 4 1 Hamamatsu cho 2 chome Minato ku Tokyo 105 6116
36. Flag and word data Program ming Console display CYCLE 809F A40108 TIME ERR Cycle Time Too Long Flag A40515 Peripheral Servicing Cycle Time Too Long System FALS error SYS FAIL C101to 40106 FALS C2FF FALS Error Flag 416 Probable cause The cycle time has exceeded the maximum cycle time watch cycle time set in the PLC Setup Turns ON when the periph eral servicing time in a Paral lel Processing Mode exceeds 2 s FALS 007 has been exe cuted in the program The error code in A400 will indicate the FAL number The leftmost digit of the code will be C and the rightmost 3 digits of the code will be from 100 to 2FF hex and will cor respond to FAL numbers 001 to 511 Possible remedy Change the program to reduce the cycle time or change the maximum cycle time setting Check the Maximum Interrupt Task Pro cessing Time in A440 and see if the Cycle Time Watch Time can be changed The cycle time can be reduced by divid ing unused parts of the program into tasks jumping unused instructions in tasks and disabling cyclic refreshing of Special I O Units that don t require fre quent refreshing Change the CPU Processing Mode in the PLC Setup to Norma Mode or Peripheral Servicing Priority Mode or review the system to reduce the event load Parallel processing may not be possible if the program execution time given in A66 is too short e g less than 0 2 ms Correct acco
37. If floating oil is detected feed a proper amount of oil to the gravity tank and arrange for early docking and repair Checking for cause 5 4 1 Checking for air suction through suction piping and clogging of 4 Drop of hydraulic oil pressure strainer 4 2 Disassemble and check the valve and pressure switches in the hydraulic unit 1 Loosening of the relief valve set pressure adjusting screw and damage of its spring 2 Sticking of check valve and damage of its spring 3 Are the pressure switch setting and function proper 4 3 Checking for cause 5 5 Trouble in electric system such Check for faults in the electric system such as loosening of terminal and timer missetting Check about 2 Disassembly and checking Check about 3 Disassemble check then stop thruster operation And replace the broken as malfunctioning of relay 1 Is the drive motor normal YES Trouble on thruster side Undue impact or vibration felt Internal trouble of motor 2 Is the flexible coupling normal Broken of grid member disk coupling element SF coupling parts Measure the gear s backlash Wear of bearing in thruster If the measured value is in excess of the permissible limit stop thruster For the measuring method operation And arrange for docking repair replacement of
38. The thruster can have its performance retained over a long period if simple preoperational checking and the recommended routine maintenance and checking procedures are observed This manual is intended to give cautions and hints on the operation of the thruster to be observed as well as the maintenance and inspection standards A NOTE THIS INSTRUCTION BOOK IS MENTIONED ABOUT STANDARD TYPE SIDE THRUSTER FOR THE PROPER ITEMS OF EACH JOB THE SEPARATE PAPER TECHNICAL DATA IS TO BE REFERRED Part 1 Operation and manipulation 1 1 Thruster operation limits 1 Be sure to observe the specified draft For the specified draft refer to the separate Technical data If the draft is insufficient it is not only interferes with the thruster exhibiting the specified performance but also causes cavitation or air drawing and the resultant vibration may possibly cause damage to the device Air drawing can be detected as marked hunting of the drive motor ammeter 2 INPORTANT WHEN THE SHIP S SPEED 1S MORE THAN 5 KNOTS THE VIBRATION OF THE PROPELLER BY THE AIR DRAWING IS INCREASED HENCE IT IS REQUIRED FOR THE THRUSTER NOTTO BE OPERATED MORE THAN 5 KNOTS In some cases it is also possible that air drawing is caused when the ship s speed is below 5 knots If it is the case the propeller pitch is to be so controlled that there is no risk of air drawing with the lower blade pitch zone 1 2 Operation manual The thrust
39. with set screws Sizes 100 and larger furnishea tor cn INTERFERENCE FIT without set crews hubs with mter ference in beth maximum of 175 135 C mount The Sashpoint must se 350 F 177 C or igher Rarer Page 2 for aetcilea mounting instrucions T MOUNT SEALS AND HUBS Lock out starting switch of prime mover Clean oll metal parts using non flammable solveni Lightly coat seals with grease and place on shofts BEFORE mounting hubs Mount hubs cn their respective shofis so the hub face is flush with the end of its shaft Tighten set screws when fumished 4 INSERT GRID Pack gap and grooves with specified lubricant before inserting grid When grids ore furnished in wo or more segments install them so that all cut ends extend in the same direction this will permit cover installation Spread the grid slightly to pass it over the coupling teeth ond seat with a soft mallet Refer to Bulletin 421 110 for maximum bares and Engineering 427 108 for insiruciions 2 GAP amp ANGULAR ALIGNMENT Use a spacer ber equal in thickness to the nor mal specified in Toble 1 Insert bar as shown above to same depth at 90 intervals ond measure clearance between bar and hub face with feelers The difference in minimum and maximum measurements must not exceed the ANGULAR limit specified in Table 3 OFFSET ALIGNMENT Align so that a straigh
40. 02 ja572210008 0 22 1005 25 W H OR W H FORE W H 585 CONTROL STATION CHANGE OVER CIRCUIT BUZZER W H OR W H FORE WING OR PORTABLE OR W H AFT W H BUZZER PORT WING OR W H AFT BUZZER STBD WING CONT AVAIL PORT WING OR W H AFT 31 CHANGEOVER SELECT PORTABLE 1 W H amp WING W H FORE amp W H AFT Ms 2 OR CHANGE OVER DIRECT W H OR W H FORE W H WING OR PORTABLE OR W H AFT W H KICS CONTROL CONT AVAIL PORT WING OR W H AFT OPTION CONT AVAIL STBO WING POWER REQUEST W H OPTION KICS OR POWER REQUEST OPTION az az az o FORE P W AFT s w PTB FOLLOW UP CONTROL W M CONTROL MODE CHANGE OVER FOLLOW UP CONTROL W H AND NONFOLLOW CONTROL CIRCUIT NON FOLLOW UP CONTROL W H NON FOLLOW UP CONTROL W H NONFOLLOW UP PORT W H MATCH ZONE NON FOLLOW UP FOLLOW UP NON FOLLOW UP STB0 W H MATERIAL NAME THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM NElenr ie ans ADDRESS FOR COMMON USE ADORESS FOR MONITOR RELATION NO CODE DWG NO pm ec on SERIE 73SS48867 01 1 6 Nabtesco Corporation 05 6 0 We TaD E in gt 12 30M 02 316910001 0 OPERATION MODE SWITCH CIRCUIT PUMP STOP PUMP STOP W H PUMP RUN PUMP RUN W H FAN STOP THRUSTER STOP W H FAN RUN THRUSTER RUN W H MAIN MOTOR STOP MAIN MOTOR R
41. 3 Function a Control Position Changeover Pressing the button switch on the W H Stand enables the control position to change over from the W H to a wing See the Control Position Changeover Pattern on page 8 Before changing over the control position match a control lever that will be given the control with the actual blade angle The blade angle indicators in the W H and wings always show the actual blade angle b Control Mode Changeover Pressing the button switch on the W H Stand enables the control mode to be changed over Before changing over the control mode from non follow up to follow up match the control lever with the actual blade angle Follow up pitch control When operating a control lever the position of potentiometer provided in the control lever deviates from that provided in the local blade angle transmitter the differential voltage between them will be amplified to energize a solenoid valve actuating a cylinder in the thruster At the same time as the potentiometer in the local blade angle transmitter that is driven by a chain mechanism agrees with the control lever position which means the differential voltage becomes zero the solenoid valve will be de energized Thus the thruster blade angle always follows the control lever s order value correctly Nabtesco 7SH60507 01 3 8 2 Non Follow up pitch control Pressing the non follow up button switch on the W H Stand causes a solenoid valv
42. Before installation confirm whether respective portions are danaged If any daaaged portion js found quickly let us or our dealer know it Confirm whether any part is missing If any part is missing let us or our dealer know it Z CAUTION In the case of floor type work the mount to prevent the ingress of water from the bottom A CAUTION In the case of floor type install a vibration damping stay between the top vibration damping hole and a structural reinforcing material of the hull N CAUTION Install horizontally since otherwise the switchboard performance may be adversely affected CAUTION Work the mount to prevent the switchboard from being strained since otherwise the door operation may be adversely affected A CAUTION Keep the inside of the switchboard away from the gas of welding since otherwise soldered portions may be adversely affected Plug the external cable introducing holes with putty etc to prevent small animals entering inside T A CAUTION Before connecting a DC power supply confirm the polarity and voltage by a tester lest connection reversed in polarity should be ef ected and connect the cable to the terminal block If the voltage is not as specified or or reversed in polarity the apparatus in the switchboard will be damaged Firgly tighten the terminal screws of the cables connected outside the switchboard within a proper clamp
43. Error Processing Section 11 2 11 2 11 Battery Error Check Battery error occurred Set the PLC Setup so that battery errors are not detected DM Area contents may be unstable when this setting is used Refer to the CS CJ Programming Manual W394 for details The Battery is missing or the voltage has dropped Replace the Battery Battery free operatid required 11 2 121 O Setting Error Check VO setting error occurred Interrupt Input Unit being used A40508 turned ON ither connect the Interrupt Input Unit in the correct position or register it in the tables in the correct position Reconnect the Units according to the Registered I O Tables 424 Error Processin Section 11 2 11 2 13 Check The I O check flowchart is based on the following ladder diagram section assuming that SOL1 does not turn ON LS1 LS2 000002 000003 000500 SOL 1 000500 SIART Indicator o 000500 normal NO Check terminal Monitor ON OFF voltage of 000500 status of 000500 with tester with Programming Device ABNORMAL blown fuse indi Operation OK wiring correct Voltage normal Disconnect external wiring and check ter munal voltage of 000500 with tester Units with internal fuse Unit with Replace Output out fuse Unit ABNORMAL Voltage normal Check output
44. Hl TOTALLY ENCLOSED FAN COOLED MACHINE VERTICAL TYPE INDUCTION MOTOR IP 44 TIV 440 By p 132 FF265 274 540 OUTPUT NO OF CURRENT SPEED kW POLES A ume mass 3 PHASES 19 15 2 INSULATION B CLASS D MAIN CABLE TPYCY 4 0x 1 A SH CABLE PY x e MAIN CABLE GLAND 2 1 SH CABLE GLAND X SPACE HEATER WINDING HEATING STARTING METHOD DIRECT Se 150 3 AT DIRECT ST STARTING TORQUE SS EER CHANGE ANGLE UNIT CHIEF INOMATA 1999 4 2 L PROJECTION mm CHECK T SHIMOYAMP O UT LI N E DESICN M AZAMI ATE TRACE M AZAM DRAW NO GM 406423 REVISION B R E SF INSTALLATION ALIGNMENT LIMITS FRE BRERCUDX NATTENTION THE TAPER PINS SHOULD BE FITTED aue Bog PARALLEL RA DECLINATION BY THE SHIPYARD AFTER ECCENTRICITY INSTALLATION OF THE MOTOR Y GAP AK AWARRR SSUES AND PIPINGS X BcR S Ps0 28mm BARRE 50 30mm ALLOWANCE 1 ALLOWANCE t RB88 FLANGE SURFACE OF THE PRIME HOVER i I TO BE CONFIRKED COUPLING COVER 1 DON T TOUCH BLADE ANGLE TRANSKITTER I I 1 1 Y 6 4 RECOMENED VALUE Ymaxst2 7mm Yninzl 1 1
45. The alarm lamps on the bridge Which lamps light up on the bridge and 1 Over loading or tripping of 1 1 Checking for sea floating objects sucked in by the propeller light up and the buzzer the local control panel motor e g rope and cleaning sound Checking for deposits on propeller tube inside wall etc parts in contact with sea water and cleaning In case tripping checking the condition of motor trip and trace the cause Checking for cause 5 2 Overloading of motor for oil Checking for clogging of suction strainer and cleaning service pump When the oil temperature Checking for sticking of relief valve and check valve has fallen to be below 0 the Checking for cause 5 overloading might be occurred due to increasing of the resistance in the pipe 3 Drop of gravity tank oil level Checking for oil leakage out pipings couplings etc Checking for oil leakage through input shaft oil seal If oil leakage is detected disassemble the seal by the procedure given in Part 5 5 1 2 5 and check following items 1 011 seal damaged Replace the broken part 2 Sleeve worn off Remachine the sleeve finish with buffing without the trace of the cutting tool Maximum remachining tolerance 0 5 mm diam In case disassembly work has to be done at the sea the work should be done as quickly as possible lest sea water should flow into the thruster interior Checking for oil floating on the sea around the thruster tube
46. The blade angle is automatically reduced to the reduct level by the auto pitch reduct signal from the outside Then the AUTO PITCH REDUCT alarm lamp is lit The lever can be operated in a range less than the reduct level When the auto pitch reduct signal is restored and the lever is turned to a position less than the reduct level the operating condition of auto pitch reduct will be reset with the alarm lamp turned off Nabtesco 7SH60507 01 6 8 4 Alarm Pattern Normally Closed The alarm pattern is preparing standard specification and special specification and can choose them with a ten key Standard specification 222 FACTOR BUZZER FLICKER STOP LAMP BUZZER TEST LAMP BUZZER FACTOR BUZZER FLICKER STOP LAMP BUZZER TEST LAMP BUZZER Nabtesco 7SH60507 01 7 8 5 Switch Operation Pattern Control power source OFF Control power source ON PUMP PUMP THRUS THRUS RUN STOP RUN STOP pump motor 15 NB close zz O Oe Bow NO 10 dis da HA Pu In Q ss s z Main motor 1 close di 4 Caution Contact capacity 3A AC250V To protect the remote control system from surge voltage attach protective devices such as surge killers to loads such as relays and timers Surge killer Nabtesco 7SH60507 01 8 8 6 Change over of
47. The control system is of the electric remote control type and a master control panel is provided for bridge console The system is so designed that the Follow up control by a control dial on the control panel is possible The propeller pitch is automatically controlled to reduce the pitch sensing the load of main motor for protection from overload operation 2 2 Remote motor controlling 1 One set operation switch is provided on the master control panel so that starting of all necessary equipment such as oil service pump and main motor is made from the bridge Stopping of all thruster equipment is made by the same switch from the master control panel 2 Following contacts are provided for the prime mover start interlock a Gravity tank oil level Normal close open at low level b Control oil pressure Normal close open at low pressure c Blade angle Close at pitch neutral zone 3 3 VII Materials for main parts Propeller blades Ni Aluminium bronze casting Propeller hub High strength brass casting Propeller shaft Carbon steel forging Spiral bevel wheel Alloy steel Input shaft Alloy steel Tube Rolled steel plate specified by the Rule and stainless steel SUS316 in way of propeller tip Gearcase Ductile iron casting VIII ND FW N Extent of supply Side thruster unit including companion flanges for piping Anodes to be provided and fitted by Shipyard
48. Win PC NO DESCRIPTION B 0 REMARKS 1 BA ze gt ero oh lt m PLATE e Ber gt Hz m um POINTER GRADUATION HEX NUT gt zl ole ki 548735 SVRE21 POINTER BRACKET Yyy 3 m m ES Es E a oje gt ojo oje ojo ojo alo oje ojo ele DUST WIPER a lt en e en w 0 GASKET BOLT o ad Fr ki o lt e E 3594587 15 T 1 10 lll HEX SOCKET HEAD BOLT 2 NTN608 SHAFT Mr SPROCKET 0 TAPER PIN K BRACKET zt oju o c E SPRING WASHER JOINT A YT iad 5 lt JOINT 8 YET B 0 RING Ov 0401 2000080 00 0401 1000320 00 0 FLANGE 1 POTENTIO METER w A SPRING WASHER 0 RING ou COVER 25 SET SCREW 6 EY 0401 2000950 00 Ee x K 8 0051 3103006 51 HEX SOCKET HEAD BOLT 5 gt eio PC NO DESCRIPTION P REMARKS amp amp us
49. 222 9 Vio 15 224 14 2 gt 5 2 09 18 MES 20 om mms mm gt gt 5 2 5 552 mimin 2 slgle m c 214 olo S 2 lt 5 2 2 gja S14 ol z ale 2 gt m D lt 2 BB gt gt 17 oh oje m OLP VALUE BLADE ANGLE DECREASE DIAL ORDER e 24 30 OVER SELECT 0 PORTABLE 1 WING 2 W H or DIRECT 32 REQUEST SELECT 0 NOT USED 1 USED 033 REQUEST STOP SELECT CM M STOP 1 POW AVAIL _ e e 0 5 1 5 TBD WING DIAL ORDER SIGNAL 0 5 1 5 ORT WING DIAL ORDER SIGNAL 0 5 1 S P e 37 e e gt gt S NO H 1630 7SH60507 02 3 6 BOW FOR CONTROL ADJUSTABLE UNIT SETTING VALUE DESCRIPTION is H DIAL FG INPUT 1 e ORTABLE DIAL FG INPUT 1 PORTABLE DIAL FG INPUT 2 53 STBD WING DIAL FG INPUT 2 e gt o D m 57 PORT WING DIAL FG INPUT 3 eo KICS ORDER FG INPUT 2 KICS ORDER FG INPUT 3 EIET 3 110 cim 31318 olo o gt 2 Slo gt gt ric m 0201010 nin ololo gig 210
50. 3 4 gt e SERA SE FR F Wal BS ojan gt gt 1 5B 4 se ee lt a ep en s eo eo eo tS m zem en en eo to eo aem n 8 ee ee gt gt gt 2 sir all E WACHINERY DIVISION IWE MACHINERY DEPT AYDRAULIC MACBINERT 29 815859 1200 OWNER tt KT 32B 35583 h T NNNM THRUSTER ASSEMBLY A 258UK EH B pte Qd x aa G4 201 282 amp KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE JAPAN A38 e REVISION REX 0W B B MI FOLLOWING APPROVAL COMMENT JAN 21 2005 ARROW B B R2 RING RIB POSITION 18 MODIFIED BY YARD HULL DWG ANTI VIBRATIDN PIECES 2 TAPER PIN TO BE WAR 2 2005 DETAIL REFERRED AUX TERMINAL WORKED BY THE SHIPYARD TO DWG OF MOTOR 7 2 ARARCTRI ANTI VIBRATION STAY PREPARED BY THE SHIPYARD DETAIL A THRUSTER TUBE 0 UBE a PREPARED BY PREPARED BY 2 THE SHIPYARD gt N x e e PROPELLER SIDE ONLY lt INDUCTION MOTOR REK SUPPLY LIGHT LORD DRAFT NOTE 1 SMOOTHLY FINISH THE INSIDE SURFACE OF CONNECTING PARTS BETWEEN THE THRUSTER TUBE AND THE NOZZLE AFTER WELDING 2 CONSIDER THE IMPLEMENT ON THE HULL SIDE TO HANG UP THE MAIN MOTOR 5800ke 3 J SHOWING THE WELDING PARTS 4 SEE SEPARATE INSTALLATION MANUAL OF SIDE BOW THRUSTER WHEN ASSEMBLING 1775 Min 2200
51. 5 o A xo S d 8 8 LEE I amaral Cia l 1 2 WI 1 2 2 Hi Test 6 75 Result 7 Hyd Piping system press Remarks No remote control system was used Matsuzaki 4 P im KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE
52. Before handling this machine be sure to read this manual and other appendices carefully to familiarize yourselves with contents of the manua for proper operation Start on using this machine after having been well acquainted with all the equipment knowledge safety information and cautionary instructions The rank of safety precautions is classified into WARNING and CAUTION in this instruction manual Where occurrence of dangerous situation such as B WARN NG death or serious injury is presumable in the case of mishandling Where occurrence of dangerous situation such as CAUT ON light injury or only physical damage is presumable in the case of mishandling Even such matters which fall under CAUTION may possibly lead to serious results depending upon the circumstances Be sure to observe the instructions given by N CAUTION where every description covers important notes No 2 8 1 Specifications of the coup ing WARNING Never remodel machine Any remodeling practiccs may lead to a danger of failure and injury Do not use the machine in the explosive atmosphere Such uses may lead to a danger of explosion fire and accident of human body CAUTION amp Do not use the machine outside the scope of specifications Such uses may lead to a danger of failure and injury Do not remove the nameplate of the machine 2 Outline of the Coup ing JN
53. CONTROL OPEN AT INTEGRATED ALARM ALARM CIRCUIT POWER FAIL DPYC 4 4mm 0C24V ELECTRIC x SOURCE 60Hz 10 1 DPYC 2 2mm ERAR 1 RELATION NO PEPE EEE SEH a 10110108 lt 73 60507 01 Nabtesco Corporation FOR STERN I O LIST THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM se reas qmmm wz xnenr 03 729 vvv sss 16 e in OSE lizo StsAF 05 255 63 z jstsz loT oalvvvyl oss v tos TOP BOARD COLOR BLACK MUNSELL N2 0 SURFACE TREATMENT ZINC PLATING CHROMATE TREATMENT MAIN SOURCE 0N 3300V BOW TH ROOM FAN RUN READY TO START MOTOR FULL LOAD NER OPERATION N CAUTION 1 00 NOT USE THE THRUSTER AT THE SHIP SPEED OVER 5 KNOTS 2 SET THE CONTROL DIAL AT THE SAME POSITION AS ORIGINAL TO KEEP A P ANEL CUT CONSTANT PITCH WHEN CHANGE OVER KAWAS AK Nat THE CONTROL STATION HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD MATERIAL WEIGHT ABOUT 6 mee a eee a 6 01 12092231501 a VVVV oss 6 30 02 315 1000 08 0 26 ALARM LAMP RED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH BOW THRUSTER CONTROLLER MOMENTARY TYPE WI
54. D Port Wing communication fails E STBD Wing communication fails _ 4 LED 13 Mon tor AN Conver Kronta Monitor blade angle transmitter signal 9 Port Wing communication driver version Hexadecimal indication STBD Wing communication driver version Hexadecimal indication Nabtesco 4 4 Type Thruster Controller Operating Check LEDs Specifications 145548900 01 Table 3 Check LEDs on Terminal Board Unit _ Board No LED1 1 2 Closed Open Output MAIN MOTOR RUN LED2 Open Closed Output MAIN MOTOR STOP LEDS Closed Open Closed PITCH NEUTRAL LED4 POWER REQUEST ION LED5 Open Closed Closed Open Output FAN RUN OPTION 13 Open LED6 TREE TA Crest output FAN STOP OPTION LED7 Closed Open Output OIL PUMP RUN 17 18 Open Closed 112119 Closed Open Output OIL PUMP STOP 20 21 Closed Open 22 23 Closed Open Output SPARE2 24 25 OFF Input THRUSTER RUN for power off interlock 26 27 OFF Input DL1 MAIN SOURCE ON 26 28 OFF Input DL2 POWER AVAILABLE OPTION 26 29 DL4 READY TO START E DL3 FAN RUN A WIWaZ umet OPTION for power off interlock OFF OFF OFF F OFF 32 33 OFF DL6 SPARE OFF OFF OFF F 6 7 LED9 LED10 LED11 LED12 LED13 LED14 LED15 LED16 lt gt 32 OFF Input DL7 SPARE 32 35 D
55. Hardware 5 the Memory Card damaged System Transmission Error Does the screen data volume exceed the memory Transmission Failed capacity of the PT Check the Memory Card and reset the NS Hardware Cannot find source data Does the transfer source directory or file exist Are you sure to continue Download Note If the Yes Button is pressed and data is ing Uploading transferred the previous data at the transfer desti nation will be deleted After checking the message reset the PT and transfer the data again 3 6 Using Memory Cards Inability to Replace System Program Using Automatic Download It may not be possible to replace the system program using a normal download if the PT system has been damaged e 9 if the power was turned OFF while a file was being written Use the following procedure to operate the PT if system program replacement is not possible or the system program is damaged and the PT does not start 1 Copy Hecover 5 x to a Memory Card This program can be installed with NS Designer Ver 5 0 by specifying it in the set up wizard 2 Place the Memory Card into the PT and turn ON the power The recovery program will start automatically Refer to the How to recover Ver 5 for details on recovery operations This can be started from Windows Start Programs Omron NS Designer Ver 5 0 How to recover the system prog Ver 5 3 The system will start automatically downloading data from bank 1
56. ING SPARE No DE6P 20 o NBR d NBR FOR KT 32 300 SERIES KAWASAKI PRECISION MACHINERY LTD MFR S NAME amp ADDRESS HAZETANI CHO NISHI KU KOBE JAPAN BSA 234 BOX BOX NO SKETC ae mI ne U r WORK SPARE STEEL FOR 8 471 510811128 PROPELLER SHAFT JOA Se I 55400 FOR SOCKET HEAD BOLT AAR AD EYEBOLT EYEBOLT STRAP FASTENER HEX HEAD BOLT Dr TRANSPORT TOOL mU e B JIS B 1176 M24X100 JIS B 1168 M12 JIS B 1168 M16 54 434 879 54 434 879 54 434 879 PROPELLER SHAFT ARA FOR SHAFT SEARING LDL SHAFT SEARING GARE FOR SHAFT SEARING NAME KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE WORKS amp ADDRESS CHUO KU KOBE 650 8670 JAPAN WGETRRASH SR TANEIMESTBI S KT 157B1 B3 SIDE THRUSTER NO NO E Ems TDI NO jue lt B FOR DM BOLT E 227 2 54 434 479 48 SHAFT SEARING E iE 21 DELIVERED WITH THE TH BOLT
57. Ingress of foreign bodies end play Phenomena Heat Seizure gt Check of alignment and 6 Clean up and scraping a Abnormal abrasion of Abrasion by foreign bodies Over load misalignment Frequent start stop under high load 4 Critical or poor lubrication 5 Vibration of shaft oil whirl 6 Abnormal thrust 7 Fretting wear 1 Clean up flushing 2 Check of alignment 3 Check of operating condition and oil viscosity 4 Check of oil pressure and volume 5 Check of shaft balance or bearing design 6 Check of alignment and endplay Prevention of vibration N white metal b Wear of journal c Wear of oil ring d Oil contamination Abrasion gt a Flaws on metal surface Mis assembly Proper assembly and b Crack split breakage Mis manufacturing manufacture c Strip of lining Shaft vibration 2 Rebalancing Fatigue breaking 3 Check of white metal material or increase of metal surface Ingress of foreign bodies Clean up or scraping Electrical Shaft current corrosion a Pitting on metal surface b Pitting on journal surface Insulation of bearings or earthing of motor shaft Causes Countermeasures Peete ee a Corrosion Oxidizing or chemical Painting of anti corrosion Fretting b Wear of
58. M 73076543 ff GODE NO DWG NO mi S Us 73070007 Nabtesco fact Es ve metera 03 _ vvv es 264 Z sz sor 02 lsiszasioooF oss 29 v I tos Os PUSH BUTTON SWITCH AND INDICATOR LAMP GREEN MOMENTARY TYPE INDICATOR LAMP GREEN MOMENTARY TYPE ALARM LAMP RED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH gt MOMENTARY TYPE WITH COVER BAR GRAPH TYPE PITCH INDICATOR STBD SIDE IS GREEN PORT SIDE IS RED ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH 1 O POSITION IS YELLOW YELLOW MOMENTARY TYPE MANEUVERING LEVER WITH LATCH STOP AT 0 AND 5 NOTCH miw oie ME BUE eee PANEL ARRANGEMENT L nee 3 10 GODE NO DWG NO EL fmm peli 125 5079047 Nabtesco Corporation 307 2120 033 T xoi ll20z 315 1055 Go sur 02 3159 1000 1 BTC 305 CARD ASS Y MTH TI W1 THRUSTER CONTROLLER WIRING DIAGRAM RELATION NO _W3074618 11 Nabtesco Corporation eros vev ss us SDF 05 eo vv 25 16 P ras 02 oss 029 v tes
59. Stopped CPU CPU A CPU Bus Unit has not Check the settings of the standby WAIT G started properly CPU Bus Unit error A Special I O Unit or Read the I O table and Interrupt Input Unit was replace any Special I O not recognized Unit or Interrupt Input Units for which only is displayed 410 Error Processin Section 11 2 Startup Condition Fatal Errors The CJ1 H and CJ1M CPU Units support a Startup Condition setting To start the CPU Unit in MONITOR or PROGRAM mode even if there is one or more Units that has not completed startup processing set the Startup Con dition to 1 PLC Setup Programming Con sole setting address 83 15 Startup Condition 0 Wait for Units 0 Wait for Units 1 Don t wait A fatal error has occurred if the indicators have the following conditions in RUN or MONITOR mode Unit Indicator POWER RUN ERRALM INH PRPHL COMM ON jor oN j Connect a Programming Console to display the error message or use the error log window on the CX Programmer The cause of the error can be deter mined from the error message and related Auxiliary Area flags and words Errors are listed in order of importance When two or more errors occur at the same time the more serious error s error code will be recorded in A400 If the IOM Hold Bit hasn t been turned ON to protect 1 memory all non retained areas of memory will be cleared when a fatal error other than
60. Used to connect the host NS Designer Used to connect the host NS Designer and Bar Code Reader Uses an RS 232C and Bar Code Reader Uses an RS 232C 9 pin connector 9 pin connector Note Confirm system safety before turning the power ON OFF or restarting Otherwise the system may operate unpredictably 2 12 2 2 Part Names and Functions Touch Panel The touch switches on the front panel of the PT are used to perform input operations Press the touch switches to perform operations such as switching screens and sending bit status to the host Minimum Switch Size NS12 16 dots 4 92 mm x 16 dots 4 92 mm NS10 16 dots 5 3 mm x 16 dots 5 3 mm NS8 20 dots 4 92 mm x 20 dots 4 92 mm 5 16 dots 5 8 mm x 16 dots 5 8 mm Functional objects can be created combining minimum size Switches Function When a functional object 15 pressed its function is performed performed To ensure correct input operations create touch switches so that they consist of at least two Switches horizontally and vertically Note Press the touch switches with a pressure of 30 N max Do not press the touch switches when the backlight is not lit or when there is no display Check system safety before pressing the touch switches Inputs may not be recognized if the touch switches are pressed in rapid succession Check that one input operation has finished before performing the next one Reference Pressing Three Switches Simultaneously
61. When ten ps n and 205 When ten pus iol and 205 Value of Add 010 Data input Add STBD 25 PORT 25 eer 070 STBD 12 5 PORT 12 5 071 ES DENEN EMEN NONO PORT 12 5 STBD 12 5 073 PORT 25 STBD 25 074 e b The value of an address 200 is read in a following blade angle position and the value is inputted into the address shown to When ten pond and 205 When ten pub 205 Value of Add 200 Data input Add STBD 25 PORT 25 E IL l 211 STBD 12 5 PORT 12 5 E CE PORT 12 5 STBD 12 5 214 PORT 25 STBD 25 215 Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 16 21 STERN 5 Adjustment of blade angle signal output terminal 110 111 NOT USED 1 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows STBD 25 Adjust data of address 218 so that voltage of terminal No 110 111 is 10 0 0 05 If a setting value is increased voltage will go up 2 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows 0 Adjust data of address 217 so that voltage of terminal No 110 111 is 0 0 0 05V If a setting value is increased voltage will go up 3 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows PORT 25 Adjust data of address 216 so that voltage of terminal No 110 111 is 10 0 0 05V If a setting value is increased voltage will go up 5 1 Adj
62. ee E Ts mua 0 UE UN AER AERE AES 259 0 NM IN power opo eer prem qe s Note The above table applies to bearing boxes made of cast or steel In the case of bearing boxes made of light metals or having thin walls a tighter class of fits should be used 4 3 Method of mounting Before shrink fitting well cleaned bearings heat them in white kerosene or machine oil at 100 120 for5 to 10 minutes or for 20 minutes if they are large After all the preparations have been completed the shaft bearing bracket and other parts should be cleaned and first of all the inner bearing cover should be mounted on the shaft The bearing heated in white kerosene should be quickly mounted on the shaft The bearing heated in white kerosene should be quickly mounted on the shaft and the clamping ring be screwed on without any loss of time so that the bearing can adhere closely to the shoulder part of the shaft because the bearing contacts not only in diameter but in width when cooled When the bearing has cooled turn the outer race by hand to make sure that it rotates lightly and pull it toward you to make sure that it will not come off After these checks lock the clamp ring and gently mount the bearing box or the bearing bracket in place Then take exactly the specified grease and fill approximately one half to two thirds of the capacity inside the bearing cover 5 Disassembli
63. em TITLE PRERACE TECHANICAL INFORMATION OPERATION MANUAL MAINTENANCE MANUAL HANDLING AND MAINTENANCE OF SLEEVE BEARING FOR INDUCTION MOTORS HANDLING AND MAINTENANCE OF BALL AND ROLLER BEARING FOR INDUCTION MOTORS CHAPTER 1 PREFACE SCOPE This chapter defines validity of this instruction manual for operation and maintenance of Hyosung three phase induction motors CHAPTER 1 PREFACE This INSTRUCTION MANUAL has been prepared for authorized personnel to be able to perform installation operation inspection maintenance and repair of Hyosung high voltage three phase induction motor SAFELY and PROPERLY 1 Hyosung high voltage three phase induction motors covered by three instruction are carefully constructed under the strict quality control condition which is assured that it has been performed properly throughout all Hyosung organization by that quality control 2 In order to provide safety and high quality equipment we are always seeking the manner which can improve the design and method of production 3 However the long trouble free service of equipment must depend on the adequacy of installation and maintenance to be preformed by the purchasers 4 The equipment therefore shall be installed operated and maintained properly in accordance with requirements in this instruction manual and any failure accident or adverse condition shall be prevented and removed in advance 5 For safety precautions to pro
64. 1 Units CJ1 H CPU Units CJ1M CPU Units Flash memory _ Flash memory memory Backed up by Batter If the battery voltage is low the data in these areas will be lost The CPM2A BATO1 Battery is used for CJ1 and CJ1 H CPU Units and the CJ1W BATO1 Battery is used for CJ1M CPU Units Areas Backed up by Flash Memory The data in these areas will not be lost even if the battery voltage is low The CJ1 H and CJ1M CPU Units have a built in flash memory to which the user program and parameter area data are backed up whenever the user memory is written to including data transfers and online editing from a Programming Device CX Programmer or Programming Console data transfers from a Memory Card etc The user program and the parameter area data will thus not be lost when using a CJ1 H or CJ1M CPU Unit 99 CPU Units Section 3 1 CJ1 H or CJ1M CPU Unit CJ1 CPU Unit Built in RAM Memory Area Built in RAM Memory Area li The battery life is 5 The battery life 15 5 ash memory Drive 1 EM file 1 years at an ambient Drive 1 EM file years at an ambient CJ1 H and CJ1M memory See Note 2 f 25 memory See Note 2 5 CPU Units only temperature of 25 C temperature of 25 C User program User program Drive 0 Memory Card Drive 0 Memory Card flash memory flash memory Parameter Area See Note 1 File memory Parameter Area n 1 1 Data is a
65. 1 HP02 3 5 6 7 8 9 1 gt gt e eel 9Sdl 10 60 v COLOR MASS Ca 3 LOCAL CONTROL BOX for BOW THRUSTER 1 2 3 RE HE 5 NAME PLATE sv gwnmsrR ssi THRUSTER EE HYD OIL PUMP FR_RN ARTER STOP PUSH LOCK MAIN GEN POWER AVAIL MAIN MOTOR START REQUEST VAUYG NO OUTLINE 63 15334 121 121 6 7 ET 1 T3Nvd 3015 73 3015110 SHE NO SL SL2 1 9 SHIPYARD CABLE RAW NO 15334 21 8 D G3 lt 2 2 LOCAL CONTROL BOX UZAY ELECTRIC CO LTD LOCAL CONTROL BOX for BOW THRUSTER M MASS HYD OIL PUMP NAY dnd 70 GAH NO NNY SOLON NO AC220V 60Hz WAY 3A0d N39 NO COLOR ICUST 1630 09 02 5 SHEET NO REMARK 4 6 NAME TYPE SPECIFICATION QT SL21 1 SL21 Qr INDICATING LAMP DR3ODOL M4G lasexw wiht il FUJI GL2 INDICATING LAMP DR30DOL M4G Sa FUJI wessyw wwzwr _ i hornos wawo we wwopewesgl AR3OEOR 108 pRSOFSR OIR WL1 INDICATING LAMP SL21 SL21 FUJI SL21 FUJI SL21 CA Ww 1 lt gt e PB LOCK B pa FUJI SL21 ALTERNA
66. 2 Indicator indicates ON OFF status of signals to actual built in inputs and outputs Built in MIL connector 40 pins 96 CPU Units Section 3 1 Note All nomenclature and functions other than those shown in the above diagram are the same as for CJ1 and CJ1 H CPU Units Indicators The following table describes the LED indicators located on the front panel of the CPU Units Color Green ON is operating normally in MONITOR or RUN mode Fea System download mode error or DIP switch settings error AE has stopped operating while in PROGRAM mode or has stopped operating to a fatal error or is downloading data from the system A fatal error has occurred including FALS instruction execution or a hardware error watchdog timer error has occurred The CPU Unit will stop operating and the outputs from all Output Units will turn OFF Flashing non fatal error has occurred including FAL instruction execution The CPU Unit will continue operating ERR ALM CPU Unit is operating normally OFF INH Orange Output OFF Bit A50015 has been turned ON The outputs from all Output Units will turn OFF OFF Output OFF Bit A50015 has been turned OFF PRPHL Orange rai CPU Unit is communicating sending or receiving via the peripheral port OFF cPU Unit is not communicating via the peripheral port COMM Orange A Flashing CPU Unit is communic
67. 25 5 515 2 5 c 2 ojo z z 210150 cic Ro gt z v o ol 1 AES x 5 lt gt lt z Cle m 515 m z m m m m gt o eg eg eg 67 NEUTRAL LEVEL LADE ANGLE FEEDBACK FG INPUT 1 LADE ANGLE FEEDBACK FG INPUT 2 LADE ANGLE FEEDBACK FG INPUT 3 LADE ANGLE FEEDBACK FG INPUT 4 LADE ANGLE FEEDBACK FG INPUT 5 7 7 7 7 7 o olt e gt e gt 77 STBD MAX SET AT DPS amp JOY ORDER 78 e 2 a 5 m gt 3 g go c lt z m mimiuj uvujojo ouivu 17 gio m clalals 3 m 5 gt aA o o 3 o g o g 5 5 N o iiic o IS 2 e22 l2 g 2 z g 2 2 5 2 8 ololol 15 i m olololo m 2 2 1213 z 21 2 2 m m f f 5 3 1 131 21 5 o elel amp z z z zi zlo 5 g colouvlol m gt m mimi mio m 4 A lalaig m m mlmlm o o o olc 4 9 ajajaja z m mimim lt m lt lt 1 lt 9 m m mimim Ti lt 79 m m 2 e 80 DEAD ZONE eg E mi Aj
68. 449 Pg SRC50 2FZX 9 0 SW 05_A22 sw OPERATION eu C1 PH S O CPH2 NORMAL O gl ERST BYPASS 43 SPACE HEATER L 4611 89 bassas 5 50 2 LiH 80 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm SYP 0 75mm GUST 1630 coLOR MASS HYD OIL PUMP STARTER for BOW THRUSTHRT 2 1 CONNECTION DIAG 1 2 3 4 5 6 INN CONN HYD OIL PUMP STARTER PANEL OFF AT HYO OIL PUMP ON AT HYD OIL PUMP 1 14611 899 80 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm SYP 0 75mm QUST n 16307 55 3 184 9 COLOR MASS HYD OIL PUMP STARTER for BOW THRUSTERL T T T 1211 G3 15334 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 e 7 o m mes lm mes lm DESEE 1 2 3 SsYweoL NAE Te zszeww ooa oo lr amens 1 Em dea jos lewew c lg pe lg ore laew ______ rl c us 1 O osoww om om 1 lm eS 11 11 11 11 am st me h nis EIL Ime M1 1 M11 M11 M11 ruse me n 1A 1A 1A 3A OF 35 x o eww mess faaoo sroga ma u
69. 8 Nabtesco Corporation CARD ASS Y ONTROLLER c 0 5 H t 01 120 315 ioa 315 1000 0 8 V Hee i03 i 0 40 4 120721 3154F Ra _6 308F 0 2 31573 100027 0 8 val 85 0 29 CABLE GLAND COLOR MUNSELL MAKER STANDARD CORRESPOND TO JIS F8801 A20b A25b 6 3 581 JIS F8801 200 50 8 D SCALE POSITION CAN BE TURNED BY 90 Xt0459 l8A90 MAINTENANCE SPACE 2150 LETTERING S bi WIRING DIAGRAM amp For Bow 72796139 pura KCF 5oBLADE _ eal ue DNI iiw ODE NO DWG NO eS CTI ae F3796439 p cras o sur eur 679 Sour 0 1 120921 3150F 0 5 max 2 515721 109007 20 8 9 85 Nue T Wp 4 NN SY gt t 3 Jj A lt ui A saaren 82002 2001 3538 8 4921 C 08 20 MATERIAL RELATION NO Bu 282796139 1 1 5 955 25 187 KE NEST gt RF yy a BBRANSTSI 2164 CODE NO OWG ND 72796139 NABCO Ltd E 288 1 30 17097 0 RU7 3 __ 0 BNF 120921 315117 to 5 HIRG Rmax Rs B 655 30 213152 100007 20 vvvv 0 55 j o 2d E
70. 9 Checking of remote control Power source voltage system Checking for loosening on terminals relays and Twice year potentiometers Function of pilot lamps and buzzers by lamp buzzer test switch 10 Confirmation of blade anglle Twice year Start the hydraulic pitch control indicator oil pump and adjust the control dial to 0 At the same time confirm that the indicating needle of the blade angle indicator and blade angle transmitter at point 0 Horse Power or current 1 0 max Turning to the left Turning to the right Fig 1 Propeller pitch required input power 3 2 17 Trouble shooting guide for thruster in operation In the event of trouble or failure take countermeasures without delay according to this manual but KHI cannot anticipate every circumstances which might involve hazard If the cause is traced eliminate it before resuming thruster operation If the cause of the trouble cannot be detected after careful checking following the trouble shooting guide below please notify us without delay 18 Check list of trouble shooting guide Drive motor hydraulic Are the set values for the power Shortage of supply voltage or timer Check and repair pitch control oil pump source voltage and staring timer setting error wouldn t start normal Electric system out of order Check the electric system such as control panel motor interior
71. CJ1W ID201 CJ1W OC201 CJ1W IA201 CJ1W OA201 and CJ1W OD201 202 203 204 An I O setting error will occur if this Unit is set as an 8 point Unit An Interrupt Input Unit has been connected in the wrong position i e not in one of the five positions CJ1 and CJ1 H or three positions CJ1M next to the CPU Unit or has been registered in the Registered I O Tables in the wrong position Possible remedy Correct the problem and then turn the power supply OFF and back ON Any discrepancies in the I O table will be detected when the I O verification opera tion is performed If this error occurs even when the number Units is correct there may be a faulty Unit Automatically create the I O tables and check for Units that are not being detected If the number of Units is not correct turn OFF the power supply and correctly con nect the proper Units If the number of Units is correct confirm the Unit in discrepancy turn OFF the power supply and then correct the Unit connections If there is a mistake in the I O tables rec reate or edit them to correct the mistake A40508 will turn ON if an Interrupt Input Unit is in the wrong position i e either physically in the wrong position in the system or registered in the wrong posi tion in the Registered I O Tables Mount the Unit in the correct position or correct the Registered I O Tables 415 Error Processin Section 11 2 Error code in A400
72. COND x RUN INT Light on when all input channels 0108 0115 fulfill conditions READY TO START READY TO START le Light on when above all inputs O are EAN Gm normal amp filfull conditions ION ALARM Light off when main motor run i COMMON ALARM Light on even one of above inputs Q amp 3 becomes abnormal MAIN MOTOR TRIP M M HEATER ON CONTROL POSITION Light on even one of above inputs 3 amp toca H becomes not filfull condition 1 And main motor will be tripped M M HEATER ON Light on when MAIN MOTOR SPACE HEATER activated HHI H1630 31 71 72 99 1700 1701 1733 TAIYO ELECTRIC CO LTD PTM 1 The Operation Manual for Thruster Control Panel G15334 PASSWORD INPUT PICTURE PASSWORD INPUT lt EST lt Don t touch gt Only for maintenance otherwise keep SYSTEM MENU DISABLE INPUT CHANNEL SETTING PICTURE P2 INPUT CHANNEL SETTING Touch here for indicating key pad at left side Enter the PASSWORD and push ENTER on key pad After that push this ENTER then move to SYSTEM CONFIG Picture if PASSWORD is correct In case wrong PASSWORD Picture doesn t move to SYSTEM CONFIG Picture Move to MENU Picture Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING Picture Move to COMMAND TIMER SETTING Picture Don t touch this Only service engineer can t
73. Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows 0 Adjust trimmer ZERO of Isolation Amplifier so that pitch indicated is 0 2 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows STBD25 Adjust trimmer SPAN of Isolation Amplifier so that pitch indicated is STBD25 6 Adjustment of load signal 6 1 Adjustment of load indicator 1 The load current between the terminal stands 59 60 is set as OA Adjust trimmer VR2 ZERO of controller so that load indicated is 0 2 The load current between the terminal stands 59 60 is set as OLP value Adjust trimmer VR1 GAIN of controller so that load indicated is 100 6 2 Adjustment of load signal for OLP control 1 The load current between the terminal stands 55 58 is set as 1A Reading of an address 015 is inputted into the data of an address 101 2 The load current between the terminal stands 55 58 is set as 0 5A Reading of an address 015 is inputted into the data of an address 100 Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 7 21 BOW Adjustment on Board 1 Blade angle transmitter a Blade angle is set as 0 b The voltage between the terminal numbers 2 3 is set 7 5 0 3V Please enforce the slack stop of a fixed screw certainly 2 Adjustment of blade angle transmitter 2 1 Make non follow up control condition 2 2 Under machine side control press manual buttons provided on the solenoid valve in the hydraul
74. Check Point CP Cause Remedy A1 Wing control When WING button is pressed is not available 1 WING lamp flickers However 1 Go to CP CONTROL AVAIL button is not effective 2 WING lamp does not flicker 2 Consult NABCO Check that wing dial position PW Agree Goto CP agrees with the actual blade ISW dial OS interlock angle In the case there is an Tighten again interlock for the agreement Consult NABCO Check wiring between 1 Go to CPM terminal 10 of PW or SW and TBU for looseness When WING button is pressed 1 When PORTABLE button is pressed PORTABLE lamp on However Can not potable control 2 POTABLE lamp does not A2 Potable control is not available 2 Consult NABCO Check that portable dial Go to CP position agrees with the actual mperfect interlock blade angle In the case there is condition an interlock for the agreement Check wiring between JB PT TBU and connecter for looseness When W H button is pressed 1 WH lamp flickers 2 W H lamp does not flicker DCheck that WH dial position agrees with the actual blade angle In the case there is an interlock for the agreement Tighten again Consult NABCO 1 Go to CP 2 Consult NABCO Consult NABCO WH dial Imperfect interlock condition B W H control is not restored Nabtesco 74SS48889 03
75. FALS 007 occurs If the IOM Hold Bit is ON the contents of memory will be retained but all outputs will be turned OFF CPU Unit Indicators 411 Error Processin Section 11 2 If the IOM Hold Bit hasn t been turned ON to protect 1 memory all non retained areas of memory will be cleared when a fatal error other than FALS 007 occurs When the IOM Hold Bit is ON the contents of I O memory will be retained but all outputs will be turned OFF Program Error Flag and Probable cause Possible remedy ming code in word data Console A400 display Memory MEMORY 80F1 A40115 An error has occurred in See below error ERR Memory memory A bit in A403 will Error Flag turn ON to show the location 403 of the error as listed below Memory A40300 ON Check the program and correct the error Error Loca A checksum error has tion occurred in the user program memory An illegal instruc tion was detected A40304 ON Clear the entire PLC Setup to 0000 and A checksum error has reenter the settings occurred in the PLC Setup A40305 ON Initialize the registered table and gen A checksum error has erate a new table occurred in the registered 1 O table A40307 ON Initialize the routing tables and reenter A checksum error has the tables occurred in the routing tables A40308 ON Initialize the CPU Bus Unit setup and A checksum error has reenter the settings occurred in the CPU Bus Unit s
76. Japan Kawasaki Heavy Industries Europe B V 7th Floor Rivierstaete Amsteldijk 166 1079 LH Amsterdam The Netherlands Phone 31 20 6446869 Fax 31 20 6425725 Kawasaki Heavy Industries Singapore Pte Ltd 6 Battery Road 18 04 Singapore 049909 Phone 81 3 3435 2374 Fax 81 3 3435 2022 REPRESENTATIVES Beijing Office Phone 86 10 6505 1350 Fax 486 10 6505 1351 Shanghai Office Phone 86 21 6841 3377 Fax 86 21 6841 2266 Taipei Office Phone 886 2 2322 1752 Fax 886 2 2322 5009 Bangkok Office Phone 66 2 632 9511 Fax 66 2 632 9515 Kuala Lumpur Office Phone 60 3 2070 5141 Fax 460 3 2070 5148 Jakarta Office Phone 62 21 314 0737 Fax 62 21 314 1049 EMERGENCY CONTACT POINTS Kawasaki Heavy Industries Europe B V Phone 31 20 6446869 Fax 31 20 6425725 Phone 65 62255133 4 Fax 65 62249029 Sydney Office Phone 61 2 9684 2585 Fax 61 2 9684 4580 Kawasaki Heavy Industries U S A Inc Houston Branch Phone 1 713 654 8981 Fax 41 713 654 8187 Kawasaki Do Brasil Industria E Com rcio Ltda Phone 55 11 3289 2388 Fax 55 11 3289 2788 Kawasaki Heavy Industries G m b H Phone 49 211 1792340 Fax 49 211 161844 Kawasaki Heavy Industries H K Ltd Phone 852 2522 3560 Fax 852 2845 2905 Nabmic B V Remote Control System TAKNAS TOYO ENGINEERING Phone 31 10 206 0325 Fax 31 10
77. Number Flags A40204 Battery Error Flag A40203 CPU Bus Unit Set ting Error Flag A427 CPU Bus Unit Setting Error Unit Number Flags A40202 Special I O Unit Set ting Error Flag A428 to A433 Spe cial Unit Setting Error Unit Number Flags An error occurred in a data exchange between the CPU Unit and a CPU Bus Unit The corresponding flag in A417 is turned ON to indi cate the problem Unit Bits A41700 to A41715 corre spond to unit numbers 0 to F An error occurred in a data exchange between the CPU Unit and a Special Unit The corresponding flag in A418 to A423 is turned ON to indicate the problem Unit Bits A41800 to A42315 cor respond to unit numbers 0 to 95 This error occurs when the PLC Setup has been set to detect battery errors and the CPU Unit s backup battery is missing or its voltage has dropped An installed CPU Bus Unit does not match the CPU Bus Unit registered in the O table The corresponding flag in A427 will be ON Bits OO to 15 correspond to unit num bers 0 to F An installed Special I O Unit does not match the Special Unit registered in the I O table The corresponding flag in A428 to A433 will be ON Bits A42800 to A43315 cor respond to unit numbers 0 to 95 Check the Unit indicated in A417 Refer to the Unit s operation manual to find and correct the cause of the error Restart the Unit by toggling its Restart Bit or tur
78. P23 SAMPLE PICTURE lt At not fulfill each conditions gt START INTERLOCK CONDITION HYD OIL PUMP RUN FAN RUN BLADE ANGLE NEUTRAL MAIN GEN POWER AVAIL 0012 3 Move to next or previous Picture Move to INTERLOCK LIST Picture 0013 0014 Input channel No 0015 6 Name for each input signal condition It changes to black letters on yellow ground when it fulfills the condition START INTERLOCK CONDITION PICTURE P23 lt fulfill each conditions gt START INTERLOCK CONDITION HYD OIL PUMP RUN FAN RUN BLADE ANGLE NEUTRAL MAIN GEN POWER AVAIL 0012 0013 0014 HHI H1630 31 71 72 99 1700 1701 1733 TAIYO ELECTRIC CO LTD PTM 8 The Operation Manual for Thruster Control Panel G15334 RUNNING INTERLOCK ALARM PICTURE P24 SAMPLE PICTURE RUNNING INTERLOCK ALARM M CTRL MAIN MOTOR INSULATION LOW MAIN MOTOR CONT SOURCE NO VOLT CONT PANEL NO VOLT AC Operate with pushing CTRL CONT PANEL NO VOLT DC M ture NIL MAN MOTOREM CT STOP amp to next or previous Picture 0105 0105 4 Move to INTERLOCK LIST Picture 0106 0106 0107 0107 Input channel No Name for each input signal alarm It flickers to white letters on red ground 3 when alarm happens RUNNING INTERLOCK CONDITION PICTURE P25 RUNNING INTERLOCK CONDITION 0108 MAIN MOTOR MAIN POWER
79. SAMPLE PICTURE RUNNING INTERLOCK ALARM CTRL 0100 MOTOR INSULATION LOW 0101 IMAIN MOTOR CONT SOURCE NO VOLT RESET 0102 CONT PANEL NO VOLT Operate with pushing CTRL 0103 CONT PANEL NO VOLT DC M 0104 MAIN MOTOR STOP ove to next or previous Picture 0105 10105 4 Move to INTERLOCK LIST Picture 0106 0106 0107 2447 2 7 777 Input channe No Name for each input signal alarm It flickers to white letters on red ground when alarm happens RUNNING INTERLOCK CONDITION PICTURE P25 RUNNING INTERLOCK CONDITION 0108 IMAIN MOTOR MAIN POWER SOURCE 0109 ITHRUSTER STARTER DOOR CLOSE 0110 ITHRUSTER STARTER DISCON CLOSE 0111 10111 3 to next or previous Picture 0112 0112 0113 0113 0114 0114 5 Input channel No 0115 0115 4 Move to INTERLOCK LIST Picture Name for each input signal condition It changes to black letters on yellow ground when it fulfills the condition ETC ALARM PICTURE P26 ETC ALARM CTRL GRAVITY TK LOW LEVEL MON HYD OIL PUMP LOW PRESS MON RESET MAIN MOTOR START FAIL Operate with pushing CTRL HYD OI EDME START Move to next or previous Picture TH FAN START FAIL Move to INTERLOCK LIST Picture for each alarm It flickers to white letters on red ground when alarm happens
80. Visual sense retigifeaing Visual sense Visual sense retignteningz Visual sense 02 1722 120527 z 0044511907 2 52 2452152 tae 607 17223 125 2 9178 concerned 1 M oi 20 2 Cleza dz end gain circuit 2xchange To be roa Exchange the 2371 concerned To be free discoloration To be free Re ligaten To be free loosening To be rom contaazination by foreign matters and dust To be ree Exchange the from discoloration part concerned To be free Exchange the rusting concerned Exchange the zart concerned Clean Exhaust to be noraal To be free froz deposition of foreign matters and dust To be deposition of foreign vatters and dust Lighting to poraal 9 3 Exchange the part concerned To be free damage 10 Troubleshooting any trouble occurs in ihe Saltchboard it can be corrected to a noz2el state 07 adjusting exchanging and repairing according to the follozing procedure If the normal state cannot be restored contact us or our dealer If uubie Cundlilun TUSS ULC An indicator laap Pre arrange a tester does not light on 1 The bulb has burned out 1 Exchange the bulb vortectlui for one 2 The fuse of indicator lazo 2 Exchange the fuse circuit Ras blosn jor new one
81. after delivery and then every 6 months Clean dirt and dust Renew at 5 years after delivery and then check every 6 months Check for looseness or slip of fixing at 1 month after delivery and then every 6 months Clean dirt and dust Renew at 5 years after delivery and then check every 6 months Check insertion of relays for looseness Check for contacts condition carbon adhered Clean contacts If there is no problem on contacts postpone schedule and then check them every 6 months Check insertion of relays for looseness Test timer function and renew fluctuating one or repair Return to NABCO If there is no problem on contacts postpone schedule and then check them every 6 months Check for smooth control of light Check sliding portion for dust or carbon Clean sliding portion Renew dimmer that has damage on sliding portion Check insertion of relays for looseness and dial for slip Test function and renew fluctuating one Return to NABCO Test function and repair or renew fluctuating one 145548102 10 8 9 Remote Control System Adjust Test O Repair X Change Electric Devices Maintenance Standards 2 3 A Change after checking the progress Intervals year Inspection Test Adjustment Repair and or Change soe d Check for looseness of screws Check for contacts condition carbon adhered Switch Clean contacts If th
82. and spherical roller bearing 24 Pull the bearing housing 30 out of the shaft Remove the bearing stopper Pull out the spherical roller bearing 24 Disassembly is now over 5 1 2 6 Disassembly of shaft sealing Annexed drawing Fig 3 Remove the mounting strap 15 and pull out the liner 1 Take out the seal rings 6 while disassembling the cover ring 5 and intermediate ring 3 4 Examine the liner 1 and seal rings 6 and then refit them in place N IMPORTANT 1 POSSIBLE FOR KT 157B TYPE AND OVER TO REPLACE THE SEAL RINGS BY THE WAY OF BONDING gt 2 IN REFITTING THEM FILL GREASE BETWEEN THE SEAL RINGS 1 AND 2 3 DRAIN THE CONTAMINATED OIL FROM THE DRAIN PLUG BETWEEN THE SEAL 2 AND 3 AND FILL THE NEW OIL INTO THE SAME SPARE THROUGH THE FILLING PLUG 4 AFTER RESTORATION SET THE LINER USING THE LINER FIXER AND HAVE THE ENTIRE SHAFT SEALING ASSEMBLY 5 1 2 7 Disassembly of oil seal assembly only Remove the flexible coupling 28 and drive motor or intermediate shaft DRAIN PLUG AT PROP UB Remove the pipe coupling with fig 6 1 CI stuffing box 27 fig 5 TE WELDING BYLGRE RFYVARKAABELAUTTAW NOT WELD ON THE STAINLESS STELL TUBE MASS OF PROPELLER PARTS amp PROPLER SHAFT MASS OF MASS OF PROP PART PROP amp SHAFT 140 B3 kg PROP PART PROP amp SHAFT NOTE
83. ee I 2 Es gt im M wd a m A Hnc qn EIU 355 SPRING PIN 0032 1503006 64 28 09 ain tn 73753648 46 0171081 73753548 43 U 15 73753548 4 1 1091 Hi 1375 848 a 57375354840 fas ra7sasea aa MAEN ss 73753548 34 sz 3375352832 m reo 73753548 30 07100 731753548 29 I MI 73753648 21 73753548 28 59 bana ss 7375354624 sa 2375353822 RE 73753s48 i3 2H E 55 sa ra7sasee on ft 73753548 23 EU EI Ee os 275554517 EG Foz iit 7275354808 PC NO of FL 1 m 3 z Ltd i CABLE GLAND COLOR MUNSELL STANDARD CORRESPOND JIS FOOT 1206 4050 0 4 288 JIS FBBO1 amp SCALE POSITION BE TURNED BY 90 ED E519 ENDO 7 MAINTENANCE SPACE 2150 LETTERING 5 WIRING DIAGRAM For Stern 72796139 OUT LINE RELATION NO 72796139 CODE NO DWG NO B27966139 T F3 96
84. gt 4 o c lt D e m m o 67 e a POLER CHANGE OF BLADE ANGLE FEEDEBACK LADE ANGLE FEEDBACK FG INPUT 1 7 LADE ANGLE FEEDBACK FG INPUT 2 7 LADE ANGLE FEEDBACK FG INPUT 3 Volt Volt Vot 73 BLADE ANGLE FEEDBACK FG INPUT 4 Vol S ERE 7 o 7 LADE ANGLE FEEDBACK FG INPUT 5 lr hd 7 7 ojo ORT MAX SET DPS amp JOY ORDER e 080 DEAD ZONE Deg 98 FEED BACK DISCONNECTION DETECT LEVEL UPPER Volt FEED BACK DISCONNECTION DETECT LEVEL LOWER _ S NO H 1630 7SH60507 02B 4 6 STERN FOR CONTROL ADJUSTABLE UNIT SETTING VALUE owen uere 1 2 TENKEY ADDRESS DESCRIPTION MOTOR LOAD FG1 INPUT MOTOR LOAD FG2 INPUT OTOR LOAD FG1 OUTPUT OTOR LOAD FG2 OUTPUT gt 02 03 3 3 3 1 lt lt 15 o 5 0 999 999 es MOTOR LOAD OVER LOAD LEVEL 0 999 MOTOR RUN CONFIRM TIMER Sec 0 60 10 SCHEDULER LAST TARGET VALUE 999 SCHEDULER CONVERT RATIO CHANGEOVER POINT 1 100 100 SCHEDULER CONVERT RATIO CHANGEOVER POINT 2 100 100 100 100 100 100 Lai Aa SCHEDULER CONVERT RATIO CHANGEOVER POINT 3 SCHEDULER CONVERT RATIO CHANGEOVER POINT 4 4 SCHEDULER INTEGRAL FIXED VALUE 1 10xDeg 10
85. 1 Shaft 10 10 0 170 0170 0 200 0 200 Clearance 1 1 11 0 210 0 200 0 250 0 255 Shaft 10 10 0190 0 190 Clearance 11 11 0 230 0 220 3 IShaft 1 0 10 0 180 0180 Clearance 1 1 1 1 0210 0200 Shaft 10 10 0180 0 180 Clearance 11 11 0215 0205 T Yamashita 3 m ere INSPECTOR TO KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE E RESULT OF INSPECTION mee S Job No tx 8 31KB068 Customer Draw No Material R 157 B3 type acre gel 1 Kobe works m NK BOW Thruster No of piece Place of Ins LU RY f Shop test SANAN ee BY pa D ACCEPT MAY 6th 2005 8 63 Date of Ins NI JM 3426 IB 1 Confirmation of movement of blade Result 2 Calibration of blade angle indicators Result Good I d 3 Confirmation test of neutral position Result SE pcd i aa 4 Confirmation test of maximum blade angle Result 5 Pitch operation Testor Result Good 2 Designed maximum blade angle Room temp 22 C Oiltemp 30 C i Motor for oil service pump x
86. 1 Turn OFF the power to the CPU Unit or lf the CPU Unit has not been ON turn it ON for at least five minutes and then turn it OFF Note If power is not turned ON for at least five minutes before replacing the battery the capacitor that backs up memory when the battery is removed will not be fully charged and memory may be lost before the new battery is inserted 2 Open the compartment on the upper left of the CPU Unit and carefully draw out the battery 3 Remove the battery connector 4 Connectthe new battery place it into the compartment and close the cov er The battery error will automatically be cleared when a new battery is inserted Replacing User serviceable Parts Section 12 2 Z N WARNING Never short circuit the battery terminals never charge the battery never dis assemble the battery and never heat or incinerate the battery Doing any of these may cause the battery to leak burn or rupturing resulting in injury fire and possible loss of life or property Also never use a battery that has been dropped on the floor or otherwise subject to shock It may leak UL standards require that batteries be replaced by experienced technicians Always place an experienced technician in charge or battery replacement 437 SPARE PARTS amp SPECIAL TOOLS OF KAWASAKI SIDE THRUSTER KT 157B3 FOR 4 150TEU Class Container Carrier HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD S No H1630 1 1671 2 1699 1701 1733 REMARKS 1 It i
87. 11 2 8 Program Error 422 11 2 9 Cycle Time Too Long Error Check 423 11 2 10 PLC Setup Setting Error 423 11 2 11 Battery Error 424 11 2 12 I O Setting Error 424 1122 13 Check u URINE EE 425 11 2 14 Environmental Conditions 426 11 3 Troubleshooting Racks and 427 403 Error Log Section 11 1 11 1 Error Log Each time that an error occurs in a CJ PLC the CPU Unit stores error infor mation in the Error Log Area The error information includes the error code stored in A400 error contents and time that the error occurred Up to 20 records can be stored in the Error Log e Errors Generated by In addition to system generated errors the PLC records user defined FAL 006 FALS 007 FAL 006 and FALS 007 errors making it easier to track the operating status of the system A user defined error is generated when FAL 006 or FALS 007 is executed in the program The execution conditions of these instructions constitute the user defined error conditions FAL 006 generates a non fatal error and FALS 007 generates a fatal error that stops program execution The following table shows the error codes for FAL 006 and FALS 007 Instruction FAL number
88. 15 n gt x SOCKET BEAD BOLT 2003 11 10 62 BEARING 73753548 4 5 11 20081 73753548 4 1 1 1190 73753548 39 73753548 37 17 73753548 35 w gt gt w h xL x SHAFT ad SPROCKET REN SPACER l ME 73759548 44 TEM 73753548 42 86 73753548 40 Pas 73753548730 rm ss TAPER PIN BRACKET 73753548 33 73753548 31 MR SPRING WASHER 73753548 36 5 7375354821 73753548 34 gt ok ied P E Mr z JOINT JOINT 48 M z a Esa rarsasea a sr ni se risas DAAN 54937535805 52 73753548 09 51 73753548 23 TEM NO of REF NO 8 REMARKS at E OVIH 2002 MATERIAL NAME 5550149 0 06 P EOM EU HRA F3796139 ET 13153548 25 1001 73753548 19 73753548 13 Lo z A z o 0401 2000080 00 0401 1000320 00 2 60 F LANGE gt POTENTIO METER 7 gt cae rarsases so ta SPRING WASHER 7375354 8 17 13753548 12 MU 13753548 0 38 PC NO of RE NO 0 REMARKS E
89. 206 0326 MIDDLE EAST L L C Phone 971 4 3478344 Fax 971 4 3478342 VA TECH Escher Wyss GmbH 69 TAKNAS ENGINEERING PTE LTD Electric Co Ltd Phone 49 751 83 3426 Fax 49 751 83 3274 Phone 65 67775856 Fax 65 67796711 Phone 82 51 265 0255 Fax 82 51 265 0250 www khi co jp FAR EAST MARINE SERVICE Phone 1 713 676 2340 Fax 1 713 676 2461 b HASUNG TRADING CORP Phone 82 51 244 3933 Fax 482 51 244 3944 X CUSTOMER KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES D SF COUPLING for SIDE THRUSTER INSTRUCTION BOOK NOTES TO THE CUSTOMER Before handling the machine this instruction manual should be read through carefully to faniliarize yourselves with contents of the manual The machine should be handled by skilled operator those who have grasped the construction and function of the article Consideration should be given so that this instruction manual will reach to the user of this machine This manual should be kept in file so as to be serviceable at any time Z NOTE DATE DESIGNED CHECKED APPROVED APPROVED REVIEWED QA DEPT WORK No gt _ 2 3 OREZ CHES K te OO x ES US CHAIN amp MACHINERY LTD C No 100 1701 DSS607090 2 2 7 Tota iacl Cover No 1 8 SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
90. 22 57 Check wiring between TBU terminals 55 56 57 58 and CT for looseness Check CT F Oil pump does When pressing Pump stop not stop button Stop Go to Oil pump status Go to It NABCO Remove TBU terminal 38 Pump on Consu Of Check starter Remove TBU terminal 16 Consult NABCO and jumper 17 18 Ens Run Check starter Nabtesco 74SS48889 03E 5 6 Check Point CP CausefRemedy G Fan does When pressing Pump stop stop button Fan status Fan Go to Go to CPO Fan On Consult NABCO Q Remove terminal 31 ane Check stanci Remove TBU terminal 11 39 Consult 12 13 Run Check starter H Thruster does not stop When pressing Thruster stop M MK button Go to SES aoa On Consult NABCO Check starter Run Check starter pump status Oil Go to pump Run Goto Install a jumper between Check starter terminals 15 and 16 Run Consult NABCO Install a jumper between Pump On Check starter terminals 37 and 38 lamp Off Consult NABCO When pressing Pump run button Stop Goto CP 5 Stop oe LN Goto CPG Install a jumper between Check starter terminals 10 and 11 Run Consult NABCO Install a jumper between TBU FAN Po Check starter terminals 30
91. 3 Check of operation condition Poor lubrication of rolling elements b Damage Improper lubricants Overload a Crack of splitting Shock or growth of hitting 1 Careful handing Crack b Break flaking 2 Check of interference Splitting 2 Excessive interference 3 Check of manufacturing Break Improper chamber accuracy of shaft and bearing box Phenomena Appearances Cause Countermeasures a Break Momentary load Careful handling and check Damage of b Partial wear c Wear of cage pocket d Scuffing N Excessive high speed of operating condition Poor lubrication Ingress of foreign bodies Check of quantity and type of lubricants a Widespreaded rust on 1 Poor storage Check of method of place Rust bearing surfaces 2 Improper cleaning for storage 3 Improper anti rust oil b Partial rust 1 Insufficient packing 2 Check of anti rust oil 2 Moisture c Contact erosion on fitting 1 Poor interference Check of interference surface 2 Fluctuating load Check of operating condition a Excessive abrasion of 1 Ingress of foreign matters Check of quantity and type of into lubricants lubricant Rust Poor lubrication race way and or rolling elements b Abrasion of cage Craters or waving ridge mark Electrical corrosion Indentati
92. 3 The socket of indicator la 3 Exchange the socket is defective for a new one 4 The switch of related 4 Exchange the ssitch circuit is defective for a new one 3 Tre relay of related 5 Exchange the relay circuit is defective for a nes one 6 The related circuit fails 6 Re tighten in contact at the junction at the junction 7 A cable of related circuit 7 Exchange the cable breaks for a new one Contact failure of start PB Exchange or repair Electirc magnet 2 Fuses of related circuits 2 Check the cause of contactor is not operated by pushing have blown blow Then reset a Start PB or repair 3 Tripping of overload relay 3 Clear the cause of overload 4 Electric magnet contactor 4 Exchange or repair failure Motor power source voltage is low Check if motor termina voltage is a proper value 2 Refer to the instruction manual of motor 3 Confira a safety Then reset PB Exchange it for a new one A meter does not work by closing electric magnet contactor Motor failure Emergency stop PB is pushed A molded case Circuit breaker failure circuit breaker cannot be turned on Fuse blows as soon as it is exchanged 1 0pen the door and cool it 2 Check the short circuited portion and exchange it for a new one Measure power source voltage and chec
93. 63Q 0 FOROL E e as 10 SEQUENCE SWITCH 63X AUX RELAY FOR PRESSURE SWITCH ee eee NOE QUE CLOSE COIL ETT IL TES SWITCH OR RELAY ___ 63T DO TRIP COIL 19 19T STARTING TO RUNNING TRANSITION RELAY 66 FLASHER RELAY _ j STARTING TO RUNNING TRANSITION TIMER 66F FLICKERRELY _ j LE a a OR MAGNETIC CONTACTOR 23 THERMOSTAT ooo S j re o i 230 THERMOSTAT FOR OIL 83 AUTOMATIC SELECTIVE EXE ENEMIES CONTROL OR TRANSFER RELAY 23X CONTROL RELAY FOR THERMOSTAT 83X 83Y AUX RELAY Cd e 27 UNDER VOLTAGE RELAY SWITCH FOR GENERAL MACHINE 88 88 2 TA ELECTRIC CO LTD CONTROL DEVICE NUMBERS AND SUFFIS LETTERS PURETA FOR CONTROL DIAGRAMS 8 ES ojo Ho AA03 AA04 SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL ONE CONDUCTOR OR A GROUP OF SEVERAL CONDUCTORS eg MULTILINE REPRESENTATION ABNORMAL INDICATING CAME n CONDUCTORS 3E DISCONNECTING SWITCH SINGLE LINE REPRESENTATION OR MOLDED CASE CROSSING WITHOUT ELECTRICAL mms RCUIT BREAKER 4 CONNECTION R ANN SYMBOL DESCRIPTION INDICATING LAMP FOR MOTOR RUNNING MOLDED CASE CIRCUIT BREAKER n JUNCTION OF CONDUCTORS TERMINAL CONNECTION OF CONDUCTORS UNDER VOLTAGE TRIPPING COIL JOINT TERMINALS OF CIRCUIT BREAKER R WITH SHUNT TR
94. 81 78 967 5362 Nabtesco FIs At asst 1651 2413 1 16171 TELO78 067 1401 FAX 078 967 1279 EUER 651 2413 1 1617 1 7105 0022 TEL 078 867 5361 FAX 078 967 5362 TEL 03 5470 2411 FAX 03 5470 2417 TEL 03 5470 2413 N a D tes GLOBAL SERVICE NETWORK NABTESCO CORPORATION for Japan Korea China U S A etc e NABTESCO MARINE SERVICE NABTESCO MARINETEC CO LTD Korea CO LTD Japan KT ELECTRIC CO LTD Korea HAKUYO SEIKI CO LTD Japan NABTESCO COPRORATION Shanghal office KOYO KEISO CO LTD Japan SHANGHAI SHIP AND SHIPPING SHIKOKU MARINE CUSTOMER RESEARCH INSTITUTE China SERVICE CO LTD Japan WEYCHANG BROTHERS CO LTD Taiwan MARINE ENTERPRISE CO LTD Japan ENGINEERING CO LTD Honekong MENTE SYSTEM LTD Japan THE REXROTH CORPORATION CO LTD Japan PNEUMATICS DIVISION U S A NAKAYA SANGYO CO LTD Japan RADIO HOLLAND U S A inc U S A ANYWHERE IN THE WORLD ANYTIME AROUND THE CLOCK NABTESCO MARINE SERVICE Singapore rre for ASEAN Australia and Newzealand MARICO ENGINEERING S PTE LTD Singapore MARINE ENGINEERING S PTE LTD Singapore BRIDEX ELECTRIC PHILIPPINES Inc Philippines AQUALOGIC INDUSTRIES PTY LTD Australia NABMIC B V N
95. AT MAIN MOTOR TRIP ALARM FOR AUTO ZERO PITCH SYTE 0600 ON AT MAIN MOTOR RUN FOR VOR OFF AT COMMON ALARM FOR VOR OFF AT 0603 TOO MANY START ALARM z z e e ce wo Lo lipasioos v toco erit C eR Ls iH Ll BE Gn LEAEL DEAN IW IZ AIV OS KC OV OSA INPUT UNIT CPU UNIT POWER UNIT OUTPUT UNIT 1 OUTPUT UNIT 2 OUTPUT UNIT 3 OUTPUT UNIT 4 OUTPUT UNIT 5 OUTPUT UNIT 46 OUTPUT UNIT 7 OUTPUT UNIT 48 OUTPUT UNIT 9 07_C20_N 1 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm SYP 0 75mm TITLE DRAW NO SHEET ERESREREE CONNECTION DIAG 3 15334 2 C20 i C20 LZLDL UOZ 01 61 01 5002 OMON AP 5 ae TE qi l4 con e Dec Pe aye CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER OUTPUT i4 CH7 Ed USA ana ee sr EI gl ESSI Egg Imi i 0711 SA reac oe ERN _ ie un JODE Hu RUNNING INTERLOCK ALARM p START INTERLOCK ALARM INPUT UNIT 17 ELECTRIC CPU UNIT POWER UNIT OUTPUT UNIT 1 OUTPUT UNIT 2 OUTPUT U
96. Alarm If the CONTROLLER ABNORMAL alarm is given when the control position has been the W H or a wing the blade angle before the alarm is given will be maintained It is recommend to change over the control mode immediately from follow to non follow Alarm causes simultaneously given to the W H and both wings are as follows Blade angle transmitter potentiometer is damaged Control source failure CPU abnormality The following alarms are given in a control position where the control right is given W H control lever s potentiometer is damaged Starboard wing control lever s potentiometer is damaged Port wing control lever s potentiometer is damaged Nabtesco 7SH60507 01 5 8 7 POWER REQUEST Button Switch option Pressing the POWER REQUEST button switch sends a main motor power request signal to the power management system PMS with the POWER REQUEST indicator lamp lit When the main motor is stopped or power available on the POWER REQUEST indicator lamp will go off to release the main motor power request signal o The release method can be chosen with a ten key Besides that pressing the POWER REQUEST button switch again before the main motor runs cancels the signal POWER REQUEST push button switch THRUSTER STOP mm push button switch POWER AVAILABLEsig THRUSTERrunnng 89698685 Special POWER REQUEST OUT Standard Auto pitch reduct
97. CHAIN BLOCK A TROLLEY BEAM AND EYE PLATE TO BE PREPARED BY YARD THE SUSPENSION TOOL IS TO BE STORED ONBOARD AS THE SPECIAL TOOL 33 5 2 Reassembly of thruster proper 5 2 1 Preparation for reassembly 1 Inspect the individual disassembled parts in accordance with Part 4 4 2 2 The parts saved for reuse after repair should be replaced at the next docking 2 Be sure to clean all parts thoroughly before they are incorporated 5 2 2 Cautions and hints on reassembly work For reassembly the described procedure for disassembly can be simply reversed To be observed are however the following C1 Check the match marks for each joint before incorporating the individual parts 2 In reassembling be careful to ensure against ingress of dust etc into the thruster interior 3 Be sure to observe the specified fastening torque in fastening the key bolts and nuts For the fastening torque refer to the annexed Technical Every key set of bolt and nut has stamped on it match marks Which are to match when the nut is screwed up with the specified torque A IMPORTANT THE DEFINED FASTENING TORQUE 15 TO BE STRICTLY OBSERVED 4 The bolts and nuts set inside the thruster should be locked after fastening without fail before the next step is proceeded with For the locking procedure refer to Part 5 5 5 5 Reassembly over do inspection in accordance with Part 4 4 3 Inspection after reass
98. CHUO KU KOBE 650 8670 JAPAN WBETRAASH BRIG 3 1 5 NAME amp ADDRESS 15 781s B3 SIDE THRUSTER suiP NO No NAME SKETCH MATER AL DRAW ING 0 REMARKS d BRT f Q8 2 FOR FLANGE R PORT LINE 39 GASKET GASKET ly i JOINT SHEET 3505JR NON G G51 5KX25 7 330 G GS1 5KX15 G GS2 5KX50 0 051 65 KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE WORKS HIGASHIKAWASAKI CHO CHUO KU KOBE 650 8670 JAPAN WRETRRAASH BRIS BEUUXA2tUS 3 1 RR FOR FLANGE W PORT LINE SHEET 3505JR NON WT FOR FLANGE CH PORT LINE SHEET 3505JR NON ASBESTOS GASKET GASKET GASKET JOINT SHEET 3505JR FOR GRAVITY TANK 011 GAUGE 7572R FOR GRAVITY TANK PIPING 23577 752 3505JR MFR S NAME amp ADDRESS SPARES HYDRAULIC PUMP 25 6 8D SUPPLY PER SET SKETCH MATERIAL I REMARKS ING SPARE No MECHANICAL SEAL PM255136
99. DETAIL OF EACH METHOD TYPE 1 Start Request Method lt lt lt STANDARD gt gt gt Once sending request signal to PMS Power Management System by pressing START REQUEST button on LCD touch panel or other place except W H it is possible to reset by pressing START REQUEST RESET button on LCD touch panel before getting POWER AVAIL or MAIN MOTOR RUN signal In case after getting one of POWER AVAIL or MAIN MOTOR RUN signal it is not possible to reset by pressing START REQUEST RESET button on LCD touch panel It ll be reset automatically when Main Motor stops Ouring START REQUEST signal is been senting to PMS START REQUEST indicator is lit on LCD touch panel TYPE 2 Start Request Method Once sending request signal to PMS Power Management System by pressing START REQUEST button on LCD touch panel or other place except W H it is possible to reset by pressing START REQUEST RESET button on LCD touch panel before getting POWER AVAIL signal And it ll be reset automatically when POWER AVAIL signal comes It is not possible to send request signal during POWER AVAIL or MAIN MOTOR RUN During START REQUEST signal is been senting to PMS START REQUEST indicator is lit on LCD touch panel 1 Term of not possible to send REQUEST signal even pressing START REQUEST button 1 1 l Term of not possible to reset REQUEST signal even pressing START REQUEST RESET button I HAMO TITLE DRAW NO SHEET
100. FOR CROSSHEAD PISTON FOR FIXING BOLT 230 FOR PROP HUB FOR SHAFT HOOD gt FOR BLADE BOLT ME 9 X 0 25m ME 1 6 X 3 0m 915 FOR PLUG Wigs 4 0 X 0 225 7578 MFR S NAME amp ADDRESS Jy FAV BY EDA FOR FIXING BOLT KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE WORKS HIGASHIKAWASAKI CHO CHUO KU KOBE 650 8670 JAP 3 1 AN SPARE PARTS KT 157B1 PROPELLER amp GEAR CASE PART NAME SKETCH NO REMARKS i RB B 0 RING 0 O RING 0 022 O RING Q O RING 0 O RING OF RING 0 MFR S NAME amp ADDRESS SIDE THRUSTER PAGE BOX NO NO 779 5 p280 25 1 120 C4401745 64401745 4401145 KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD FOR INPUT HOUSING FOR INPUT SHAFT SLEEVE FOR PROPELLER SHAFT HOUSING FO
101. Flexible coupling Hydraulic unit Gravity tank with level switch Hand pump Main motor Oil service pump motor Motor control device including control circu t of the pump motor Remote control system 1 set vessel 1 set vessel 1 unit vessel 1 set vessel 1 pc vessel 1 set vessel 1 set vessel 1 set vessel The following parts are individually supplied by and assembled on bridge console by Shipyard A Master control panel provided with following parts Type Flush panel mounting printed text type a Operation 1 Follow up pitch control dial with lever N 2 Non follow up control button Port Stbd 3 Operation switch with indication Cont power OFF Power amp System OFF Q ty panel 1 set 1 set 1 set Cont power ON Power amp System ON With Indication lamp Pump Stop Hyd oil pump s motor and fan s motor stop Pump Run Hyd oil pump s motor and fan s motor run Thruster Stop Stop main motor Thruster Run Start main motor 4 Control mode change over switch and indication 1 set Non follow up Non follow up control mode Follow up Follow up control mode 5 Pitch control position change over switch and indication 1 set W H Wheel house control Wing Wing contro 6 Panel control switch 1 set Dark and bright Control panel illumination Lamp buzzer test Buzzer stop 7 Emergency stop button 1 set 8 Thruster Request equal to Power Req
102. HER EH BYANAWNZAAVOSAZOVOSRKA MAIN MOTOR START CIRCUIT MAIN MOTOR MC ACT CIRC SENON BY PASS 43uct NORMAL CONTROL PANEL JCP4 2 4 27C 27C 31 5 41 CONTROL PANEL 44 5 M1519 53 88 54 5 M1522 M1521 ol 2x 14 5 6 A OM158 O 10 10 4 4448 SH 4_4A4B H3CR G8L 5 4 4448 SRCSO 2F X 5 50 2 The 8 90 M15 3B 15 18 15 18 M12 3A M15 9B 15 1 M17 7A 15 8 15 2 15 8 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm M15 38 12 5 M15 28 15 12 28 M15 4B M15 8B 15 88 15 6 M15 8A 15 88 M15 6B SYP 0 7Smm y ss CUST HHI 1630 kW 1 COLOR MASS BOW THRUSTER STARTER rT TT alata CONNECTION DIAG 63 15334 1 M15 M15 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 9 pt1000 w 1 15334 DRAW NO TEMP S FOR MONITORING pt1009 U TITLE CONNECTION DIAG SOR Pt100 pttooe V G3 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm SYP 0 75mm ELECTRIC CO LTD UAV ENGINE MONITORING SYSTEM _ BOW THRUSTER STARTER BOW THRUSTER STARTER CUST HHI 1630 COLOR 06 16 15 78 15 78 INN CONN THRUSTER STARTER PANEL FOR OPENING ACB OF BOW THRUSTER OFF AT MAIN MOTOR CONT SOURCE NO VOLT OFF AT MAIN MOTOR INSULATION LOW OFF
103. INPUT 5 BLADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG OUTPUT 1 FOR INDICATOR LADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG OUTPUT 2 FOR INDICATOR BLADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG OUTPUT 3 FOR INDICATOR Volt 7 2 m m m m Q d e 2 c 2185 c 5 m m 233 ALARM 6 TIMER SET Sec 3 LARM 7 TIMER SET LARM 9 TIMER SET ALARM 10 TIMER SET LARM 11 TIMER SET EDUCT PATTERN SELECT 0 1 AUTO ZERO PITCH L9 x x mim z gt gt mim gt 2 dE 5 olo o ulg 9 olo olo z z z m z z mim olo z aia o o m 2 m colo mim m 211 4 mim gt QO 2 mim z lt lt gt m rir D ric 515 M m mim 242 231 NG THRUSTER RUN IND SELECT 0 LESS 1 NEED YSTERESISS e 09 N N ISO TR NIN N N Appl lt e 45 D OUT SELECT 0 NOT USED 1 CONT POSI 2 NEUTRAL A gt Volt Volt N 7SH60507 02 6 6 S NO H 1630 FOR MONITOR BOW SETTING VALUE ADJUSTABLE RANGE UPPER EXE Ea NEN sayas run sssi HEN pw Ead p a pee ME RON NP E HR
104. N I oos voco IH ER AMS LSNGH LAR T E t AUD d GE B BUANSWNZAGVOSATAVOSAR DRAW NO SHEET CONNECTION DIAG 3 15334 2 C11 B C11 COLOR HIP ac ac I o a 4 uJ z lt a gt Z Q o CUST 1630 1685 2685 lt 3IBYINN 133804 39 IV NO gt lt YOLON LY NO gt 4 lt 30Y18 NO gt lt 9015 330 gt lt 9015 8OION 330 gt lt 4015 4 4 GAH LV 330 gt lt 4015 3 LV 330 gt lt NAY did OH LY NO gt 1149 lt Ni Nd NO gt NON BATI XL 430 gt 9 S 2 TSE THRUSTERY JII EHE H16307 2 Nowa 200 DRAW NO G3 15334 2 GRU16D CONNECTION DIAG TITLE Y ELECTRIC CO LTD te 5 4 3 2 1 Nicol os A 8 w CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER CUST 1630 COLOR IP juss cM 1 L n e 8 8 a N XW2Z 200T 2m SW SETTING CABLE PT1 unspecified cable to be SCP 2 5mm A B CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER GUST TH 1630 E ws ME IN CH KIND OF SIGNAL o SIGNAL LOCATON 0000 GRAVITY TANK LOW LEVEL START INTERLOCK ALARM CO
105. NOT USED 1 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows Adjust trimmer ZERO of Isolation Amplifier so that pitch indicated is 0 2 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows STBD25 Adjust trimmer SPAN of Isolation Amplifier so that pitch indicated is STBD25 Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 11 21 BOW 9 Setting OLP control OLP level Address mA is inputted into 105 for OLP value Formula main motor rated current A CT rated current A x1000 OLP value mA address 105 Amount of Load deviations displayed address 018 Light load Overload Unit Amount of OLP control displayed address 023 Addition Subtraction Unit Deg Order of blade angle displayed address 024 PORT order STBD order Unit Deg Order of dial displayed address 014 PORT order STBD order Unit Deg Proportionahty proportionality value can be set up by the following table OLP proportionality X10Deg The standard value is as follows OLP oF proportionality Address Address Data Fauno O o mm s ms s Setup of 1Deg is standard in 110 load 1 1 T120 T121 4 0 1122 T123 T125 Load deviations T124 OLP proportionality value is displayed in address 019 Addition Subtraction Unit X10Deg Integration A Integration value can be set up by the fol
106. No Select input signal lt gt with pushing CTRL Touch for indicating key pad at left side Set delay time for each input channel with key pad and push ENTER on key pad INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 7 0308 0345 CH DTIME D CTRL 2 Move to next or previous Picture Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING Picture 4 Input channel No 5 Select input signal lt gt N O with pushing CTRL Touch for indicating key pad at left side Set delay time for each input channel with key pad and push ENTER on key pad HHI H1630 31 71 72 99 1700 1701 1733 TAIYO ELECTRIC CO LTD PTM 5 The Operation Manual for Thruster Control Panel G15334 COMMAND TIMER SETTING PICTURE P11 COMMAND TIMER SETTING DM ef TIMER FAN STOP ORDER SENDING 3 x m FAN START ORDER SENDING HYD PP STOP ORDER SENDING HYD PP START ORDER SENDING STOP ORDER SENDING M M START ORDER SENDING M M START REQ ORDER SENDING SO d START FRIL TIMER SETTING OM ef TIMER FAN START FAIL HYD PP START FAIL MM START FAIL EZ HHI H1630 31 71 72 99 1700 1701 1733 lt lt lt The setting time can be changed on this Picture gt gt gt The time of sending STOP order to Fan Starter The time of sending START order to Fan Starter The time of sending STOP order to Hyd P P St
107. PARTS No Gs UNIT FIXED ARC CONTACT T a gy u wali MOVABLE ARC CONTACT MF4 02 135B AC200 220V X 5GW55 B30 a 48 AUX 2a2b LY G 2 a 56 4 02 115 n mx jlMF4 01 018 2 Remark 1 Parts on tis shee for STERN thruster Starter are packed n parts box WF SP5 BOW thruster Starter CLOSING COIL MICRO SWITCH AUXILIARY SWITCH MAIN CONTACT SPRING SUBSIDIARY SPRING INTERRUPTING SPRING lt gt KAWASAKI TEST AND INSPECTION REPORT OF BOW THRUSTER KAWASAKI KT 157B3 TYPE FOR HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES Co LTD S NO H 1630 t ORDER No 31KB068 K AWASAKI oo Md HEAV Y INDUSTRIES LTD MEE E MACHINERY DIVISION BEN QUALITY ASSURANCE DEPARTMENT INSPECTION SECTION d REVISION SENIORMANAGER ean MANAGER nae DRAWING No September 26 2005 IR 2005 11 89 6 SHEETS COVER INC f we 4 Gi CONTENTS No ARTICLE INS ITEM PAGE e 1 Tube amp Gear Case Dimension 1 2 Shafting Assembly Clearance
108. PORT SIDE RE 42f7a3 Jt XWT3 7tOB8BO RU T 1 2 FSHRORLVEE 858000 CAURERCORRR EU RRLERLTF AV 3 Bh 288 UR 247 4 ENBCUSEE TRRIBCOUSZRA 2 MACHINERY DIVISIO ES MARINE MACHINERY T 8 4 WY0MAVLIC gt arem m KT 15783 LATE ae INSTALLATION OF SIDE THRUSTER DASE Line PER 97F2222 RAR BRD ANGLE EM 211 NO MASS OF THRUSTER UNIT DRY Od R4 300 339 4 KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE JAPAN THE PARTS TO BE GRAINOED ALONG END LINES s zaf blow gt 8 gt ORSCU UZERUGVCT W DON T FIT ANY VALVE IN THIS LINE mm e H 1 15H 1 892 8 Z m sw gt lt 2500 1 XAR BOM MENT 37 SUPPLIED BY THE SHIPYARD 2 9 1X8 C PLEASE TELL US FINAL DIMENSIONS BASE LINE FULL LOAD VATER LINE 5527288uAURXrON DS gt EROBHACBSSIRET AV RERAT 86 1 Note ITS LENGTH EXCEEDING 7m CHANGE LARGER DIAMETER ONE 15 5 PIPE Eum aA RESSURE SWITCH RESSURE SWITC AFETY VALV STRAINER 4 CARTRIDGE LOGIC VALVE 3 SOLENOID OPERATED VALVE 2 ELECTRI
109. Processing Modes may not function properly if the program execution cycle time A266 is too Short less than 0 2 ms A40515 Penphera Servicing Cycle Too Long ON The monitoring time was execution time was exceed for program execution Increase the monitoring time set in the PLC Setup nticipated cycle tm less than PLC Setup monitor setting A440 The problem may be caused by long Interrupts being p Maxmur Interrupt processing times for interrupt tasks Check used o acceptable value the contents of the task specified in A441 Task with Highest Processing Time There may be more than one interrupt task occurring causing the cycle time to be increased Reduce the frequency of interrupts There may be a bug in the program Check all tasks for the following instructions FOR and LOOP JMP CJP and CPN 11 2 10 PLC Setup Setting Error Check PLC Setup setting error occurred The CPU processing mode is set to Peripheral Servicing Priority Mode but the priorities have not been set correctly Value of A406 location of setting error 00DC 220 The setting indicated by the contents of A406 is illegal Check the setting from a Programming Console PLC Setup written from Programming Console A communications error may have occurred during data transfer from the CX Programmer Retransfer the PLC Setup 423
110. SPACE WITH SAME OIL THAT 15 USED IN THE GEAR CASE TOP AT EVERY DOCK AFTER THAT PLUG UP FIRMLY AND LOCK THE PLUGS CAULKING BY PUNCH OlL FILLING Pc MRAL 0 ERICH AT SIUC Loo 0 RATSIGRYFCTALOTF AU No2 P U y 2 FLANGE RING ase DES LINER an BR ITEM PARTS OF NAME QTY Note Quantity is to be subject to change for model NOTE 1 THE CENTER OF SEALING RING TO BE ASSEMBLED CONCENTRICALLY TO THE CENTER OF SPIGOT OF AFT CASING 2 PAINT EPOSEAL BTE 2PLY COLOR BROWN Fig 3 SHAFT SEALING DEVICE 3 6 014 Z OIL DRAIN BOTTOM VIEW IN DIRECTION A Ta us 55 00 7 CARTRIDGE RELIEF VALVE SOLENOID OPERATED VALV 1 vA f CARTRIDGE LOGIC VALVE 4 ered ME 0 2499 SUCTION FILTER 1 Ea PRESSURE SWITCH 1 E 870777027 GAUGE COUPLING i 5 lt MANIFOLD ry22 VALVE i sem nm eLecTRic motor 1 0 Co HYDRAULIC UNIT ASSEMBLY 4 MOTOR SIDE A RARA HEXAGON HEAD BOLT 2 Fer wsmEm Cep lowr
111. Thruster Prime mover Hydraulic unit Flexible coupling Accesarry 25 6N8D 30 lit min x 4 5 MPa 46 kgf cm x 3440 r min Vertical screw type x 1 set unit Totally enclosed induction motor x 1 set unit AC 3 440 V 60 Hz 5 5 kW x 3600 r min DE6P 20 208 WD24AL DC 24 V 0 4 MPa 4 kgf cm 0 3 MPa 3 kgf cm 5 5 MPa 56 kgf cm 150 Mesh SF coupling 1130T 10 80 lit 30 lit ROTARY PUMP 0 2 lit rotation abt 8600 kg abt 5900 kg abt 260 kg abt 47 kg abt 50 kg OPERATION 1 Interlock for prime mover 1 Gravity tank oil level 2 Control oil pressure 3 Blade angle e Allowable range 2 Rated draft The draft should be kept shown Fore draft Normal checking by float switch Normal checking by press switch Neutral AB 0 3 degree in fig 1 at running 5 7 M df IV H 3 011 temperature of the thruster fig 1 The kinematic coefficient of viscosity for thruster should be kept the range of 40 500 mm s cSt at running The corresponding temperature to the forementioned viscosity is at about 10 60 for the gear oil 150 VG 100 MAINTENANCE AND OVERHAUL 1 Allowable range of starting torque 77 79 Measuring procedure Refer to INSTRUCTION BOOK Part 4 Inspection 4 1 fig 2 fig 3 2 Allowable range of input shaft axis displacement lt 0 3 mm Measuring procedure Refer to INSTRUCTION BOOK Part 4 Inspect
112. WARNING Such practices as hauling unpacking installation piping wiring running operation maintenance and inspection should be carried out by persons possessed of expertism and workmanship There are such possibilities as electrification fire failure and injury CAUTION Do not insert your finger or any substances into the openings of the machine There are such possibilities as electrification fire failure and injury lt d No 3 8 3 Hauling and Unpacking J N WARNING 8 When the machine is lifted for hauling never gain access to the underside of the machine There is a possible danger of the accident of human body caused by falling off JN caution Before lifting the machine check the machine weight and lifting procedure and use such hauling tools as are possessed of rated capacity of lifting not less than the machine weight There is a possible danger of failure and injury caused by falling off and turnover Unpack the machine after making sure of its top and bottom There is a possible danger of failure and injury caused by turnover M 4 5 No 4 8 Centering JN caution amp Do not touch the key groove of shaft end and the acute part of corner of the machine direct by unarmed hand There is a possible danger of suffering injuries When coupling with t
113. When the positions of multiple touch switches are set as shown in the example and three switches are pressed simultaneously the touch switches will malfunction due to structural characteristics Position the touch switches carefully In the example shown below switches have been created in positions A and B and at points C and D where the vertical and hon zontal lines through A and B intersect A C a M If touch switches B and C are turned ON rot a a s multaneously switch D may also turn ON g due to the structure of the touch panel dar m e Inthe same way if touch switches A B 1 are turned ON simultaneously switch D B C may also turn ON Minimum touch switch frame 2 13 Section 3 Installing the PT and Connecting Peripheral Devices This section describes the methods used to install the PT and connect peripheral devices For details on methods for connecting the host refer to Section 4 Connecting the Host to the Se rial Port or Section 5 Connecting to Host via Ethernet or Controller Link Installing the P uy eec vane a a a ia aa a aeai RE 3 3 3 1 1 Installation Environment 3 3 3 1 2 Installing RS 232C RS 422A Converters sese enne 3 4 3 1 3 Mounting the PT to the Control Panel eese 3 4 3 1 4 Connecting the Power Supply lt lt 3 5 3 1 5 Wiring the Groimd
114. a Replace fuse or Unit short at the load resulted in a blown fuse in the Output Unit Some Output Units provide an indicator for blown fuses 6 Faulty bus connector contact Replace Unit 7 Output circuit is faulty Replace Unit 8 If the INH indicator is lit the Output OFF Turn A50015 OFF Bit A50015 is ON Not all outputs turn OFF Output circuit is faulty Replace Unit Output of a specific bit num 1 Output ON time too short because of a Correct program to increase the time that ber does not turn ON or indi mistake in programming the output is ON 2 Bit status controlled by multiple instruc Correct program so that each output bit is tions controlled by only one instruction cator is not lit 2 Bit does not turn OFF due to leakage Replace external load or add dummy resis current or residual voltage tor 1 Bit status controlled by multiple instruc Correct program tions 2 Faulty output circuit Replace Unit 1 Low or unstable load voltage Adjust load voltage to within rated range 2 Bit status controlled by multiple instruc Correct program so that each output bit is tions controlled by only one instruction 3 Malfunction due to noise Protective measures against noise 1 Install surge suppressor 2 Install insulation transformer 3 Use shielded cables between the Output Unit and the loads 4 Terminal block screws are loose Tighten screws 5 Faulty terminal block
115. and Fig 4 The hydraulic unit consists of a hydraulic pump solenoid valve valve manifold to which the cartridge valves are mounted having the following functions Excess pressure relief loading and unloading with the relief valve 2 7 Pilot pressure changing over for pitch control with the solenoid valves 2 3 Pressurized oil changing over to servo cylinder with logical cartridge valves 2 4 Checking of oil ways with check valve 2 18 10 The oil of the gravity tank 4 is sucked by the hydraulic pump 2 1 through the strainer 2 6 and is pressurized is delivered through the logic valves 2 4 which are controlled with the pressurized pilot oil by the solenoid operated valve When the command to change the propeller pitch is given the port of the solenoid valve is opened the pressurized pilot oil from the vent port of relief valve operates the logic valves to make oil circuits for moving the propeller pitch supplying the hydraulic oil to the servo cylinder On reaching the propeller pitch to the set position the solenoid operated valve is returned to the neutral position to release the pressurized pilot oil to the pump suction lines to close all logical valves Accordingly the oil from the pump is unloaded through the relief valve to the gear case The oil supplied to the thruster during holding of the propeller pitch or during pitch changing is filled with the gear case and lubricates the bearings gears etc
116. as option Outline lt Front view gt lt Rearview gt Dimension 112mm W x 180mm H x max 100mm D SIC type Specification SIC 101 Auto Start amp Stop UVR Draw No SIC 101 PS x 1 Draw No SIC 101 PS x 2 SIC 102 Auto Start amp Stop UVP Draw No SIC 102 PS x 1 Draw No SIC 102 PS 2 SIC 111 Manual Start amp Stop UVR Draw No SIC 111 SIC 103 Manual Start amp Stop UVP Draw No SIC 103 SIC 141 Auto Changeover UVR Draw No SIC 141 NV Draw No SIC 141 NV PS SIC 142 Auto Changeover UVP Draw No SIC 142 NV Draw No SIC 142 NV PS SIC 107 Reversible UVR Draw No SIC 107 SIC 105 Reversible UVP Draw No SIC 105 ee ere ee es SIC 101 PLC Auto Start amp Stop UVR and Draw No SIC 101 PLC NV PS Auto Changeover UVR Serial Comm Function option lt Appendix gt SIC Starter Integrated Circuit UVR Under Voltage Release UVP Under Voltage Protection PS Pressure Switch NV No Voltage PLC Programmable Controller option with serial communication Block Diagram and Connection Diagram SIC 101 SIC 101 PLC SIC 102 SIC 103 SIC 105 SIC 107 SIC 111 SIC 141 SIC 142 The Operation Manual for Thruster Control Panel 015334 SAMPLE PICTURE MENU PICTURE P31 Move to MOTOR CONTROL Picture Move to PASSWORD INPUT Picture Mo
117. by the following table Load setup Detect Detect standard Setup Standard Over 0 0 Tis X1Odeg710Sec 20 T109 Blade angle moving speed of a standard value has set up 2points Blade angle moving speed can be set up to 4points maximum INC Load deviations X10Deg Sec 2 Go S gt bp 1 t 4 t 1 1 Light 1 load 109 110 T111 DEC Nabtesco 148848882 01E 1 6 PORTABLE KEYPAD OPERATING MANUAL FOR TYPE THRUSTER CONTROLLER 74759070 01 Nabtesco Corporation MARINE CONTROL SYSTEMS COMPANY ENGINEERING DEPT Nabtesco 2 6 Portable Keypad Operating Manual For Type Thruster Controller 748848882 01E 1 Outline The type thruster controller provides with a Portable Keypad shown in Figure 1 to set and check the stored data When connecting this Portable Keypad it can requires to prepare spacers M 5 for fixing the panel depending on the controller s installation These are included in the Spare Parts as standard Ld p LO display Connector 3 D SUB9 Pin P 4 5 6 Key buttons Spacer 74757581 13 x 4 98 Portable Keypad 74759070 01 x1 Figure 1 External View 2 Connecting Procedures To connect the Portable Keypad proceed as fo
118. carbon brush b Fitting of carbon brush Vibration Table 2 Troubles and their countermeasures of anti friction bearing Phenomena Appearances Countermeasures a Flaking of rolling element 1 Excessive interference 1 Proper manufacturing and assembly 2 Reconsideration of clearance Flaking 2 Improper selection of internal bearing clearance 3 Negative running internal clearance 4 Heat expansion 3 Mounting with proper clearance 4 Check of operation condition In grease of Foreign matters rust or bruises etc b Local flaking on raceway truck c Widespreaded flaking on raceway truck d Flaking on the diagonal Elliptical deformation of portions of raceway truck shaft or bearing box Reconsideration of 2 Loose tightening manufacturing accuracy and 3 Inferior manufacturing tightening force accuracy e Widespreaded flaking 4 Aging deformation Reconsideration of bearing abnormal thrust load design A bend of shaft Inclined mounting of inner and outer rings f Flaking across raceway truck M g Flaking at an interval of rolling elements pitch on raceway truck Vibration during stoppage Rust 1 Check of operation condition a Change of color or Too narrow clearance softening of bearing rings 1 Check of proper clearance 2 Check of quantity and type of lubricants
119. charged grease will be caused by over heating of bearing 4 When replenishing grease for the sixth time take off the bearing cover and remove all the old deteriorated grease from inside and fill approximately one half to two thirds of the capacity inside the outer bearing cover with new grease and this filling should be regarded as the first time 5 Replace the grease regardless of the specified frequency whenever ingress of foreign matter deformation emulsification oil leakage soiling ingress of foreign matter deformation due to wear etc are discovered 6 There are occasions when the noise of bearings in motors rest in more than 3 months is louder than usual and in these cases apply of a small amount of grease is commended 9 3 Selection of grease A suitable grease must be selected in accordance with the operating condition of bearings Various types of grease which suit the actual service conditions of generators and motors are given in Table 3 most recommendable one is shown on caution plate Avoid as far as possible mixing different types of grease If ones of different bases are mixed together an unexpected chemical reaction may occur thereby impairing the lubricating performance of the grease When putting a different kind of grease into use therefore be sure to remove the old grease completely Table 3 Grease to be used Name of Grease Dropping Consistency Remarks Lithium grease Shell gt 180 Alvania No 2 pu
120. contact Cause Remedy Check if wing stand is flooded or not Remove the upper cap on dial and tighten the nut Go to CP D 2 Consult NABCO Check starter Check connector for flat cable Consult NABCO Nabtesco s technology leads the future of modern vessels Periodical maintenance is required for remote control systems digital govemors pneumatic electric electronic devices Fortunately we have achieved the 26 000 set production of remote contro systems since their first delivery in 1963 and the 2 100 set production of digital govemors in 2003 Nabtesco js thanking al the customers for their patronage The delivered Nabtesco systems devices which mainly consist of electric electronic components and pneumatic components are the essential equipment to secure your vessel s safe voyages Since the malfunction or failure in them can seriously hinder the safe voyages they are required to maintain reliability that should be supported by everyday servicing and periodical and planed maintenance Nabtesco is recommending periodical maintenance programs to the customers in which proper maintenance intervals are set based on the long experience and data analysis At this opportunity please consider accepting our recommended maintenance program and then take an order of maintenance work at th
121. data Operation log Stores screen operation log data Error log Stores error history data for when macros are executed The history data is normally saved in internal memory that is backed up in the PT but can also be saved in CSV file format When history data is saved as a CSV file it is stored in the Memory Card The CSV files are saved into the log folder created in the Memory Card The following data can be transferred to the Memory Card e System programs the programs required to operate the PT such as for communica tions and fonts e Screen data data used in the PT display There are three methods for transferring data as follows e Automatic download Transfers data from the Memory Card to the PT e Automatic upload Transfers data from the PT to the Memory Card e Manual transfer Direction for data transfer is selected manually Reference There are three types of recommended Memory Cards each of which has a different capacity Model Memory capacity Memory type HMC EF172 15Mbytes HMC EF372 30Mbytes Flash memory HMC EF672 64 Mbytes The Memory Card can be overwritten approximately 100 000 times When using the PC card socket in devices such as laptop computers use the HMC AP001 Memory Card Adapter For details on transferring data with the computer NS Designer refer to Section 10 Transfer ring Data to and from PTs in the NS Designer Operation Manual 3 The data created in Dat
122. de vice SOL1 Indicators NO inputs 000002 000003 normal YE Check terminal voltages of 000002 Check terminal and 000003 with ados T tester voltages of 000002 and 000003 with tester Terminal NORMAL screws loose ABNORMAL ABNORMAL Remove external NORMAL wiring and provide dummy input signal YEs NO wiring correct NO Correctly wire Tighten Replace terminal block connector NORMAL Replace Input Unit Check LS1 and LS2 Return to START Replace Input Unit 425 Error Processing Section 11 2 11 2 14 Environmental Conditions Check Environmental conditions check Is the ambien temperature below 55 C Consider using a fan or cooler 15 the ambient temperature above 0 C heater s the ambient humidity between 10 and Consider using an an air conditioner Install surge pro tectors or other noise reducing equipment at noise sources Is noise being controlled Check the struc ture of the panel and the installa tion site ls the installation environment okay See note Yes Note Check for corrosive gases flammable gases dust dirt salts metal dust direct light water oils and chemicals 426 roubleshooting Racks and Units Section 11 3 11 3 Troubleshooting Racks and Units CPU Racks and Standard Expansion Racks POWER Indicator is not Tt Internal circuit
123. feed ring Dismantle the feed ring 18 with the sea rings and outer ring of the thrust bearing Disassemble the feed ring 18 and take out the sealing rings from the feed ring casing Note Measure clearance between sealing and seal shaft 5 1 2 3 Disassembling the propeller hut Ref fig 8 Pull out the follower ring from the oil entry tube 37 Disassemble the feed ring part Hang the propeller hub 6 with rope Loosen the fixing bolts 34 Draw out the propeller hub part from the tunnel Remove the oil entry tube 37 from the hub Full out the crosshead piston 5 form the hub Remove the sliding block 7 from the crank disk 4 Dismantling the propeller blade 1 Take out the crank disk 4 from the propeller hub 6 Finished 5 1 2 4 Dismantling the propeller blade Screw out the propeller blade bolt 3 and remove the propeller blade 1 Pins 2 will leave on the crank disk 4 05 5 1 2 5 Disassembly of input shaft part Disconnect the connection piping of outward Attach the eye bolt to the coupling 28 lift the input shaft part as a whole and haul it toward the inboard side See Fig 5 Pull out the sleeve for oil seal 29 Pull out the spring housing above the thrust bearing NOTE BE GAREFUL NOT TO LOOSE THE SPRIN HOUSING Displace the bearing housing 30 toward the pinion side Remove the clamping nuts Pull out the thrust bearing 25
124. for each input signal alarm It flickers to white letters on red ground when alarm happens START INTERLOCK ALARM PICTURE P22 lt At Abnormal START INTERLOCK ALARM 0000 IGRAVITY TK LOW LEVEL CONTROL 0001 HYD OIL PUMP LOW PRESS CONTROL 0002 HYD OIL PUMP OVER CURRENT 0003 MAIN MOTOR OVER CURRENT 0004 MAIN MOTOR HIGH TEMP 0009 STEP UP TRANS HIGH TEMP 0006 0006 0007 0007 H1630 31 71 72 99 1700 1701 1733 TAIYO ELECTRIC CO LTD PTM 7 The Operation Manual for Thruster Control Panel G15334 SAMPLE PICTURE START INTERLOCK CONDITION PICTURE P23 lt At not fulfill each conditions gt START INTERLOCK CONDITION 0008 HYD OIL PUMP RUN 0009 FAN RUN 0010 BLADE ANGLE NEUTRAL 0011 MAIN GEN POWER AVAIL 0012 0012 Move to next or previous Picture Move to INTERLOCK LIST Picture 5 Input channel No 0015 0015 8 Name for each input signal condition It changes to black letters on yellow ground when it fulfills the condition START INTERLOCK CONDITION PICTURE P23 lt At fulfill each conditions gt INTERLOCK CONDITION HYD OIL PUMP RUN FAN RUN BLADE ANGLE NEUTRAL MAIN GEN POWER AVAIL 0012 0013 0014 H1630 31 71 72 99 1700 1701 1733 TAIYO ELECTRIC CO LTD PTM 8 The Operation Manual for Thruster Control Panel G15334 RUNNING INTERLOCK ALARM PICTURE P24
125. injury or death A CAUTION Before operation confirm that the grounding resistance is higher than the required value Otherwise earth leakage may be caused to bring about an accident resulting in injury or death as the case may be 2 1 3 Caution during energization C WARNING Take care of an electric shock When checking the switchboard internally while it is energized give the utaost care to stay away from energized parts 2 1 4 Caution for modification Z CAUTION Do not modify the product Any modification made without our approval could cause a safety problem Before modifying consult us We are not responsible for any accident resulting in injury or death or any trouble caused by the modification made without our approval A CAUTION Do not change the values set in the protective devices The change of the value set in the protective device may cause a serious accident If there is something wrong with any set value please contact us We are not responsible for any accident resulting in injury or death or any trouble caused by the change of any set value effected without our approval 2 1 6 Cautions for check and maintenance A CAUTION Before starting check and maintenance keep the sections concerned informed of the work and put up a caution sign Otherwise any unexpected feed from any one of apparatus installed nearby could cause an electric shock etc A CAUTION For perform
126. is recommendable but not exceed 110 of normal rated current of the motor Time delay setting for starting should also be adjusted for starting duty and locked rotor condition 5 Check alignment of the motor 6 Confirm correct operation of starting and control equipment 7 Using suitable megger measure insulation resistance and confirm that the value exceeds that obtained from following equation Rated Voltge V Insulation Resistance Rated Output K W 1000 8 Confirm condition of driven machine and that all controls are in the start position 9 Confirm that all ventilation openings and ductwork are clear and that all bolts and nuts are tightened 10 Check Oil level for oil lubricated bearing and oil flow rate for forced oil lubricated bearing 11 Check flow rate of cooling water for water cooled bearing and or motor with air to water cooler 3 1 2 Load Condition of Trial Start It is advisable to start the motor being uncoupled to confirm that the motor itself is in sound condition The motor is then stopped and coupled to the load and restarted The load should be reduced to the lowest limit as possible as and then increased gradually to normal condition 3 1 3 Inspection at running a Immediately after starting check that the oil rings of sleeve bearing are turning freely and quietly For motor with oil ring b Check rotating direction c Confirm that motor runs quietly without abnormal
127. matters for safe work 1 First aid methods orderly arrangement of working thought out environment confirmation of safety of equipazent and pre arrangement apparatus 2 Examginatijon Intricacy of power supply system confirmation of various in reference to power supplies in the switchboard existence of circuit circuit diagraa breakers and primary hot lines confirmation of earth wire 3 Liaison Keeping the other sections concerned informed of details 4 Confirmation eee Confirmation of voltages of apparatus using voltage of voltages detector discharge of residual charges fron exposed live parts for protection 5 Prevention 999999 Locks of power supplies caution signs of wrong operation 6 Protectors Pre arrangement periodical check for grounding 9 4 Recording of check and maintenance The essential points and trouble conditions found in the routine check periodical check and temporary check should be recorded and compiled and it js desired that such records are preserved for a long period of time since they can be useful data for rational check and maintenance and for subsequent service and improvements The check list is expected to be prepared by the user in reference to the check list attached as Section 11 9 3 05 Bhat are to be checked and aaintained 9 5 1 General notes Main general notes for check and maintenance work are listed below Table General notes for check and maintenanc
128. noise d Confirm motor runs smooth without abnormal vibration 3 1 4 Rotating Direction An Arrow indicating the direction of rotation is attached on the stator frame Confirm direction of rotation If incorrect stop the motor immediately and check connections of power supply 3 1 5 Limiting of starting frequency Unless otherwise specified the motor is capable of a Two consecutive starts from cold condition Or b One start from hot condition and one or two starts in a day is recommended Must not start more than specified Cold condition the motor is ambient temperature e Hot condition the motor is running with load more than approximately 2hours 3 2 CAUTIONS AT OPERATION 3 2 1 Limiting of Voltage Current and Frequency Regulation Variations from rated voltage may occur within plus or minus 596 Variations for rated voltage may occur within the range of 90 110 The simultaneous voltage and frequency variations shall be assumed to be of the same sign The current value at rated load voltage and frequency is inscribed on the nameplate The motor must not be operated when the variations exceed more than values described above 3 2 2 Cautions for Vibration and Noise Usually the motor under operating condition has vibration and or noise The motor operator must pay attention to the vibration and noise as same as voltage current and frequency because they art most apparent sign of unusual matter 3 2 2 1 Vibration The vib
129. not tioned due to exter measures respond nal noise The touch panelis Test the touch panel using the hardware check in the Sys damaged tem Menu If an error has occurred contact your nearest OMRON representative ting is too low System Menu The backlight is The backlight must be replaced Contact your nearest OM faulty or its service RON representative life has expired The communica When using the device monitor set the communications The display is dark Cannot enter the device tions settings are mode as follows monitor func incorrect e C series PLCs tion 1 1 NT Link or 1 N NT Links CS1 series PLCs 1 N NT Links normal high speed The device monitor function is not supported for Ethernet or Controller Link The PLCs that support the device monitor function are re stricted Check the PLC model being used Refer to 6 8 4 Device Monitor The PLC does not support the device monitor function 7 3 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Errors during Object Operation Communications Perform noise countermeasures such as separating com are unstable due to munications cables from power lines external noise There are too many Reduce the number of Numeral Display amp Input and String Numeral Display amp Display amp Input objects in the screen where update is slow Input objects and String Display amp Input objects in
130. of Potentiometer maneuvering dial a Maneuvering dial is set as 0 b Adjust the potentiometer so that address 000 shows 5 0 0 1 b PORT maneuvering dial a Maneuvering dial is set as 0 b Adjust the potentiometer so that address 006 shows 5 0 0 1 c STBD maneuvering dial a Maneuvering dial is set as 0 b Adjust the potentiometer so that address 004 shows 5 0 0 1 d Blade angle transmitter a Blade angle is set as 0 b The voltage between the terminal numbers 2 3 is set as 7 5 0 3 Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 14 21 STERN 3 Setting Ten keys Please set up the data of the ten key address number indicated Refer to 74SS48882 01E for the handling manual of a ten key pad 3 1 System Setting ADD Descripton Data 030 KICS selection O KICSNOTUSED 1 KICSUSED 0 lali _ BN STOP selection 034 035 036 037 065 210 066 209 25 069 205 1 085 PORT reduction level 25 0Deg 086 STBDreductionlevel 0 25Deg 15 OLPset 0 999mA _ 1 1 1 6 220 AL3alarm selection O USED 1 NOTUSED 221 AL4alarm selection O USED 1NOTUSED 0 222 alarm selection O USED 1 NOTUSED 223 AL6 alarm selection O USED 1 NOTUSED 0 224 _ AL7 alarm selection O USED 1 NOTUSED 225 AL8alarm selection O USED 1 NOTUSED 226 AL9 alarm selection 0USED LNOTUSED 227 ALIO a
131. of the PT indicators during data transfer is as shown below Do not remove the Memory Card during data transfer Transferring data Indicator flashes orange Transferring completed Indicator flashes green Error occurred Indicator flashes red Refer to page 3 25 if an error occurs Turn OFF the power Remove the Memory Card Turn OFF all the DIP switch pins 9 Tum ON the power ouo A warning message will not be displayed when automatic download is executed even if the PT model version and language for the system programs and screen data that are stored in the PT are different from those that are stored in the Memory Card Always check carefully that the PT model and Memory Card details match before transferring data automatically 3 21 3 6 Using Memory Cards 3 22 Automatic Upload An automatic upload transfers system programs and screen data from the PT to the Memory Card Set the DIP switch for automatic upload as shown below The Memory Card cannot be used to transfer data when the DIP switch pins are set to com binations other than those specified here itch d stat eae ree an EE us TH uploads system programs and screen data to bank 1 OFF OFF OFF Automatically uploads system programs and data to bank 2 Automatically uploads system programs and E data to bank 3 OFF OFF E uploads system programs and Ret screen data
132. p CTRL 2 Move to next or previous Picture 9 Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING Picture 8 Input channel No Select input signal lt gt with pushing CTRL Touch for indicating key pad at left side Set delay time for each input channel with key pad and push ENTER on key pad CTRL Move to next or previous Picture Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING Picture 4 Input channel No 6 Select input signal with pushing CTRL Touch for indicating key pad at left side Set delay time for each input channel with key pad and push ENTER on key pad TAIYO ELECTRIC CO LTD PTM 3 The Operation Manual for Thruster Control Panel G15334 INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 010070107 PICTURE P5 INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 7 0100 0107 CH WO DTIME CTRL RUNNING INTERLOCK 0100 ga ALARM fever E 3 Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING Picture 4 Input channel No 5 Select input signal with pushing CTRL G lt a LE E E NON EON RE E m Touch for indicating key pad at left side Set delay time for each input channel with key pad and push ENTER on key pad ry LJ Oo INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 010870115 PICTURE P6 INPUT GHANNEL SETTING 0108 0115 CH UO 0TIME RUNN
133. precautions can result in injury to people or dam age to property A DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury NWARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury Caution Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in minor or moderate injury or property damage OMRON Product References All OMRON products are capitalized in this manual The word Unit is also capitalized when it refers to an OMRON product regardless of whether or not it appears in the proper name of the product The abbreviation Ch which appears in some displays and on some OMRON products often means word and is abbreviated Wd in documentation in this sense The abbreviation PLC means Programmable Controller PC is used however in some Program ming Device displays to mean Programmable Controller Visual Aids The following headings appear in the left column of the manual to help you locate different types of information Note Indicates information of particular interest for efficient and convenient opera tion of the product 1 2 3 1 indicates lists of one sort or another such as procedures checklists etc OMRON Electronics LLC 2001 2003 All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmit
134. propeller in a constant direction The propeller part consists of four propeller blades a propeller hub with a hydraulic servomotor and the sliding block mechanism The propeller blades are connected to blade carriers by blade bolts and this assures easy exchange of blades in the thruster tunnel The gear case which carries propeller parts is connected to the thruster tube by bolts and this assures easy overhauling all parts inside tube Pressurized oil from the solenoid valve is fed to the hydraulic servomotor through the pipes in the propeller shaft resulting in the reciprocal movement of the servomotor piston This movement of the piston is converted into rotary movement of the blades by the sliding block mechanism Shaft sealing mechanism which is attached to the gear case is adopted for the propeller shaft The propeller blades are carefully designed with proper area and thickness to have sufficient strength and to withstand cavitation 1 2 Lubricating device The bevel gear and all the bearings inside the gear case are lubricated by the bath lubricating method Furthermore the lubrication oil in the gear case is slightly pressurized by the connection with the gravity tank which is provided above the water surface to prevent sea water from leaking in 2 Remote control system 2 1 Propeller pitch controlling The pitch controlling device consist of a hydraulic unit including solenoid valve and a remote control device
135. restarting Otherwise the system may operate unpredictably 2 2 Part Names and Functions NS8 Front Panel Display RUN indicator 8 4 inch TFT high luminance color Lights or flashes to indicate the LCD status of the PT The entire display is a touch panel that serves as an input device RUN Indicator Status Indicator Orage Rea PT is operating normally The file system check that is An error performed immediately after the occurred at power is turned ON is in startup progress The battery power is low or the battery is not connected and the Flashing Memory Card transfer ended Memory Card transfer in progress Memory Card normally transfer ended abnormally Not lit e Power is not being supplied to the PT e The fuse is broken e The system program is damaged and the system cannot be booted 2 2 Part Names and Functions NS8 Rear Panel Expansion Interface Connector Used to mount the Video Input Unit or the Controller Link Memory Card Connector Interface Unit Used to connect the memory card for storing and transmitting screen data log data and system programs DIP Switch Used to set the settings for transmitting data using the Memory Card Reset Switch Used to initialize the PT The status of screen data other registered data and the system menu however will not change Battery Cover The battery is installed underneath the cover
136. retransfer the user program and parameters A hardware fault has occurred in memory Replace the CPU nit 421 Error Processing Section 11 2 11 2 8 Program Error Check Program error occurred An active task does not exist Check the usage of TKON 820 and TKOF 821 A29512 Task Error Flag ON Task that stopped program A294 8002 8003 8064 to 8083 An attempt was made to start a task that doesn t exist Check the MSKS 690 Instruction used to enable the interrupt task of the specified number Not related to problem An attempt was made to start the task of the specified number with an interrupt Check the CPU Bus Unit There is no END 001 in the task that stopped the program A294 Add END 001 A29511 No END Flag The program was stopped for the PLC Setup setting to stop the program for instruction errors Check the program based on the task A294 and address A298 a 99 tha A29508 to 29510 instruction errar OFF Turn the power supply OFF and then back ON again 422 Error Processing Section 11 2 11 2 9 Cycle Time Too Long Error Check The cycle time was too long The peripheral servicing cycle time exceeded 2 s Reduce the event load or set the CPU processing mode in the PLC Setup to Normal Mode or Peripheral Servicing Priority Mode The Parallel
137. tank once a day In regard to filters or strainers overhaul the filter elements within one month after application Replace dirty vinyl sponge elements with new ones Overhaul the filter of main line regularly once a month In regard to other pneumatic equipment only regular inspection is required The period of regular inspection depends on the environment and the frequency Refer to the following for 0 installed in Bridge or Engine Room Under good condition of dry and clean air M every five years O Change over valves for high pressure 3 OMPa po o every two years CbDevices installed deck Once a year or every two years according to enviromenta conditions Make regular inspection referring to the drawing and manual of each equipment Replace damaged parts with new ones Apply good grease to the sliding portion and reassemble them Recommended grease COSMO OIL Dynamax No 2 ete Replace main rubber parts such as valve seat diaphragm and sliding packing with new ones once five years Replace ru
138. than the required value since otherwise earth leakage may be caused to cause an accident resulting in injury or death as the case may be 8 5 Measure the grounding resistance by a DC 500 V megger Confirm that the measured value is more than about 1M Z CAUTION Before measuring the insulation resistance of an electronic apparatus by a megger be sure to remove its wires from the terminals since otherwise the Megger voltage may damage the apparatus Every apparatus which does not allow megger test is provided with a caution plate for inhibition of megger 8 2 Configuration The respective panels are arranged in the following order from right to left when you face then For details see the outline drawing of completion drawings 1 MCB handle 2 Indicating lamp and operation switch The starter panel is of dead front stand alone type 8 3 Operation gt WARNING Before start of operation let the persons in charge of surrounding machines and related machines confirm safety Do not start operation before you obtain their confirmation of safety since otherwise a serious accident may be caused Meanings of symbols refers to status indication and refers to operation 8 3 1 OPERATION 8 3 1 1 Start 1 Direct start First turn disconnecting switch 89 or molded case circuit breaker 52 on Next push starting or running push button 3 By this operation magnetic coil of cont
139. that the water jet generated by this propeller gives a lateral thrust to the hull Thus facilitating the departure of the ship from and its coming alongside the pier Also helping improve the ship s maneuverability when it is running at a low speed or in a narrow waterway Kawasaki s KT B type side thruster is a controllable pitch thruster having incorporated in it a propeller pitch controlling mechanism So planned that the propeller pitch can be remote controlled from the control stand on the bridge This device is composed of the actuating section comprising a drive motor Flexible coupling and thruster proper and the propeller pitch control device Its features being as follows 1 2 3 4 5 6 Adoption of 4 bladed skewed controllable pitch propeller which is effective for reducing vibration Highly rigid construction and compact design Hence easy installation Propeller pitch is controllable This allows the use of a constant speed motor with its revolving direction fixed The possibility of controlling propeller pitch also enables continuous and quick change of the thrust in either port or starboard direction Easy operation for all operation controls from that for starting the motor to that for regulation of the propeller pitch are collectively arranged in the control stand on the bridge The propeller blade are capable of dismantling in the thruster tunnel by means of removing the blade bolts
140. the battery has been replaced 1 The PLC Setup must be set to detect a low battery error Detect Low Bat tery If this setting has not been made the BATT LOW error message will not appear on the Programming Console and the Battery Error Flag A40204 will not go ON when the battery fails 2 The battery will discharge faster at higher temperatures e g 4 days at 40 C and 2 days at 55 C 435 Replacing User serviceable Parts Section 12 2 Replacement Battery Replacement Procedure Note 1 2 3 436 Use the 2 01 for CJ1 and CJ1 H or CJ1W BAT01 for CJ1M Bat tery Set Be sure to install a replacement battery within two years of the pro duction date shown on the battery s label CJ1 and CJ1 H CPU Units Production Date omRon CPM2A BAT01 Manufactured in April 2001 01 04 CJ1M CPU Units Production Date omnon CJ1W BATO1 Manufactured in June 2002 02 06 Use the following procedure to replace the battery when the previous battery has become completely discharged You must complete this procedure within five minutes after turning OFF the power to the CPU Unit to ensure memory backup 1 The battery can be replaced without turning OFF the power supply To do so always touch a grounded piece of metal to discharge static electricity from your body before starting the procedure 2 After replacing the battery connect a Programming Device and clear the battery error Procedure
141. the system D PARNING check and turn off all the power supply switches A 4 5 745548102 108 4 9 Before applying megger or a withstand voltage test to the system take off all the wires to the units that prohibit a megger test in order to protect electronic devices During a regular inspection or mooring a shore electric power source can be used instead of the internal power sources supplied by generators Misoperation in the remote control system can occur due to a voltage drop while transferring the power sources When carrying out transfer ring of the power sources between the internal and the shore power sources turn off the power supply switches in the system 1 2 3 148548102 10E 5 9 Handling Instructions for Electric Device systen Appropriate Maintenance Intervals Because electric devices may have trouble as time goes by due to imperfect contact on oxidized relay contacts or deterioration of capacitors maintain the devices systems according to the Remote Control System Electric Devices Maintenance Standards 1 3 3 3 C UND Neglect or delay in maintenance may cause a dangerous condition for the controlled machine and or the vessel due to their malfunction Preparation Before Maintenance Overhaul ing Read the instructions and check the drawings the outline drawing and the assembly drawing and the electric circuit diagram particularly the power s
142. the worn out refer to Part 4 Inspection bearing as soon as possible 4 1 9 Arrange for dry dock checking Not in Damage to impeller due to hitting creased lagainst foreign object Propeller pitch Is the hydraulic pitch Trouble in hydraulic system If the pump is normal check about 2 and after Trouble in electric system Check electric system 1 1 un controllable control oil pump running 1 Trouble in electric system of Check electric system Is it possible to pitch contro 1 with the solenoid valve spool remote control device changed over manually 2 Damage to solenoid valve coil 2 1 Disassemble and replace the bad component Trouble in hydraulic system Check about 3 19 Disassemble and check 3 Is the hydraulic oil pressure Sticking of cartridge valve Readjustment of set pressure For the adjusting procedure refer to Part 4 4 1 10 normal Loosening of relief valve adjusting screw Sticking of check valve Disassemble and check if the relief valve set pressure is reached or exceeded Trouble inside thruster Arrange for dry dock checking of feed back and pitch changing mechanisms K Air suction clogging of filter 1 1 Take the countermeasures proposed under No 2 4 Drop of oil press 4 1 4 2 and malfunction of valve Trouble inside
143. to Detect Check the program Either disable Interrupt Interrupt Task Errors detection of interrupt task errors in the Task Error Attempted to refresh a Spe PLC Setup address 128 bit 14 or cor Flag cial I O Unit s I O from an rect the problem in the program A426 Inter interrupt task with rupt Task IORF 097 while the Unit s Error Task O was being refreshed by Number cyclic I O refreshing dupli cate refreshing A40212 An error has occurred ina Check the errant Unit for blown fuse etc Basic I O Basic I O Unit Unit Error 1A408 contains the errant Flag rack slot number A408 Basic Unit Error Slot Number A40210 There is a setting error in Change the indicated setting to a valid PLC Setup the PLC Setup The location setting Error Flag of the error is written to A406 PLC 406 Setup Error Location 417 Error Processin Section 11 2 Error Probable cause Possible remedy code in A400 Flag and word data Program ming Console display CPU Bus Unit error Special I O Unit error Battery error Special I O Unit Setup error 418 CPU BU ERR SIOU ERR SIOU SETUP ERR 0200 to 020F 0300 to 035F or 03FF BATT 00F7 LOW CPUBU 0400 to STERR 040F 0500 to 055F A40207 CPU Bus Unit Error Flag A417 CPU Bus Unit Error Unit Number Flags A40206 Special Unit Error Flag A418 to A423 Spe cial I O Unit Error Unit
144. used to easily re store data after replacing any of these Units Refer to the CS CJ Series Programming Manual W394 for details 12 2 Replacing User serviceable Parts Battery Functions Battery Service Life and Replacement Period 434 The following parts should be replaced periodically as preventative mainte nance The procedures for replacing these parts are described later in this section Battery backup for the CPU Unit s internal clock and RAM The battery maintains the internal clock and the following data of the CPU Unit s RAM while the main power supply is OFF The user program The PLC Setup Retained regions of I O memory such as the Holding Area and DM Area If the battery is not installed or battery voltage drops too low the internal clock will stop and the data in RAM will be lost when the main power supply goes OFF At 25 C the maximum service life for batteries is five years whether or not power is supplied to the CPU Unit while the battery is installed The battery s lifetime will be shorter when it is used at higher temperatures and when power is not supplied to the CPU Unit for long periods The following table shows the approximate minimum lifetimes and typical life times for the backup battery total time with power not supplied Approx Approx minimum Typical lifetime maximum lifetime See note lifetime See note CJ1G CPUDD 6 500 hours 0 75 years 43 000 hours 5 years
145. washing them Particular care should be taken in handling the bearings after washing them Do not touch the bearings with the bare hands since this may occasionally result in rusting Make it a rule to wear rubber gloves Compressed air must not be used to remove dirt and dust or to dry the bearings unless equipment that can thoroughly eliminate all moisture and dust contained in the air and the iron rust inside the pipe is provided 9 Maintenance If anything abnormal occurs during operation it reveals itself as a remarkable temperature rise abnormal noises or increased vibration That the operator is familiar with the normal operating condition of the machine in make to be capable of taking appropriate measures at an early stage thereby preventing serious accidents So long as the temperature noise and vibration are not abnormal all that need be done is to check the lubricant and to replenish or exchange the grease 9 1 Frequency for replenishment of grease and quantity of grease to be fed The actual frequency for replenishment of grease varies with the weight of the machine the magnitude of vibration and environmental conditions temperature humidity amount of dirt and dust etc at the place where the machine is installed Therefore replenishing grease shall be made in accordance with the caution plate The interval is shown by a term which is considered while the machine is not running In case the caution plate is not attach
146. with CM if they are of the same diameter At present CM is also used instead of C by us as a symbol to denote the clearance Table 4 gives the relation among bearings with ordinary clearance CM clearance and C3 clearance Table 4 a Radial Clearance for Ball Bearing Inside diameter Clearance Unit 0 001mm range am Minimum maximum Mim Ma Min Max Mm _ 50 36 6 9 8 12 43 10 12 51 12 18 58 15 18 66 18 24 81 18 24 20 25 91 Table 4 b Radial Clearance for Roller Bearing range Minimum maximum Min Max Mi Min 50 55 35 75 40 90 45 55 60 65 80 90 lt gt KAWASAKI STARTER PANEL OF KAWASAKI SIDE THRUSTER KT 157B3 FOR 4 150TEU Class Container Carrier HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD S No H1630 1 1671 2 1699 1701 1733 DELIVERY ORDER e siKeoes Ap 205 NENNEN IB EC REVISION ax H Revised for panel type from 3401 puel eic Jan 27 2005 APPROVED DRAWN 22 DATE DRAWING NO SHEETS COVER INC K ANVABAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD GAS TURBINE amp MACHINERY COMPANY MACHINERY DIVISION MARINE MACHINERY DEP T PROPULSION MACHINERY ENG NG SECT ISSU
147. 0 Is the RUN indica tor lit Is the ERR ALM indicator flashing OFF_ ERR ALM indicator lit Check page 425 and environmental conditions page 426 Flashing Connect the Programming Console Non fatal error displayed Connect the Programming Console ls the Programming Console s display operating Yes Fatal error CPU Error WDT error 407 Error Processin Section 11 2 Fatal error et uh pM 2 RS i H Memory error See note 1 See note bus error Unit Number Duplication error Rack Number Duplication error See note 3 Too Many I O Points error Table 1 L Setting error d Special I O See note 3 Unit error ph i Program error See note 3 Cycle Time Overrun error Setup error Special Unit Setup error System FALS 3 The rack number will be given at The FAL FALS number will be given at The unit number will be given at The master number will be given at 1 2 3 4 408 Error Processing Section 11 2 11 2 5 Error Messages CPU Errors Stopped CPU error CPU Reset Note Note Program ming Console display The following tables show error messages for errors which can occur in CJ series PLCs and indicate the l
148. 0 3 9 1 Cautions for Operation remote control because of the danger 1 Never touch moving portions of the controlled machine under C Wn 2 lf the remote control operations become unavailable by e MM accident immediately change the control position to the engine side Then after checking the safety of the vessel prior to anchoring or stopping locate and repair the trouble Regular training against emergencies is recommended 3 Never open any door cover of control alarm devices during CAUTION operation because of the danger Keep all doors covers closed except during maintenance inspection to avoid entry of dust or foreign matter 4 Check that all operations using the maneuvering handle are possible to operate safely before entering and leaving ports 5 To correctly transmit operational intentions to the control system press the button switches securely Similarly manipulate the maneuvering control handles levers and the selector switches to the notch position or the designated position 2 Cautions for Maintenance and Inspection D When maintaining or inspecting an electrical device system follow the instructions in Handling Instructions for Electric Device System on page 5 9 2 Before maintaining or inspecting the inside of a piece of WWW equipment the main power switch on the switchboard must be turned off to avoid electric shocks 3 Because there can be several power supplies for
149. 0 1 b PORT maneuvering dial a Maneuvering dial is set as 0 b Adjust the potentiometer so that address 006 shows 5 0 0 1 STBD maneuvering dial a Maneuvering dial is set as 0 b Adjust the potentiometer so that address 004 shows 5 0 0 1 d Blade angle transmitter a Blade angle is set as 0 b The voltage between the terminal numbers 2 3 is set as 7 5 0 3V Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 4 21 BOW 3 Setting Ten keys Please set up the data of the ten key address number indicated Refer to 74SS48882 01E for the handling manual of a ten key pad 3 1 System Setting ADD Description _ Data 030 KICS selection O KICSNOTUSED 1KICSUSED 0 lli ili ccc E RR STOP selection 035 W HDialordersignal O0 PORTSTBD 1 STBD PORT 10 036 STBDDialordersignal O PORTSTBD 1 STBD PORT 10 037 PORT Dial order signal O PORTSTBD 1 STBD PORT 0 PORT reduction level _ 25 0Deg 0O 086 STBDreductionlevel _ 0 25Deg 0 220 AL3alarm selection O0 USED 1NOTUSED 0 221 AL4 alarm selection OUSED LNOTUSED 0 222 AL5 alarm selection 0 USED 1 NOTUSED 0 223 AL6alarmselection OUSED LNOTUSED 224 AL7alarm selection O USED LNOTUSED 0 225 AL8 alarm selection OUSED LNOTUSED 02 226 19 alarm selection O USED LNOTUSED 0 227 110 alarm selection OUSED 1
150. 0 ALVANIA EP2 ESSO SPARTAN EP 100 LITHTAN EP2 MOBIL MOBIL GEAR 627 MOBILUX EP FRANCE PETROLEUM roTAL CARTER 400 TOTAL MALTIS EP 2 TEXACO MEROPA 100 PREMIUM RB GREASE2 Castrol Limited ALPHA SP 100 SPHEEROL AP2 Wo E R E gt a NO 4 PIN CROSSHEAD PISTON 0557 5171203072 SLIDING BLOC 5 PIN WARE 1 fas 13 BLADE ANGLE TRANSWITTEN 18 STUFFING BOX 1 7 RGR ORDER NO R rm ii 26 5 2i gt yaa u E PEIN L Nr rd mo E ine 24 a e 7 gt lt 23 gt gt m 22 39 21 36 Gy manapas 1 w gt e rm m m im 4 lt gt lt gt oy FN
151. 000 2000 3000 4000 Speed rpm Fig 8 b Standard Replenishing Interval of Grease for Ball Bearing Semi packed type e Note 1 In case the machine is mounted at indoor and good environmental condition the standard replenishing interval can extend to 120 of the value on above Fig 8 But the max Interval is 12 months 2 The replenishing interval is shown by a term which is considered while the machine is not running Table 2 a Approximate Amount of Grease to be Fed to Ball and Roller Bearings for Grease valve Type Construction Inside diameter Approximate amount g of Two lower figures of bearings grease to be fed of bearing number SCC sss Note The two lower figures of the bearing number denote the inside diameter of the bearing when multiplied by 5 However note that in special cases the figures and the inside diameter do not necessarily coincide Table 2 b Approximate Amount of Grease to be fed to Ball and Roller Bearings for Semi pack Type Construction Approximate amount g of Two lower figures Inside diameter grease to be fed of bearing number of bearings mm 9 2 Instruction for Replenishing Grease 1 Replenish grease while the machine is running 2 In new machines approximately one half to two thirds of the capacity inside the bearing cover is filled with grease 3 Specially the amount of grease for the semi pack type construction should be cared about specified amount on caution plate Over
152. 01 mismas 02 MAIN CONTACTOR MAIN CONTACTOR FOR COMPEN START OR STAR DELTA ALARM DEVICE CONTROL RELAY FOR BELL FOR LOW SPEED FOR HIGH SPEED 88 2 DO FOR FORWARD DISCONNECTING SWITCH RAW NO DRAW NO SHEET NO GB 00001 03 88 1 288 DESCRIPTION DESCRIPTION L ae RELAY 30X 30Y CONTROL RELAY FOR 27 CONTROL RELAY FOR TIMING RELAY FLOAT SWITCH FOR OIL 3 CONTROL SWITCH DO FOR WATER AUX RELAY FOR FLOAT SWITCH TIMING RELAY FOR 00 DO FOR HIGH SPEED DOOR INTERLOCK SWITCH FOR DO FOR FORWARD DRAW OUT STARTER UNIT DO FOR REVERSE 43 IE CHANGE OVER SWITCH CONTACTOR eee OR RELAY FOR CONTROL CIRCUIT CHANGE OVER SWITCH GENERAL II MANUAL AUTO CHANGE OVER SWITCH LOCAL REMOTE CHANGE OVER SWITCH CONTROL RELAY FOR REMOTE SIDE O MAINCONTROLCIRCUITRELAY j 48 OVERDUE DETECT RELY bo COMPEN START FAIL TIMER DO TRIP COIL ROTARY MACHINE ii 5 STOPPING SWITCH OR RELAY 5 OVER CURRENTRELAY Cd 5 EMERGENCY STOP SWITCH L51X OT AUX ww 52 CIRCUIT BREAKER __ STARTING CONTACTOR OR RELAY START OR COMPEN START 63 PRESSURE SWITCH En CONTROL SOURCE SWITCH
153. 04 A 41 A 9 2 Protective Cover NS12 KBAOS NS7 KBAOS A 41 9 3 NT30 KBA01 Chemical resistant Cover seen A 42 A 9 4 Replacement Battery CJIW BATOL 42 9 5 Recommended Memory Cards 42 A 9 6 Recommended Memory Card Adapter 42 9 7 NS CLK21 Controller Link Interface A 43 9 8 NS CA001 Video Input A 43 Appendix 10 System Memory List A 44 Appendix 11 Differences between V 1 Models and Other Models A 47 Appendix 12 5 System tte 48 Appendix 2 Specifications Appendix 2 Specifications A 2 1 General Specifications 512 50 1 NS10 TV0D V1 NS8 TVOL V1 5 5900 1 supply voltage Allowable voltage range 20 4 to 27 6 VDC 24 VDC 15 Allowable input power INo restriction interruption time perature See notes 1 and 2 temperature See note 2 35 to 85 0 to 40 C with no condensation midit 35 to 60 40 to 50 C with no condensation V da corrosive gases Noise immunity immunit Conforms to ir 4 4 2 KV power lines Vibration 10 to 57 Hz with 0 075 mm amplitude and 57 to 150 Hz with 9 8 m s acceleration for 30 during 147 3 times in each of X Y and Z directions in
154. 1 The Operation Manual for Thruster Control Panel G15334 INTERLOCK LIST PICTURE P21 SAMPLE PICTURE INTERLOCK LIST Move to START INTERLOCK ALARM Picture Move to START INTERLOCK CONDITION Picture Move to RUNNING INTERLOCK ALARM Picture Move to RUNNING INTERLOCK CONDITION Picture Move to ETC ALARM Picture Move to MENU Picture START INTERLOCK ALARM PICTURE P22 lt At Normal gt START INTERLOCK ALARM OD CTRL 0000 GRAVITY TK LOW LEVEL CONTROL 0001 HYD PUMP LOW PRESS CONTROL RESET 0002 HYD PUMP OVER CURRENT Operate with pushing CTRL 0003 MAIN MOTOR OVER CURRENT 0004 MAIN MOTOR HIGH TEMP 0005 STEP UP TRANS HIGH TEMP 2 Move to INTERLOCK LIST Picture 0006 0006 0007 0007 5 Input channel No 3 Move to next or previous Picture for each input signal alarm It flickers to white letters on red ground when alarm happens START INTERLOCK ALARM PICTURE P22 lt At Abnormal START INTERLOCK ALARM GRAVITY TK LOW LEVEL CONTROL HYD OIL PUMP LOW PRESS CONTROL HYD OIL PUMP OVER CURRENT MAIN MOTOR OVER CURRENT MAIN MOTOR HIGH TEMP STEP UP TRANS HIGH TEMP 0006 0007 H1630 31 71 72 99 1700 1701 1733 TAIYO ELECTRIC CO LTD PTM 7 The Operation Manual for Thruster Control Panel G15334 START INTERLOCK CONDITION PICTURE
155. 1 M17 2 6 EXPLANATION LIST CONTROL PANEL eee EXP01 2 7 CONNECTION CONTROL PANEL C10 C27 2 8 CONNECTION DIAG HAMM HYD OIL PUMP AAA H11 H12 2 9 PARTS LIST onto BOW THRUSTER A MP01 MP03 2 10 PARTS LIST CONTROL PANEL eee CP01 CP03 2 11 PARTS LIST HYD OIL PUMP A HP01 HP02 Local Cont Box for BOW THRUSTER 3 1 OUTLINE 8 904 0 0000 066 0 6 ssssececsssevessecocesooseeveeesosenseseeeoosseesoooo 121 3 2 CONNECTION DIAG SL21 3 3 PARTS LIST PL21 AMMETER for BOW THRUSTER 4 1 AMMETER With LAMP oo A1 A2 PORTABLE EARTH SWITCH for BOW THRUSTER STARTER 5 1 LIST amp OUTLINE eer reer erie rt eee ere re eerie ere ee re ere rere re ert ere reer PES1 PES2 SPARE PARTS LIST 21 SPARE PARTS LIST s eeessescsosesvesosenevosesosseos oocqossecqosscossosessosesecossvensesseceseceeceeesee SP2 SP5 TITLE DRAV NO SHEET NO ELECTRIC CONTENTS G4 15334 0 00 DATE 2005 04 21 GENERAL SPECIFICATION 1 2 BOW THRUSTER STARTER 1 GENERAL 1 1 SHIPYARD HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD 1 2 SHIP 1630 1631 1671 1672 1699 1700 1701 1733 1 3 WORKING 31KB068 31KB070 31KB072 31KB074 31KB076 31KB078 31 080 31KB082 1 4 ORDER NO 04 5632 01 05 0216 01 05 0217 01 05 0218 01 05 0219 01 05 0220 01 05 0221 01 05 0222 01 1
156. 10 minute timer timer 0 means ON time timer 0 means ON sec m n sec 12345 6 sec min sec 12345 6 0 0 32 5 20 0 i l 010 0 33 530 10 0 221 020 0 34 540 0 0 3 030 00 35 550 00 0 4 040 0 36 800 0 0 5 050 0 0 37 610 0 0 0 6 1 00 eue 38 6 20 00 0 7 110 000 39 630 000 0 8 120 0 10 610 0 0 9 T3 0 0 T 650 0 0 0 10 1 40 20 0 5 12 7 00 0 0 0 11 150 00 0 13 710 00 0 0 12 2 00 11 1 20 00 0 13 2 10 0 00 15 7 30 0 00 0 11 2 20 06050 16 7 10 000 0 15 2 30 0000 11 T 50 0000 0 16 2 10 eem 18 8 00 00 17 2 50 0 19 8 10 0 00 18 3 00 50 8 20 0 00 19 3 10 0 02 0 5 51 8 30 00 00 20 3 20 0 0 52 10 0 00 e 2 3 30 0 0 0 53 8 50 0 0 0 0 22 3 10 00 0 51 9 00 00 00 23 3 50 000 0 55 9 10 000 00 21 4 00 76 9 20 000 20 1 10 11 9 40 0 000 2b 20 1 Fo 48 9 0 0 000 21 30 00 00 9 9 00 000 28 1 10 0 00 00 10 00 000 0 29 1 30 0 000 hl 10 10 0 00 0 0 10 00 00 00 10 20 002 00 11 5 10 0002020 b3 10 30 0009000 8 3 1 4 Internal circuit of printed circuit board CDEF1 EF2 Power fuse 1 A white reset bar is in the center of the fuse 2 When the fuse is tripped the white resel bar is jumped out 3 Push the bar to reset the fuse I19T Star delta change over timer Max 60 sec A motor is started by slar c
157. 1211221231241251_ 4C TY870 3W 25P 031115181718 SE A 1314151617 114115116 17 18 19 20 21122125124 221 Ce we s sss P P T T P T L LT oo Ar coeno R sal T l 1 L l I J HH 1630 je ELECTRIC TITLE DRAW NO SHEET COLOR MASS STARTER PANEL for BOW THRUSTER 14131219 TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT G3 15334 MT1 MTO1 1 2 3 4 5 7 8 9 uw w ww sal ee uj LE NO SIZE 4C TY870 3W 25P IERMMLNOI 1 21 514 516 7 8 9 0111 12 15 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21122 25 24 25 Use WM AN MOTOR S T 58 FIN STA EPB 8 wn 121131141151161171181191201 21122123124125 4C TY870 3W 2SP TERMINAL NO _11 215 4 5 6 7 8 9 10111 12113 14115 16 17 18119 120 21122 23 24 25 _ USE KV TTT 011115 ho 115141536137 18119126 21 CABLE _ 6 NO SIZE INNER WIRING INNER WIRING INNER WIRING INNER WIRING INNER WIRING INNER WIRING INNER WIRING INNER WIRING T T i T I T TITLE DRAW NO NE TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT G3 15334 CT1 CTO1 7 8 9 CUST HHI 1630 Puri cou Sw em COLOR MASS CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER 1 2 4 5 3 4C TY870 3W 25P JTP20 16P pee e slo ner n 912
158. 1212112 ES ce a Sr CORENO_ 11I213 41SI617I819110111112113114115116117118119120121122123124 CE OS 4C TY870 3W 25P JTP20 16P em fia perrumpere epo Perel v pe pep a a CIEN a E 1 SE SEN cr 4 e 3 4 5 6 7 1311815 1617 18 19 201211221231241251 7 221231241251 HLT Mug o 7 7 722 2227 22 4C TY870 3W 25P 121415161718 19 p C 112151415 6171819110111 12115114115116 17118119120121122125124125 o 3 1850 DR HO MASS HYD OIL PUMP for BOW THRUSTER IRIS TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT 65 15354 3 4 5 1 4 W1 404 THRUSTER ST THRUSTER ST AW NO 15334 c o lt 2 x 1 CO LTD HYD OIL PP ST THRUSTER ST 1 1 SUPPULY SUPPULY TANO SUPPULY NOT TAIYO SUPPULY COLOR MASS BOW THRUSTER CONTROL 06__WO01 SHEET NO 2 4 WO2 CONTROL PANEL THRUSTER ST AW NO 15334 W1 DR G3 TITLE WIRING DIAG CO LTD YAM ELECTRIC TITI 431211 BOW THRUSTER CONTROL MASS TAYO SUPPULY NOT TAIYO SUPPULY COLOR NOT TA
159. 139 p Kir 855 cm 18 121 57421654 37 ES SUN SOOO a m i herd 29 LIL ES DWG NO Bii 72796139 NABCO Ltd csxuo 888130751 120 0 3 vvv sur RO If 170931 31507 5 EERS Ruax j 3097 Aj 315 1 00 4 0 83 0 2 REMARKS 3 R8 gt Li amp 800 m o PC NO DESCRIPTION p 4 2 5 WACHINE SCREW Baysa 2 TERMINAL BOARD BUTS EE BRACKET EN us PLATE 49 5472 A gt m m ya 372 maae PEN gt gt m gt lt c POINTER GRADUATION 49 HEX NUT 6 EH SPRING PIN FOINTER BRACKET H 9 e Iz m gt gt gt z Ro m o oo o BARS 0401 1000300 00 0401 1000150 00 on n 1 w m ts x DUST WIPER A DKH152557 27 SPRING WASHER L w 0032 1503006 54 283 02258 TN RUB Hn urin GASKET A 0AITHREAD 3594587
160. 2 OLP PROPORTIONAL VALUE INPUT 4 LP PROPORTIONAL VALUE OUTPUT 4 5 9917 2 Didid 2 GO1OIO 01010 ojojo 2125 D 1515 d on Kon Ke fala 2 gt gt gt gt lt lt lt lt gt gt gt gt Elric 5 5 aliai c 31313 I 7 A AM gt Co o S NO H 1630 7SH60507 02 5 6 BOW FOR MONITOR RANGE SETTING VALUE Lower 1 2 LADE ANGLE INPUT SIGNAL Vet LADE ANGLE Deg Vot Notch S TENKEY DESCRIPTION e e w a MEE m gt gt z o 9 r m m z m 2 gt lt m e BLADE ANGLE OUTPUT VOLT SIGNAL LADE ANGLE OUTPUT INDICATOR SIGNAL LADE ANGLE OUTPUT VDR SIGNAL OLER CHANGE OF BLADE ANGLE FEEDEBACK N 03 05 LADE ANGLE STBD MAX 2 POINT Deg 0 25 BLADE ANGLE PORT MAX 2 POINT Deg 25 0 25 10 BLADE ANGLE PORT MAX Deg 07 BLADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG INPUT 1 BLADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG INPUT 2 Deg Volt Volt LADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG INPUT 3 Volt Volt Volt N gt m 3 BLADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG INPUT 4 BLADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG
161. 2 3 Propeller Assembly Clearance 3 4 KT 157B3 Type Bow Thruster Shop test 4 Article a LE RT Decision E u zm 31 KB068 lusion Draw No Material Y Measurement of Dimension Inspect Item Test mark Machine No 3426 R RESULT INSPECTION Sheet No KT 157B3 Bow Thruster ee Ke Tube amp Gear case No of piece Place of Ins Works ACCEPT hd Port Starboard 1 I ab MPO M Standard 0 0 0 0 45 295 290 260 754 2316 Position Di D2 D3 D4 D5 06 sad a 2304 485 1880 0 20 1 INSPECTOR TO KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE RESULT OF LNSPECTION Sheet 15 obNo Tu aikeoe Das Material KT 157B3 Bow Thruster KHI Shafting Assembly Kobe Article No of piece Place of Ins Works z N v Fah Clearance Check Bane Inspect tem s rg 06 2005 06 Decision rt ACCEPT Date of ins Unit mm Machine No 3426 Port Starboard m Lope st
162. 2F X SRC50 2U X TAIO TITLE DRAW NO T ELECTRIC CO LTD CONN OF DEVICE GB 00002 dled 0 0 63 62 64 zz 15 74 2 0 0 0 01 140 9 o o 13 4o o o 0 3 16 SHIPYARD SUPPLY LIST X UA DATE 2005 4 5 PLACE OF DELIVERY TAIYO ELECTRIC CO LTD GUNMA CONTROL FACTORY 726 YATTAJIMA MACHI ISESAKI CITY GUNMMA 372 0827 TEL 0270 32 1234 FAX 0270 31 2789 7372 0827 726 TEL 0270 32 1234 FAX 0270 31 2789 PLEASE SPECIFIED FOLLOWING ITEMS ON YOUR SUPPLY LIST 1 NAME OF SHIPYARD 1 2 HULL NUMBER 2 RE 3 TAIYO S ARRANGE NUMBERS 3 DATE OF DELIVERY fx fa 2 PARTS NAME ER TYPE DWG 1 z we keow RELAY Gonn 1 Acrict 2 lt BOW gt THERMISTOR RELAY 49X 1 actic 1L FUJI ELECTRIC s RELAY Gest 1 smooo iwoo SIEMENS 4 THERMISTOR RELAY 1 ORDER 04 5632 01 075 G15334 MESSRS KAWASAKI HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTORIES gt TAIYO DRAW ELECTRIC S
163. 3 The Memory Card will eject from the compartment 4 Install the Memory Card cover when a Memory Card is not being used Note 1 Never turn OFF the PLC while the CPU is accessing the Memory Card 2 Never remove the Memory Card while the CPU is accessing the Memory Card Press the Memory Card power supply switch and wait for the BUSY indicator to go OFF before removing the Memory Card In the worst case the Memory Card may become unusable if the PLC is turned OFF or the Memory Card is removed while the Card is being accessed by the CPU 3 Never insert the Memory Card facing the wrong way If the Memory Card is inserted forcibly it may become unusable 109 SECTION 11 Troubleshooting This section provides information on hardware and software errors that occur during PLC operation o Mel earns abe 404 11 2 Error Processing 405 11 2 1 Error 405 11 2 2 Error 405 11 2 3 Error Codes and Error 406 11 2 4 Error Processing Flowchart 407 11 2 5 Error 409 11 2 6 Power Supply 420 11 2 7 Memory Error 421
164. 31C KBA05 64 CONTACTOR 25555 SC 05 ud 2 Leg 440V 60Hz fom 55262 Tree 80 n 12 18A 2 2 1lH3cR Ag 220V 60Hz ET 30 11111 8 8 8 x 1 WE VACUUM MAGNET CONTACTOR 3729600796004 CV 6HA AC DC 220V opm Ht ERR TITLE DRAW NO SHEET S TAYO NG 1 SPARE PARTS LIST 63 15334 5 2 SP2 SETS PER spno use SR STARTER BOW THRUSTER GRU 16D BE 6 N v FOR 1 1 MOV AAE 0 2 1 a D DEI 2 2 72 11___1 1 AUX CONTACT lo SZ A22 20o2b BLOCK 19 0 4q SH 4 220V T poppe ee ee M LTD OPAMI SPARE PARTS LIST G3 15334 SP3 15 SETS PER SHIP NO SPARE PARTS LIST FOR STARTER BOW THRUSTER E NAME OF ii2 10 PAINT 42123 20 20013501200 40 SPARE PART BOX tS 7 5Y9 6 2 23144 30 400140013001 5 48 15 4001800 150 6 150005001500 6 TAI TITLE DRAW NO SHEET ELECTRIC CO LTD NO SPARE PARTS LIST CS 153554 SP4 SP 4 200412 868 17 620F SPARE PARTS LIST on He 2 PARTS NAME ESTY
165. 39 03 TZZ the KCF body PORT Nabtesco eee eee ob FOR KT 88B3 STERN FOR EMERG STOP 320 74759141 01 PUSH BUTTON SWITCH BOW amp STERN Nabtesco FOR EMERG STOP 74757673 01 SWITCH GUARD BOW amp STERN Nabtesco FOR EMERG STOP 74759133 01 PACKING TXX BOW amp STERN Nabtesco Nabtesco 7SH60507 00 2 2 5502167 5502174 PRI GA wae WITH FLAT CABLE 2m Nabtesco BOW W H STAND STERN EMERGENCY STOP A EMERGENCY STOP FOR MAIN MOTOR FOR MAIN MOTOR NABTESCO SUPPLY FOR MAIN MOTOR CLOSE AT EMERGENCY STOP OPEN AT EMERGENCY STOP CLOSE AT MAIN MOTOR RUN MAIN MOTOR STOP CLOSE AT PITCH NEUTRAL CLOSE AT POWER REQUEST CLOSE AT FAN RUN A FAN STOP CLOSE AT OIL PUMP RUN OIL PUMP STOP SPARE 1 SPARE 2 CLOSE AT THRUSTER RUN CLOSE AT MAIN SOURCE ON 3300V CLOSE AT POWER AVAILABLE CLOSE AT READY TO START CLOSE AT BOW TH ROOM FAN RUN N NIN SPARE CLOSE AT INDICATION CLOSE AT HYD OIL PUMP SOURCE ON SPARE CLOSE AT INDICATION SPARE CLOSE AT INDICATION CLOSE AT OIL PUMP RUN OPEN AT INSULATION LOW OPEN AT OIL LOW LEVEL OPEN AT OIL LOW PRESS OPEN AT OIL PUMP OVER LOAD ne HH 1 HH 5 ss ss OPEN AT MAIN MOTOR OVER LOAD AL7 OPEN AT MAIN MOTOR TRIP ALB OPEN AT BOW TH
166. 4 Check perpendicularity 5 Check alignment LEVELING OF STEEL PAD 1 Apply leveling mortar on foundation and put steel pads 2 Make leveling of steel pads SETTING OF MOTOR AND LOCATING BLOCKS OR TAPER KEYS MOUNTING OF MOTOR BASE GROUTING OF FOUNDATION BOLTS SETTING OF FOUNDATION BOLTS GROUTING ALIGNMENT 1 Setting of non shrinkage type mortar may take over 48 hours 2 Locate blocks or taper keys on steel pads so that their height is 1 5mm to 2mm shorten than specified 1 Mount motor base on block or taper keys temporary 1 Insert foundation bolts into foundation bolts holes on the foundation 2 Insert ground into the holes with putting foundation bolts in positions 1 Setting of non shrinkage type will take over 48 hours and ordinary type will take over one week 2 After completion of setting on the grounting motor base will be tightened by the foundation bolts slightly 1 Perform motor alignment according to the recommended method 2 Locking by welding shall be performed on blocks or taper keys after alignment 1 Provide grout for base BASE GROUT In the case of box type base fill the grout into the base
167. 4 Pole 11 0 d Turbine Oil Up to Shell Turbo DTE Regal Oil on ISO VG46 5 C T46 Medium amp 0 46 1453 10 above 56 Motor e 45 2 5 Above Turbine Oil 12 5 Up to Shell Turbo Regal Oil ISO VG68 5 C T68 R amp O 68 185 10 Above 60 Notes Redwood No 1 Second CHAPTER 3 OPERATION MANUAL SCOPE This chapter describes information of operation for three phase induction motor TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 3 1 Inspection Before Starting o 3 1 1 Inspection Before Starting 3 1 2 Load Condition 3 1 3 Inspection at running 3 1 4 Rotating Direction 3 1 5 Limiting of starting frequency 3 2 Cautions at Operation 3 2 1 Limitation of Voltage Current and Frequency Regulation 3 2 2 Cautions for Vibration and Noise 3 2 3 Recommended Setting Values 3 3 Cautions at Stoppage 3 3 1 Cautions at Stoppage 3 1 INSPECTION BEFORE STARTING 3 1 1 Inspection Before Starting Inspection before trial starting shall be made according to the following procedures 1 to 11 For the second and further starting procedure 8 to 11 are required 1 All connection and cable type and size are as specified 2 All connection are tight and any required insulation taping or bracing has been done correctly 3 Check that motor frame and all terminal boxes are correctly earthed 4 Confirm that setting of all overloads relays is correct Setting with 100 to 105
168. 5 When ten keys 069 and 205 Voltage of Data input Add are 1 are 1 terminal 5 6 STBD2 PORT25 7 0 STBDi25 1 07D 2 PORT125 STBD125 90 PORT27 ow a The output voltage of potentiometer is measured with the terminal 2 3 of blade angle transmitter in a following blade angle position b Input the value into the address shown in When ten keys 069 and 205 When ten keys 069 and 205 Voltage of Data input Add are 1 are 1 terminal 2 3 i STBD 25 PORT 25 ae 211 STBD 12 5 PORT 12 5 212 il 6 PORT 12 5 STBD 12 5 214 PORT 25 STBD 25 1 09 Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 19 21 STERN 3 Detecting neutral signal Enter blade angle into address 067 206 4 Setting maximum blade angle limitation Considering the hydraulic system enter slightly lower values than calculated values in to the corresponding ten key address and then check the actual blade angles at the local scale a PORT side Enter maximum blade angle into address 066 and 209 Enter 1 2 value of address 209 into address 208 b STBD side Enter maximum blade angle into address 065 and 210 Enter 1 2 value of address 210 into address 207 5 Setting dial matching zone of change over interlock Non follow Follow change over Enter it into address 087 6 Setting dead zone Solen
169. 5 DELIVERY 2005 3 15 2005 5 24 2005 8 18 2005 11 8 2006 1 30 2006 4 13 2006 7 7 2007 1 15 1 6 OWNER A P Moller 1 7 CLASSIFICATION LR 1 8 AMBIENT TEMP 45 1 9 POWER SOURCE 1 BOW ST AC3300V 60Hz 2 STERN ST AC440V 60Hz 3 HYD OIL PUMP ST AC440V 3 60Hz 1 10 CONTROL SOURCE AC220V 1 60Hz 2 PAINT COLOR INNER MAKER S STANDARD 2 1 THRUSTER STARTER N 7 5 GLOSSY CONTROL PANEL HYD OIL PUMP STARTER 2 4 LOCAL CONT BOX N 7 5 GLOSSY 3 OVERLOAD PROTECTOR THERMAL TYPE TWO 2 XHREE 3 PHASE WITH AMBIENT TEMPERATURE COMPENSATION INTERNAL RESETTING SYSTEM 4 NAME PLATE 4 1 MATERIAL METHACRYLATE 4 2 LETTER GENERAL ENGLISH BLACK LETTER amp WHITE GROUND LETTER CAUTION ENGLISH RED LETTER amp WHITE GROUND 5 INTERNAL WIRING 5 1 MAIN CIRCUIT 0 6 1KV SCP 6600V KIP 5 2 CONT CIRCUIT 0 75mm2 1 5mm2 0 6 1KV SCP 1 5 SYP 0 75 New JIS 5 3 EARTH GREEN amp YELLOW ZEBRA 5 4 COLOR OF BUS BAR RED PARTIALLY S V Z WHITE T W X BLACK 6 CABLE LEAD IN LOWER PORTION REFER TO DRAWING of OUTLINE UPPER PORTION REFER TO DRAWING of OUTLINE REAR SURFACE REFER TO DRAWING of OUTLINE 7 SIGNAL LAMP BA9S 13 6 3V 1W 8 FUSE CELLO LITE UC 1 9 EARTHING Tr 2ND WITHOUT 10 IP GRADE REFER TO DRAWI
170. 581 72B1 88B 105B1 130B1 15781 187B1 219B2 219 1 255B1 300B1 41 6 3 2 Recommended brands refer to the table as below RECOMMENDED OIL AND GREASE FOB THRUSTER p ENERGOL GR XP 100 ENERGREASE MP MG2 ExxonMobil SPARTAN EP 100 BEACON EP2 MOBIL GEAR 627 MOBILUX EP2 CASTROL ALPHA SP 100 CASTROL SPHEEROL SX2 ChevronTexaco MEROPA 100 MULTIFAK EP2 CHEVRON GEAR COMPOUND EP 100 CHEVRON DURA LITH GREASE EP 2 unos NOTE 1 IF OTHER BRANDS WOULD BE USED PLEASE CONTACT US FOR CONSULTING 2 GREASE 15 APPLIED FOR FLEXIBLE COUPLING AND OIL SEAL ETC 3 IF THE VESSEL MAINLY WILL BE VOYAGED IN THE LOWER TEMPERATURE AREA SACH AS NORTH SEA ZONE LOW VISCOSITY OIL 150 VG 46 OR 68 GEAR OIL SHOULD BE USED 6 4 Criterion of oil exchange Our criterion of the oil exchange is below 42 Part 7 Initial starting after installation Commissioning Initial starting after installation commissioning should be carried out after due adjustment and checking of the individual components in the following way In starting every manipulation involved should be performed with a great care 1 Charging the system with oil ve See Part 6 2 Checking for oil leakage 1 Start the oil pitch control oil pump from the local motor control panel 2 Check every piping and coupling for oil leakage 3 Confirmation of pressure switch actu
171. 6 ating in RUN or MONITOR mode Green Red when a communications error has occurred or the Output OFF Bit is ON Fatal Errors The CPU Unit will stop operating OFF ON The indicators will all be OFF when including FALS 007 in RUN or MONITOR mode Red there is a power interruption 11 2 2 Error Information There are basically four sources of information on errors that have occurred The CPU Unit s indicators The Auxiliary Area Error Flags The Auxiliary Area Error Information Words The Auxiliary Area Error Code Word 1 2 3 Pm N CPU Unit Indicators Auxiliary Area Flags and Words Error Code Word A400 Error Flag Error Info RUN Lit when the PC is in RUN or MONITOR mode Words providing error informa tion Flags Indicating the type of error RUN ERR ALM Flashing Non fatal error ERR ALM Lit Fatal error DPRPHL COMN INH Lit when Output OFF has been turned ON A400 contains the error code See note PRPHL Lit when the CPU Unit is communicating through the peripheral port COMM Lit when the CPU Unit is communicating through the RS 232C port Note When two or more errors occur at the same time the highest most serious error code will be stored in A400 Indicator Status and Error Conditions The following table shows the status of the CPU Unit s indicators for errors that have oc
172. 6 6 Nabtesco Corporation Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 1 21 Adjusting Manual for MTHII Type Thruster Remote Control System SHIP YARD HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD SHIP NO H 1630 1631 H 1671 1672 1699 H 1700 1701 1788 THRUSTER TYPE KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KT 157B3 BOW KT 88B3 STERN RULE LR Nabtesco Corporation MARINE CONTROL SYSTEMS COMPANY ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 2 21 BOW Adjusting Manual for MTHII e Thruster Remote Control System This adjusting manual contains adjusting procedures at shops and on board after delivery it is recommended to carry out only the adjustment items on board except the replacement of parts Use only a digital multi meter DMM for electrical measurement o Adjustment before Shipment from Nabtesco Xr Check and adjustment of a power supply Adjust an AC DC converter so that the output voltage of an converter is set to 25 5 0 5 Actual measurement V l Adjustment of DIP switch and rotary switch Adjustment of the switch in the W H controller a DIP switch DIP SW DIPSWI DIPSW11 b rotary switch Rotary switch Set position RSW1 RSW11 selector switch OLP CANCEL switch setup OFF Nabtlesco 74KK51462 02E 3 21 BOW 2 Zero Point Adjustment of Potentiometer a W H maneuvering dial a Maneuvering dial is set as O b Adjust the potentiometer so that address 000 shows 5 0 3
173. 7 02B 6 6 S NO H 1630 FOR MONITOR STERN 2 gt 5 5 z oja cl ojm alo Nl ols wloln ala x m 9 5 19 5 5 5 S S alo ala N N N N N m EM E qum REI p 5221 E Sn MEI E USE EE eas NEN EE Es iw ug E 1 E NN Ey ME Was SE HN 1 P 1 5 DESCRIPTION 1 S P 1 P S P TBD WING PITCH IND 1 5 ORT WINGPITCH IND 1 S H PITCH IND ADDRESS Nabtesco 145548900 01 1 4 TYPE THRUSTER CONTROLLER OPERATION CHECK LEDS SPECIFICATIONS Nabtesco Corporation MARINE CONTROL SYSTEMS COMPANY ENGINEERING DEPT Nabtesco 2 4 ST Type Thruster Controller Operating Check LEDs Specifications 74SS48900 01E ON the Type Thruster Controller Tables 1 3 show the details on operation check LEDs provided on the W H Panel and Terminal Board Unit shown in Figure 1 below However these details of indication can change according to the setting of rotary switches on the BTC 302 Card After the completion of check return to the normal position Pan
174. 75mm BaNSEHU SYP 0 75mm TITLE DRAW NO MAY FT TT LIT CONNECTION DIAG 3 15334 2 C18 121917800201 61 01 5002 DAQN 3 0HX1 GRU1 0502 an s BOW TH RM FAN STOP ORDER MOMENTARY EXE ee BOW TH RM FAN START ORDER MOMENTARY e M z z e e e e ON AT HYD OIL PUMP STOP ORDER MOMENTARY nii i 0503 HYO OIL PUMP START ORDER MOMENTARY L 0504 MAIN MOTOR STOP ORDER MOMENTARY ON AT MAIN MOTOR START ORDER MOMENTARY GERI EUR g SEX GRU1 6 v ti oco IH WHEY of A AMALSNUH LAR TEE En RET Hh BYANAWNZAGVOSAZAVOSAR INPUT UNIT H POWER UNIT CPU UNIT OUTPUT UNIT 1 OUTPUT UNIT 2 OUTPUT UNIT 3 OUTPUT UNIT 4 OUTPUT UNIT 5 OUTPUT UNIT 6 OUTPUT UNIT 7 OUTPUT UNIT 8 OUTPUT UNIT 9 12192 01 08 01 1 01 5002 DAQNT kW CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER UST 18307 le ws 3 OFX GRUT OUTPUT 2 CHS Pe LOCATION BOW TH RM ce FANST CPF2 TH RM FAN ST gt gt w unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm tae RU 0 75 9 8 TITLE DRAW NO MAY LIT 21 CONNECTION DIAG 63 15334 2 T CUST HHI 1630 Q z D D gt z m m n 4 X 2 c 4 m COLOR OUTPUT 3 CH6 yee OFF
175. 77708 INSTALLATION ALIGNMENT LIMITS PARALLEL icr ECCENTRICITY P WoRSH PS0 28mm ALLOWANCE SF SEAL RING 5 5 7 HEX SOCK BOLT AR T COVER TA 2 BARRE X ALLOWANCE 55400 Ba 8 2 84 amp a s FO ues amp GAP I 1 1 x 4 STANDARD VALUE 512 7mm Ys0 30mn Ymin 1 ALLOWANCE BERE ES i 19 i Eo 2 ERE HT TRANSMITTING POWER 1600kW 2175 90 950 EST PIECH NOTES E R R hj 7 4 OWNER ZX ORDER NO NF RULER Hz 1130T10 rs 15783 60 SF COUPLING ASSEMBLY H site SF p PROJECTION ZA Yat Be DWG NO VA amp KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE JAPAN G900dn31 ge En R H Ee m m gt w eb KAWASAKI HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD S No H1630 vs SIDE THRUSTER KT 157B3 TYPE TECHNICAL DATA Eve YARD p MEM _ KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD ISSUE MACHINERY DIVISION MARINE MACHINERY DEPARTMENT s ORDER NO 31KB068 This list shows v
176. 9 3 9 4 Recording of check and maintenance ree 9 3 9 5 What are to be checked and maintained 9 4 0 5 General NOLES rr tte eee te ee ee ee iet ee ee ee eee ee eens 9 1 5 952 Check and maintenance items 5555 4585 x mene e aeg 9 6 8 1 0 lroubleshoating 000200000004 2 10 1 Chech list EE 11 172 CONTENTS A1 1 Introduction This instruction manual describes how to handle starter and safety precautions when using this Before you use your starter be sure to read this manua and understand how to handle the starter correctly If the starter is not handled in accordance with this manual serious accidents may occur Please also see each instruction manual for motor crane unit and other related devices Also please read the manual with referring delivered drawings completion drawings finally submitted seperately The manual is arranged not to repeat contents in delivered drawings completion drawings as a rule P WARNING Careless use of the main switchboard hereinafter called the product may cause serious injury or death Operators and service staff are requested to fully read this manual before operating checking and servicing the product Keep this manual near the product for easy reference by those who handle the product Do not use the product before fully understanding the contents of this manual QKeep this manual near the product and read it repeatedly you transfer th
177. ADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG INPUT 1 BLADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG INPUT 2 BLADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG INPUT 3 BLADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG INPUT 4 Volt BLADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG INPUT 5 Volt BLADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG OUTPUT 1 FOR INDICATOR LADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG OUTPUT 2 FOR INDICATOR BLADE ANGLE SIGNAL FG OUTPUT 3 FOR INDICATOR e lt ALARM 3 SELECT 0 USE 1 NOTUSE ALARM 4 SELECT 0 USE 1 NOTUSE ALARM 5 SELECT O USE 1 NOTUSE ALARM 6 SELECT 0 USE 1 NOTUSE 25 ALARM 8 SELECT 0 USE 1 NOTUSE LARM 10 SELECT 0 USE 1 NOTUSE N 7 233 IALARM 6 TIMER SET gt i gt 2izmimioim gt 2 lt lt lt 5 o0 1 nit iwi aia alala dlalalizlo m m mimim mimim m m 222 2228 1 e 4 4 3 1 5414144 cis c 212121888 Sialm o gt gt gt 2 5 8 8 81518 25 al m m 5 gt 4 i 3 X z fm o gt gt c e 53 v 2 m m 4 2 o m 2 gt N 2 T LARM 10 TIMER SET ALARM 11 TIMER SET 7 LARM STOP PATTERN SELECT 0 NORMAL 1 2STEP NG THRUSTER RUN IND SELECT 0 NEED LESS 1 NEED YSTERESISS A 4 lt NIN NIN TR ERD Alm Ap no e Volt 7SH6050
178. AT POWER REQUEST CLOSE AT FAN RUN NOT USED FAN STOP NOT USED CLOSE AT OIL PUMP RUN 01 PUMP STOP MPYC 12 CLOSE AT THRUSTER RUN CLOSE MAIN SOURCE ON 40V H CLOSE AT POWER AVAILABLE 12 CLOSE AT READY START u SPARE CLOSE AT INDICATION SPARE CLOSE AT INDICATION CLOSE AT HYD OIL PUMP SOURCE 17 SPARE CLOSE AT INDICATION LB SPARE CLOSE AT INDICATION CLOSE AT OIL PUMP RUN OPEN AT INSULATION LOW OPEN AT OIL LOW LEVEL OPEN AT OIL LOW PRESS ALS OPEN AT OIL PUMP OVER LOAD OPEN AT MAIN MOTOR OVER LOAD OPEN AT MAIN MOTOR TRIP SPARE OPEN AT ALARM ALS OPEN AT MAIN MOTOR HIGH TEMP CLOSE AT MAIN MOTOR TRIP AUTO PITCH REDUCT AL11 CLOSE AT GENERATOR OVERLOAD d AC 014 NOT GROUNDED AC O 1A RATED CURRENT 1323 2 A mas WITH ISOLATED CTRATO _2000 MAIN MOTOR LOAD SIG FOR IND e WITH ISOLATED CTRATIO 2000 A 1A DEN JR fel mor x4 RELATION NO pe 73860507 01 sv Nabtesco Corporation FOR STERN NAME 1 0 LIST THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM fel Bo h EJ W H STAND TERMINAL BOARD UINT NABCO SUPPLY 2m THRUSTER CONTROLLER
179. AT MAIN MOTOR ON AT DISCON CLOSE ON AT MAIN MOTOR ON AT MAIN MOTOR OOOR SWITCH ON AT DOOR OPEN LAW 90 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm WARMER 5 0 75 7 5 CUST 1650 Po COLOR MASS BOW THRUSTER STARTER 5 6 1 2 3 4 A 8 CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER EXPLANATION 1 START INTERLOCK ALARM with ALARM This is necessary condition for only starting main motor and when it becomes abnormal the alarm happens In case it becomes abnormal during main motor running main motor doesn t stop but the alarm happens 2 START INTERLOCK CONDITION without ALARM This is necessary condition for only starting main motor and when it doesn t fulfill a conditon but no alarm happens In case it becomes to not fulfill a condition during main motor running main motor doesn t stop also no alarm happens 3 Inhibited when hyd pump is stopped and be monitored after hyd pump running with build up delay time The build up amp chattering delay time are adjustable 4 RUNNING INTERLOCK ALARM with ALARM This is necessary condition for starting amp running main motor and when it becomes abnormal the alarm happens In case it becomes abnormal during main motor running main motor stop and the alarm happens 5 RUNNING INTERLOCK CONDITION without ALARM This is necessary condition for starting amp running main motor and when it becomes not to fulfill a conditon bu
180. ATUS CB 00001 mms BASIC SYMBOLS SYMBOL DESCRIPTION SYMBOL DESCRIPTION CHANGEOVER SWITCH TIME RELAY ON DELAY TYPE ED MAN 1 2 ON 1 3 OFF IN PUT ON Ame AUTO 1 2 OFF 1 3 ON Meo CORE 3 i a CHANGEOVER SWITCH 3 4 en b cs a NO 1 1 2 ON 1 3 1 4 OFF 5 6 n 5 6 3 0 2 1 3 0 1 2 1 4 0 0 5 1 4 0 1 2 SET TIME TEST SWITCH FOR SEQUENCE TIME RELAY OFF DELAY TYPE TEST NORM NORMA Ga p ON OF TEST 3 4 b 5 6 STOP ALARM SIGNAL WHEN MANUAL STOP 1 2 SLOW ACTION CONTROL SWITCH 4 QUICK ACTION CAM SWITCH Q Q 1 2 NOTCH 1 3 ON 2 4 OFF NOTCH 1 3 2 4 OFF NOTCH 1 3 OFF 2 4 ON MAIN MAGNETIC CONTACTOR AUXILIARY RELAY co KEEP RATCHING RELAY WHEN 6915 ENERGIZED _5 9000 CONTACT IS KEPT ON i b CONTACT IS KEPT OFF WHEN IS ENERGIZED 8 TRIPPING COL a CONTACT IS KEPT OFF b CONTACT iS KEPT ON b CONTACT OVERCURRENT RELAY ENI MANUAL RESET TYPE AUTO RESERT TYPE STAI Yo TITLE DRAW NO ELECTRIC CO LTD GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS AND ELECTRICAL APPARATUS GB 00001 ne ower ner A1 2 amp 5 A1 2a2b 240 0 0 0 23 22 34o o 0 33 32 eo o o 73 72 57 40 SZ A31 PYF 14A 612F 3BS 3 SRC50 620F 3BS
181. Box NE 20 10 8 12 SHIP 4 150 TEU CLASS CONTAINER CARRIER SHIP NAME MAERSK GREENOCK 9298686 NAME OF DRAWING TUNNEL THRUSTER 1 2 DRAWING NO 6J 71 16 001 ro ic CONSOLIDATED NO INDUSTRIES CO LTD H IMO 9298686 HHI 1630 lt gt Vessel s Name MAERSK GREENOCK HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD S No H1630 KAWASAKI SIDE THRUSTER KT 157B3 TYPE FINISHED PLAN DELIVERY Leg 2005 MARINE Cop JA KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD MACHINERY DIVISION MARINE MACHINERY DEPARTMENT ORDER NO 31KB068 SIDE THRUSTER 1 TYPE KT 157B3 2 MACHINE NO 3426 o CONTENTS 1 TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION amp DRAWINGS 2 TECHNICAL DATA 3 INSTRUCTION BOOK 4 REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM 9 MAIN MOTOR 6 STARTER PANEL T SPARE PARTS amp SPECIAL TOOLS 8 TEST AND INSPECTION REPORT eo KAWASAKI TECHNICAL SPECIFICATION amp DRAWINGS OF KAWASAKI SIDE THRUSTER KT 157B3 FOR 4 150TEU Class Container Carrier HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD S No H1630 1 1671 2 1699 1701 1733 DELIVERY ORDER NO E 31KB068 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 AVAL A I NOTES HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD GAS TURBINE amp MACHINERY COMPANY MACHINERY DIVISION MARINE MACHINERY PROPULSION MACHINERY ENG NG SECT REVISION RI Followed by
182. C Address Error Please contact your OMRON serv ice center FATAL ERROR No 04 PT Built in model code cannot be Contact your nearest OMRON Model type Identify Error read representative Please contact your OM RON service center 7 3 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Message ERROR No 10 File System Error Please recover the system program ERROR No 10 Fail in loading files or executing program Please recover the system program ERROR No 10 Fail in loading files Please recover the system program ERROR No 11 Fail in loading files Please reinstall the system program ERROR No 11 Device check program error Please reinstall the system pro gram ERROR No 11 SRAM check program error Please reinstall the system pro gram ERROR No 11 IP Address Setting Error Please rein stall the system program ERROR No 11 Device check program error Touch the screen to continue ERROR No 12 Fail in loading fonts Please rein stall the system program ERROR No 12 Installed system program is not ap plicable for this hardware Please reinstall the system program WARNING No 20 Date and Time are not set Touch the Screen to continue 7 8 sl pai on aic File system is corrupted A Reinstall the system program by hardware fault occurred or inserting the Memory Card con power was interrupted during taining the recovery program in writing the PT and resett
183. C MOTOR IL SERVICE PUMP 1 9 BLminM 5MPa 46Kot ca 2 HYDRAULIC UNIT BEa vH 1 1 ITHRUSTER __ ITEMNAME OF PART saag Ji REMARKS OWNER 2X2 ORDER NO RULERS Minn a er ELI me y 73 KARN KT 157B1 B3 TE SKELETON DIAGRAM OF PIPING M SE wa wo pe Qc ja 8 5 Li ny FRY TAB tu TRAB 3 8 W om E328A8 c 5A SGP Sch80 5 03705 Sch80 STPG3708 5 2 2 2 2527355 Bay FRY7 KYL 7 e 0LUME 801 NORMAL CLOSE e f e SET PRESS 0 MPa 4 Koi ca 1 SET PRESS 0 5MPa 5kef ca 1 i m SET PRESS 0 3NPa SET PRESS 5 56Ko ca 4 C 5 5kW X 3600r min Hm 7 N at DRA Any 7 ARGSR gt THE GRAVITY TANK IS TO BE INSTALLED 30 THAT THE HEIGHT 1S WITHIN THE RANGE OF THE UPPER EQUATION RELATED WITH FULL LOAD DRAFT H m Note INSTALL BELOW GRAVITY TANK 6900d dl THRUSTER CENTER 272546 Fay REMARKS 1 EACH COMPANION FLANGE AND P
184. CONTROL PANEL HYD OIL PUMP STOP AT ANYWHERE TSE PH FAN EXCEPT TOUCH PANEL ON CONTROL PANEL THRUSTER RM FAN STOP 3 VAY TITLE DRAW NO SH ET e ipn FLOW CHART 3 15334 03 6 7 8 9 MAIN MOTOR EM CY STOP AT ANYWHERE THRUSTER RM FAN HYD OIL PUMP MAIN MOTOR STOP TIMER SETTING LIST lm mg i K ar cr S CINE GN 1 1 0350 v LOSWL ZO LOSWL CUST 1630 COLOR MASS BOW THRUSTER CONTROL PANEL T Tal 1 2 6 3 4 5 TITLE DRAW NO o SETTING LIST G3 15334 TMS1 TMSO1 7 8 9 SELECTED METHOD START REQUEST button START REQUEST RESET button POWER AVAIL signal THRUSTER running Y START REQUEST signal to PMS TYPE 2 ZOSWL ZO START REQUEST signal to PMS TYPE 1 cOSWL COLOR BOW THRUSTER CONTROL PANEL 1 2 3 4 5 START REQUEST METHOD SETTING lt lt EXPLANATION gt gt There are two 2 type of method for START REQUEST And it is able to be selected on LCD touch panel which type is applied The detail for each type of method as follows Each START REQUEST button is available when control position is selected at own position In case REMOTE control position is selected START REQUEST signal is sent to PMS during START REQUEST signal comes from side Control panel is just passing through the START REQUEST signal to PMS from W H even once getting START REQUEST signal into PLC
185. CORDING TO IEC34 std WATER PROOF 4 UNIT mm 5 TERMINAL SUITTABLE FOR CABLE JIS C3410 6 CABLE AND FLEXIBLE CORDS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OF SHIPS 7 MARINE WATERTIGHT CABLE GLANDS FOR ENCLOSURES OF ELECTRIC APPARUTUS 8 CABLE SIZE POWER 4mm 2 5mm amp 12mm 9 MAYNIN d S 52 LMD4412 HYOSUNG M e Q TY OF CABLE 3EA 10 CABLE GLAND SIZE 20C 25A4 30A 11 TERMINAL BOXES ARE MARINE USE AND HAVE DURABILITY AND RELIABILITY DWG NAME AC MOTOR AUX TERMINAL BOX DETAIL Se pa ws emer 1 HP KW POLE VOLTAGE RATING AMPS ee FREQ Hz PH MOTOR WT DATE DATE 79 gt rn MADE IN KOREA lt NOTE gt 1 MATERIAL SUS304 DWG NAME LXQ series motor NAME PLATE rea oa ss a RBS pu one ot oat MOSING n 5 6 7 Is THERMAL LIMIT CURVE 235 NI 3ALL DATE A4 210X297 SPARE PART LIST FOR INDUCTION MOTOR SPEC 1335KW 6P 3300V 60Hz THRUSTER NAME OUTLINE DWG REMARK ROLLER ANGULAR CONTACT 02 BALL 1EA SET 7326B B R G INSTRUCTION MANUAL FOR INSTALLATION amp MAINTENANCE OF INDUCTION MOTOR HYOSUNG CORPORATION TABLE OF CONTENTS CHAPTER
186. D LAMP rT 21 FOR THRUSTER 63 15334 2 A2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 NAME OF PARTS MATERIAL QT VESS REMARKS FITTED ON STARTER PANEL emne renonse ss m _ E rue AC80V 7000V 6 EARTH DETECTOR HSF 7 400x400x300 7 586 7 2 PARTS BOX 52 ona M JIS C2805 TERMINAL 8 12 COSER 1630 pr eus COLOR MASS PORTABLE EARTH for BOW THRUSTER STARTER PORTABLE EARTH SWITCH 63 15334 1 PES1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 LO LL m Z0 LL M lt L 2 VO ASSENBLY DRAWING FOR NO COLOR MASS PORTABLE EARTH for BOW THRUSTER STARTER EARTHING EQUIPMENTS G3 15334 2 PES2 1 2 3 6 7 8 9 4 5 De SETS PER SHIP NO SPARE PARTS LIST FOR USE STARTER BOW THRUSTER 200 PROTECTION gt SHEET OF LCD a MAGNETIC CONTACTOR MAGNETIC CONTACTOR THERMAL RELAY TR ONH 2P THERMAL RELAY TR 5 1N 2P H3CR A8 H3CR G8L 220 60 2 DRIVE UNIT VACUUM MAGNET CONTACTOR 329600796004 AC DC 220V SIC 103 SPLO2 rZ IG TITLE DRAW NO 2 ELECTRIC 0 LTD i a db SPARE PARTS LIST 6915534 SP2 SP2 2 SETS PER sipno ux RIT STARTER BOW THRUSTER MN NAME OF _ s F PER VESS GROUP RELAY UNIT GRU 16D 2 1 DC24V 7 7 1lwHmE GLOBE FOR 6 6 tleREEN
187. E COMPLETION DRAWING vessrs HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD H1630 1631 1671 1672 1699 1700 1701 1733 STARTER FOR BOW THRUSTER History of drawing 1 04 1124 2A A D i ELECTRIC CO LTD 21706 4 6 3305 10 27 COMPLETION A 0 A OKADA Apr 21 05 015334 1 2 T3 004 111 DATE 2005 04 21 CONTENTS BOW THRUSTER DRAWING NAME SHEET NO 0 1 GENERAL SPECIFICATION A OIS GAB33 rne renes 01 1 01 2 S NAME PLATE MODEL ente som Cien 02 0 3 CONTROL DEVICE NUMBER eure niter dd t eyes hd ERI PP OR RE 03 05 0 CONN OF DEVICE eese d atienden Gave abge ei need Rl 06 07 0 5 SHIPYARD SUPPLY LIST SSL01 BOW THRUSTER 1 1 PLOW CHART LU CELLULE F00 F03 12 SETTING CIE IL E LS TMS01 TMS04 1 3 CAUTION NAMEPLATE CNP1 CNP2 NAMEPLATE LIS Tsoi RR pu ea po a dodi Ru aide 04 1 5 THE OPERATION MANUAL FOR THRUSTER CONTROL PANEL PTM 1 7 8 9 STARTER PANEL for BOW THRUSTER vig OUTLINE ee ee Y s onse erui SE ML01 ML02 2 2 PARTS ARRANGEMENT lt PAG1 PAG2 2 3 TERMINAL ARRANGEMENT 25 nnne nnne nenne tne nennen nonne etta aont 01 01 01 2 4 WIRING W01 W04 2 5 CONNECTION DIAG asss BOW M1
188. E II Standard Torque unified Authorized bolts and nut 3 8 16 UNC 1 2 13 UNC 5 8 11 UNC o 3 4 10 UNC 1 780 kg cm 128 Ft Ib 7 8 9 UNC 2 850 kg cm 206 Ft Ib 1 8 UNC 4 260 kg cm 308 Ft lb 1 1 4 7 UNC 8 800 kg cm 636 Ft Ib 1 1 2 6 UNC 14 700 kg cm 1060 Ft lb 1 3 4 5 UNC 23 600 kg cm 1700 Ft Ib standard tightening torque 215 kg cm 15 Ft lb 510 kg cm 36 Ft lb g cm 72 Ft lb e 2 5 LUBRICANT 2 5 1 GREASE 1 Name and manufacturer Recommended grease and the name of manufacturer are shown in following table Soa Droppin Useable Item Name of Grease Base P 8 Penetration at Temperature 25 SHELL Alvania Li 190 C 277 20 C 120 C NO 2 Mobilux Above Notes Li Lithum Name of manufacturer 2 Replenishing interval and quantity Recommended replenishing interval and quantity is shown name plate Number of Bearing Inia Pouring Quantity s amy 2 5 2 OIL 1 Name and manufacturer Recommended oil and the name of manufacturer are shown in following table COMPARISION TABLE OF LUBE OIL Viscosity Item Name of Oil Flashing Centistokes Pour Equivalent Point Point MOBIL CALTEX SHELL OIL Above 7 5 Turbine UP to 7 5 Shell Turbo DTE Regal 0201 ISO VG32 Above 45 T32 Light R amp O 32 9 Vertical 80410 Motor 35 2 5 Above For
189. E 4 6 C Follow up 1 When CONTROLLER Non Available Consult NABCO control is not ABNORMAL is not occurred is follow Not control Go to CPDor available non follow up control available 0 VDC Consult NABCO NABCO Note that during Check wiring between TBU terminals 99 100 and Nolae 24 VDC solenoid valve for looseness Check PORT solenoid valve starting of OVDC Consult NABCO thruster follow up Check wiring control is not available and the neutral is maintained between TBU terminals 99 101 and Voltage 24 VDC solenoid valve for looseness Check STBD solenoid valve ARS Consult NABCO Follow control Go to C CP or RU as design Consult NABCO value Measure voltage between TBU terminals 99 and 100 when PORT button is pressed during non follow up control Measure voltage between TBU terminals 99 and 101 when STBD button is pressed during non follow up control D Non follow up coritrol is not available E OLP does not function 1 Is follow up control available 1 Connect an ammeter between TBU terminals 56 and 57 with thruster stopped and then check that the current value is the same as the design value after starting thruster There is a Before removing the ammeter differenc Check CT stop thruster and install a jumper Current between TBU terminals 56 and
190. EL MONITORING OFF AT HYD OIL PUMP LOW PRESS MONITORING Aai J D E MAIN MOTOR START FAIL WW B oo D E WAIN MOTOR TRIP ALARM B Bee COMMON ALARM oe PLC ABNORMAL ON AT MAIN MOTOR READY TO START ON AT MAIN MOTOR RUN 0900 0907 POWER UNIT OUTPUT UNT 1 OUTPUT UNIT 2 OUTPUT UNIT 3 OUTPUT UNIT 4 OUTPUT UNT 5 OUTPUT UNIT 6 OUTPUT UNT 7 OUTPUT UNIT 8 OUTPUT UNIT 9 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm rms WA SYP 0 75mmt 3 DRAWN 1 G3 15334 2 STE Murs BERE I d CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER 2 OUTPUT 7 CH10 1B27 cH NAME CONTACT TERMINAL NO LOCATION 2 1A 1A 250VAC 1A 24VDC 0 GRAVITY TANK LOW LEVEL CONT OFF AT HYD OIL PUMP LOW PRESS CONT OFF AT 1002 HYD OIL PUMP OVER LOAD E OFF AT 1003 FAN FAIL OFF AT 1004 MAIN MOTOR OVER LOAD WAIN MOTOR HIGH TEMP ALARM STEP UP Tr HIGH TEMP ALARM OFF 1008 DOOR OPEN OFF AT MAIN MOTOR STOP OFF AT i MAIN MOTOR HIGH TEMP TRIP OFF AT STEP UP Tr HIGH TEMP TRIP 1012 OFF AT WAIN MOTOR INSULATION LOW E gt gt BE Ww eas BE 4 RUNNING INTERLOCK ALARM p START INTERLOCK ALARM ECC ec 4 INPUT UNIT h POWER
191. ENE CTR ta 0 99 0103 STEP UP Tr HIGH TEMP TRIP 0104 MOTOR EN INSULATION LOW lt 10 N O EE EHE 0 99 SPARE 0107 orog DISCON CLOSE RUNNING INTERLOCK CONDITOR FIXED IN CH o HRUSTER without ALARM 5 fasi ia N TEC s POWER SOURCE X cy 1 PYAR AC3300V pes POWER SOURCE E 5 ER AC440V EM MAIN MOTOR pm V 17 58 o113 CONT PANEL pr CONT SOURCE AC 0114 CONT PANEL Ditto CONT SOURCE 0 99 STABILIZER N oa SYSTEM ON 0 99 CABLE I 01 C14 24 REFER TO SHEET NO EXPO1 ABOUT 4 5 El T E En 37 GE Ed BHANAWNZAAVOSAZAIVOSAA unspecified cable to be SYP 0 7Smm BARMERA 0 75 3 3 1 12191 76 61 01 51 01 5006 07_C15_N TITLE DRAW NO SHEET HAMO TTI T BENI CONNECTION DIAG G3 cue 2 pom C15 CUST 1630 DELAY e GRAVITY TANK LOW LEVEL OTHERS FIXED IN CH MONITORING INDICATION ONLY lo 99sec HYD OIL PUMP LOW PRESS Ditto FIXED IN CH MONITORING 0 99 3 0202 SPARE MAIN MOTOR OTHERS FIXED IN CH SPACE HEATER ON INDICATION ONLY SPARE 0205 m3 SPARE Ditto EB M 0 9 MAIN MOTOR RUN FIXED IN CH ER Ditto EA Dit
192. HIPYARD SUPPLY LIST G4 15334 SSL1 2 3 5 SYMBOL NAME SYMBOL NAME PROCESS AND AND A CAUSE B CONTENTS OF CAUSE OR OR _ AS FLOW LINE CONNECTOR SYMBOL MANUAL INPUT INDICATION DECISION INDICATION MANUAL OPERATION OUTSIDE OF panel 004 80000 89 004710 FLOW CHART SYMBOL 6 4 5 SYMBOL 103710 tA CUST HHI 1630 OWER SOUR AC440V ON YES OWER SOUR AC3300V 0 YES LCD Liquid Crystal Display with Touch Screen 3 LOCAL CONTROL REMOTE POSITION ON LCD LOCAL HYD OIL PUMP START ON LCD e OR REMOTE HYD OIL PUMP START YES OIL PUMP START FAIL NO HYD OIL PUMP HYO OIL PUMP START FAIL RUN ABNORMAL RESET ON LCD BOW THRUSTER CONTROL 4 5 ON LCD a PE 4 THRUSTER RM FAN START FARUSTER RM START FAIL NO THRUSTER RM FAN THRUSTER RM FAN RUN START FAIL TITLE DRAW NO SHEET FLOW CHART 63 15334 1 FO1 7 8 9 204710 n POWER AVAIL YES ON LCD Even one 1 of elements 1 doesn t fulfill a condition All elements fulfill a condition MAIN MOTOR READY TO START 1 REFER TO SHEET NO C14 2 REFER TO SHEET NO C15 COLOR MASS 1 2 3 Even on
193. IAL COMPLEX NAEDONG CHANGWON KOREA 641 050 TEL 055 268 9680 5 FAX 055 268 9695 CHAPTER 2 TECHNICAL INFORMATION SCOPE This chapter defines validity of this instruction manual for operation and maintenance of Hyosung three phase induction motors TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 2 1 Receiving Handling and Storage 2 1 1 Receiving of Package 2 1 2 Handling of Package 2 1 3 Storage of Package 2 2 Preparation of Installation 2 2 1 Method of Foundation and Type of Foundation Bolt 2 2 2 Mounting Procedure of Motor Base 2 3 Tolerances of Installation and Alignment 2 3 1 Tolerance of Installation 2 3 2 Tolerance of Alignment 2 4 Tightening Torque of Bolt and Nut 2 4 1 Tightening Torque of Bolt and Nut 2 5 Lubricant 2 5 1 Grease 2 5 2 Oil 2 1 RECEIVING HANDLING AND STORAGE 2 1 1 Receiving of Package The motor should be examined on arrival and any damage reported promptly to the nearest representative of Hyosung Check carefully with the details given in the packing list Particularly check the small items which are liable to be over looked such as mounting bolts etc 2 1 2 Handling of Package The motor should be lifted by the lugs or the lifting eyes provided When there are no lifting facilities available ii is recommended to use strong wooden roller or a tripod When lifting the package by crane the wire ropes must be placed so as to lift at its center of gravity Special care must be taken not to damage parts s
194. IN 46259 13 57 158 150 15 20 20bcfibutu t AIR VENT PLUG BE VII HI E EARTH 30Lb 9WPe E 7 4 1 ARE d 75 AB PRESS SWITCH 801 OPERATED VALVE 9 FOR ALARM CONNECTION DIAGRAM 4250728 INTERLOCK PRESS SWITCH SETTING CABLE GLAND SIZE FOR THE PRESSURE SWITCH 13 DIN 46258 Pots 5 THE EQUIVALENT GLAND SIZE OF JIS F8801 15a 159 15 20 and 20 din wea ihe ELN gt OIL HYD CIRCUIT 408 18 TET MOTOR Gt VALVE fo SWITCH E SAVE CONNECTOR DUM E GAUGE PRESSURE SWITCH THERMO TER SUCTION FILTER t ifi tad nut Rn JR 24 CARTRIDGE R YALY h32 972 COUPLING Uude pue FT R4 602 012 REVISION RETHE RELIEF PRESSURE 19 MODIFIED 02 10 29 158 LARA M 260ko TOTALLY ENCLOSED FAN W nBr COOLED FLANGE TYPE 132 0 18 K 508050 00 52 000 R1 4 92827227 61 4 PLUG FOR TEST 61 E 00 42 000 61 4 n GY50 123 10MPe ua emas MBV5000 2201 MBC5100 3 ne 0 i TrENENT ON 7229 SIDE THRUSTER HYDRAULIC PUMP UNIT AX NEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE JAPAN A LLLLLLLLI
195. ING P COLOR BOW THRUSTER STARTER PANEL FT TT L1 T tard OUTLINE G3 15334 1L2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B J wl BOW THRUSTER STARTER PANEL PAG1 CUST KHI 1630 COLOR P 55 DUCT T QD 400 40x100 ant EE a DUCT 40x100 DUCT 40x100 E DUCT 40x100 DUCT 40x100 1 EERE 16 05 BR 50 2 50 26 50 2 FOLLOWING SWITCH INSTALLED AT REAR OF DOOR Ms TITLE DRAW NO RHEET TA Co vQ S 2 1 PARTS ARRANGEMENT G3 1 PAG1 PAG1 PAG1 40x60 C C e e 4 PR c gt lt gt lt o e 2 TN PARTS 7 210057 KHI HHI 1630 p 0p 2 pu MEA TNI dide No MASS BOW THRUSTER STARTER PANEL 7 ARRANGEMENT 63 15334 2 PAG2 2 2 8 9 BT1 4C TYB70 3W 25P 2 Toppa TI spere mereporan aes 118119120121122123124125 EN CABLE CASS 4C TY870 3W 25P eo 112131415 16171818 Ez per erre pono 72 ps _ 11 313 1415 1761718 9 2113 114 15 116 1771181 191201211221231241251 EM TIOLITTIZHTITIS TS TIR e 19 20222314128 CABLE CLASS U 4 870 3 25 SEI EEE EE MAIN MOTOR CABLE C 2131415161718 19 110111112115114115115117118119120
196. ING INTERLOCK 0103 loo B CTRL CONDITION Move to next or previous Picture 2 3 to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING Picture 4 Input channe No Select input signal lt gt N O with pushing CTRL Touch for indicating key pad at left side Set delay time for each input channel with key pad and push ENTER on key pad INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 0200 0207 VO OTME CTRL 2 Move to next or previous Picture 8 Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING Picture Input channel No 5 Select input signal lt gt N O with pushing CTRL Touch for indicating key pad at left side Set delay time for each input channel with key pad and push ENTER on key pad H1630 31 71 72 99 1700 1701 1733 TAIYO ELECTRIC CO LTD PTM 4 The Operation Manual for Thruster Control Panel G15334 INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 020870215 PICTURE INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 0208 0215 WO DTIME D CTRL 2 to next or previous Picture 3 Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING Picture 4 Input channel No 5 Select input signal lt gt N O with pushing CTRL Touch for indicating key pad at left side Set delay time for each input channel with key pad and push ENTER on key pad D CTRL Move to next or previous Picture 8 Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING Picture Input channel
197. IP COIL EN eer GENERAL SYMBOL THREE POLE SWITCH SINGLE r REPRESENTATION mm EQUIPMENT OF OUTSIDE CIRCUIT BREAKER EQUIPMENT OF OTHER UNIT CHANGE OVER CONTACT BREAK BEFORE MAKE MAKE BEFORE BREAK CONTACT OVER LAP CONTACT CONTACTOR NORMALLY OPEN CONTACT GENERAL OF 72 9 MANUAL CONTACT LLO MANUALLY OPERATED AUTO RESET CONTACT CONTACTOR NORMALLY CLOSE MAKE CONTACT q CONTACT L GENERAL SYMBO MANUALLY OPERATED BREAK CONTACT b CONTACT AUTO RESET CONTACT GENERAL SYMBOL WITH LOCKING DEVICE DO DM ba ween cont LUC AND e 9 MACHANICAL CONTACT GR RESTORE oo HAND RESET CONTACT RELAY CONTACTOR OR Fuse 9 AUX SWITCH CONTACT CONTACT WITH TIME LIMIT GENERATOR OPERATION ON DELAY TYPE MOTOR uem CONTACT WITH TIME LIMIT Ww SINGLE PHASE TRANSFORMER OPERATION OFF DELAY TYPE WITH TWO SEPARATOR WINDINGS lt ao RUCHING RELAY CONTACT 0 cow ERES 9 MANUAI SEMICONDUCTOR DIODE OR RECTIFIER GENERAL SYMBOL b RESIDUAL CONTACT VOLTMETER C CONTACT CONTROL SWITCH OF E cns CURRENT TRANSFORMER RUNNING HOURIMETER PILOT LAMP FOR ELECTRIC SOURCE ON E lis SS Pee SP TITLE DRAW NO KS GRAPHICAL SYMBOLS AND ELECTRICAL APPAR
198. IPE ARE TO BE WELDED 70 358 COMPLETELY BY SHIPYARD 2 SEPARATELY SUPPLIED HAND PUMP IS TO BE INSTALLED SO THAT THE SUCTION HEAD BECOMES MINIMUM MAX HEIGHT FROM CENTER OF THRUSTER 18 2 5m 3 COMPANION FLANGES WITH BOLTS NUTS AND PACKINGS ARE SUPPLIED H 1 8 E 1 2 BAC aana 2 Sm CERUBV T 3 82229 57 ATS HATTA SLT 47 77 ff oe ee a ORDER NO Bi KT 18783 fo quu 8 y e 5i Quei irn amp KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE JAPAN PR wee INE MACHINERY DEPT BS CHE m iz 25 Bp 1 THRUSTER CENTER _ gt te amp TERR CONNECTION OF FLOAT SWITCH ion CONDITION ALRM Biss TABLE 1 PIPE SIZE ON SHIP 1 18 82220 0 5 OF LEVEL SWITCH LEVEL INDICATOR
199. ITION Move to MENU Picture To select contro position Select REMOTE CONTROL POSITION Operate with pushing CTRL To select control position Select LOCAL CONTROL POSITION Operate with pushing CTRL To select control position Select LCB CONTROL POSITION The indicators of each component for each situation Operate with pushing CTRL D ST INT ALARM MOTOR CONTROL PICTURE P32 Light on when all input channels 000070007 are normal lt ACTIVE gt ST INT COND MOTOR CONTROL Light on when all input channels 0008 0015 fulfill conditions THRM HYD MAIN RUN INT ALARM SRINT ALARM A EUME MOTOR Light on when all input channels 010070107 are normal e dn Fai RUN INT COND Light on when all input channels 0108 0115 fulfill conditions RUN INT COND READY TO START READY TO START Light on when above all inputs D O are IEEE normal amp filfull conditions Light off when main motor run scart COMMON ALARM REQ Light on even one of above inputs 1 amp becomes abnormal MAIN MOTOR TRIP HEATER ON RUN CONTROL POSITION 2 Light on even one of above inputs amp 4 toca becomes not filfull condition 1 main motor will be tripped M M HEATER ON Light on when MAIN MOTOR SPACE HEATER activated HHI H1630 31 71 72 99 1700 1701 1733 TAIYO ELECTRIC CO LTD PTM
200. IYO SUPPULY Ci TAIYO SUPPULY PI Lj B ES T E 2 o WO ELS TB CONTROL PANEL THRUSTER ST SUPPULY NOT SUPPULY L wo sveeux L NOT TAIYO SUPPULY DRAW NO G5 15334 W1 TITLE WIRING DIAG ELECTRIC CO LTD TAIVO BOW THRUSTER CONTROL COLOR x gt 5 o WO 007 13 0 N39 30 NO NO DINIS 01 ADVI 1Y 1 330 CEF dil 1v 330 ST CONTROL PANEL THRUSTER TAYO SUPPULY NOT TAIYO SUPPULY SHEET NO 4 4 WO4 DRAW NO G3 15354 W1 Fer w04 30 ters woy 18 Voltage Signal bit TITLE WIRING DIAG TT 61514 3 2 1 Ya BLECTRIC CO LTD sil MASS BOW THRUSTER CONTROL CUST HHI 1630 GPT RTG 3 S 3300 43 110 3 190 3 200 KIP 100 7 88 1 100 CHER CT4 5 1A 40VA CT5 5 1A 40VA 1 MM 0 OQ LEW 90 MAIN MOTOR 4 1335kW 284 1 4 m FU Q SS 1 i unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm Ca
201. Keypad Operating Manual For Type Thruster Control ler 745548882 01 3 Operating Method The LCD display consists of five displays such as the Address Attribute Mode Write Status Address and Data which are shown in Figure 3 and Table 1 The initial condition at a time when the power is supplied is as follows the Mode is R Read Mode Write status is Write Disable and Address is 000 ist letter 2nd letter 3rd letter 4th letter 5th letter 6th letter 7th letter 8th letter 9th letter 10th letter 11th letter 12th letter 13th letter 14th letter 15th letter 16th letter 1 Ist line 2nd line Figure LCD Display Format R Shows it is an exclusive read in address Attribute Shows it is a writable address P Shows it is an address for entering passwords it is an unused address W show it is Write mode Write Status pS ete Wine ME FU ee EE Shows read out data and entered data with right ad justed Data fx Shows oT when the data value is minus Shows for unused address Shows v at the top of data when it has overflowed Table 1 Details of LCD indication B ite Status Nabtesco 5 6 Portable Keypad Operating Manual For Type Thruster Controller 745548882 01 3 1 Designating an Address There is two m
202. L8 SPARE 32 36 OFF Input DL9 SPARE DE UE 31 38 IL PUMP RUN for power off interlock 39 40 AL3 SPARE 39 41 OFF Input AL4 OIL LOW LEVEL 39 OFF Input AL5 OIL LOW PRESS 39 43 OFF Input AL6 OIL PUMP OVER LOAD AL7 MAIN MOTOR OVER LOAD AL8 MAIN MOTOR TRIP AL9 MAIN MOTOR START FAIL AL10 SPARE PATH OFF Input SPARET PITCH REDUCTION OPTION OFF Output Solenoid valve output Closed Output NON FOLLOW Control VDR LED36 114 115 Closed Open Output THRUSTER READY LED37 116 117 LED38 124 125 Open 126 127 Open Closed Normal DC Power source TB10 1 lt 1B10 2 P N P2 N2 Normal Failure AC Power source 1810 3 7810 4 R S Normal Failure DC or AC power source normal LED43 Inside Normal Failure Control power source LED44 Inside Normal Failure Monitor power source LED19 LED20 LED21 LED22 LED26 LED27 44 LED28 44 48 LED29 44 49 LED30 50 51 LED31 52 53 LED32 99 100 LED33 99 101 LED34 102 103 LED35 104 105 44 46 rir m DISIN ee en 3 c 32 36 37 38 39 40 39 41 39 43 44 45 44 46 44 48 Nabtesco 74SS48889 03E 1 6 Troubleshooting For MTHII Type Thruster Controller Nabtesco Corporation MARINE CONTROL SYSTEMS COMPANY ENGINEERING DEPT REV in DATE DESIGNED CHK APvp
203. LAMP I dk a BLUE es ae SWITCH AUX RELAY 80 2F ol 3o3b I wee AUX RELAY 4 4 1 220 _ man 2 2 1 ow s a tb AUX CONTACT SZ A22 202b BLOCK AUX RELAY TITLE DRAW NO UZ Ino SPARE PARTS LIST G3 15334 SP3 ae ES 22 ieee Se es SETS PER sap uo seme use SEP STARTER BOW THRUSTER 40 SPARE PART BOX 2599191 ei 9519 6 TITLE DRAW NO SPARE PARTS LIST 53 15334 5 4 2004 12 6 620F SPARE PARTS LIST PARTS NAME SKETCH PARTS Qs UNIT ER lt FIXED ARC CONTACT e MOVABLE ARC CONTACT Cr 35 MF4 02 135B 200 220 CLOSING COIL MICRO SWITCH 48 AUX 2a2b AUXILIARY SWITCH LY C a 56 din MF4 01 156A c MAIN CONTACT SPRING SUBSIDIARY SPRING INTERRUPTING SPRING 5 TAIYO INSTRUCTION MANUAL Thruster Starter Panel HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD H1630 Read this instruction tho
204. N MOTOR pea FIXED IN CH START COMMAND LCB OIL PUMP N Osec FED IN CH START COMMAND LCB MAIN MOTOR Osec meep IN CH START REQUEST es 0313 0514 SPARE N 0315 N 0 99 NC WF 2067 IN16 NC PE 0C24V CABLE 1 02 C16 24 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm fist RH 5 0 75 3 3 TITLE DRAW NO ee Yay ITTI I llil CONNECTION DIAG 63 2 15 17 A CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER CUST HHI 1630 COLOR P unm OUTPUT 1 CH4 SHORT BAR OUT NAME CONTACT RMINAL NO E I z z e e e e e ON AT 0400 POWER AVAIL D PARARUN LL 2 f ON AT o READY TO START D ON AT MAIN MOTOR RUN Dr ON AT HYD OIL PUMP RUN ON AT MAIN MOTOR RUN E e gt w OFF AT 0407 PLC ABNORMAL Le 10 48 220 S AUSLSNUH LAE T REI EH 2 05 24 05 gt OUTPUT UNIT 1 OUTPUT UNIT 2 OUTPUT UNIT 3 OUTPUT UNIT 4 OUTPUT UNIT 5 OUTPUT UNIT 46 OUTPUT UNIT 7 OUTPUT UNIT 8 OUTPUT UNIT 9 07_C18_N 1 unspecified cable to be SYP 0
205. N OF CT FOR OLP SIGNAL OUTPUT 3 THIS NAMEPLATE LOCATED 1 IN THE FIRST SWITCH OFF DISCONNECT SWITCH OR MCCB IS TO BE REMOVED N 4 2 NEXT SET THE EMCY OPERATION SWITCH TO BY PASS WHEN CONNECTING WIRES FOR OLP SIGNAL a OR cr cr 4 3 AFTER FINISHING SEQUENCE TEST ALWAYS TURN TO NORMAL BETWEEN THRUSTER S REMOTE CONTROLLER AND STARTER CNP3 CAUTION NAMEPLATE FOR STARTING TIMES CNP5 CAUTION NAMEPLATE FOR OPERATION SIZE 100 x 40 SIZE 100 x 40 CAUTION 1 QT 1 CAUTION 1 QT 1 1 00 NOT TAKE THREE TIMES OR MORE STARTING PER MINUTE 2 RED LETTER ON WHITE GROUND IN CASE OF PLC ABNORMAL HAPPENS OR CONTROL PANEL 2 RED LETTER ON WHITE GROUND 2 IN CASE OF RESTART NEED 25 MINUTES DOESN T WORK PLEASE OPERATE MAIN MOTOR amp OR MORE PAUSE TO GIVE COOLING TIME HYD OIL PUMP WITH SETTING THE EM CY OPERATION SWITCH TO BY PASS AT EACH STARTER SIDE AFTER CONFIRMATION OF ALL INTERLOCK 15 1590 LcNP2 YAY CAUTION NAMEPLATE NO COLOR MASS CAUTION NAMEPLATE ERRUESERE BOW THRUSTER G3 15334 CNP2 CNP2 1 2 6 7 B8 9 3 4 5 REFER TO TOM H TOM 6M j we memsmas _ Ew rower source asso os a ae i bap p p MAIN MOTOR SPACE HEATER BLMH1 OFF ON 43MH1 SPACE HEATER INSIDE PANEL BLMH4 Pah au
206. NG of OUTLINE 11 DRAWINGS FOR SUBMISSION 11 1 THE DRAWING FOR ARROVAL 3 COPIES 1 REPRODUCIBLE SHEET 11 2 THE DRAWING FOR WORKING 12 COPIES 11 3 THE DRAWING FOR COMPLETION 9 COPIES TITLE DRAW NO SHEET NO TAIYO GENERAL SPECIFICATION O S G15334 01 1 DATE 2005 10 04 GENERAL SPECIFICATION 2 2 12 SCOPE OF SUPPLY NAME _ orlRarne POWER SOURCE AE2859 AE3540 542 AF65 AF67 AF69 e AF71 1 BOW THRUSTER STARTER 1 AC3 3KV 60Hz ZFF1 1 AGS CONTROL PANEL FOR BOW THRUSTER AC220V 60Hz HYD OIL PUMP STARTER FOR_BOW THRUSTER 5 5kW 9 8A 440 60Hz JAE5277 5279 AE8542 AE8555 AF2419 AF2421 LOCAL CONT BOX AF2423 4 FOR BOW THRUSTER 1 B02 1 AF2425 FOR BOW THRUSTER 10 AVF 11EZ FOR BOW THRUSTER 2 SeVF 8L PORTABLE EARTH SWITCH MA1228 10 TITLE DRAW NO SHEET NO TAIYO GENERAL SPECIFICATION O S G15334 01 2 2 MODEL o type lypeA _ __ Material Aluminium MATERIAL METHACRYLATE GROUND WHITE LETTER BLACK rating RED LETTERS EXAMPLE circ G1 M19A GCP3 cable size 60 frame 2 60 100 225 1600 rating 15A 400A INS700A MATERIAL ALUMINUM LETTER BLACK FOR PUSH BUTTON SWITCH EXAMPLE amp INDICATING LAMP 9 AH without H is screw fixing type with H is stick on type 2 Model 1 Size SAMT DRAW NO 2 ELECTRIC CO LTD NAME PLATE GB 000
207. NIT 3 OUTPUT UNIT 4 OUTPUT UNIT 5 OUTPUT UNIT 6 OUTPUT UNIT 7 OUTPUT UNIT 8 OUTPUT UNIT 9 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm BaARIRR SYP O 75mm TITLE DRAW NO CONNECTION DIAG 3 15334 2 1 07 21 wp T CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER OUTPUT 5 CH8 OUT NAME CONTACT TERMINAL NO LOCATION 1W250WK EE ON AT 0800 OIL PUMP RUN ON AT m ON AT 10802 BLADE ANGLE NEUTRAL ON AT 0803 MAIN GEN POWER AVAIL 0804 0806 ON AT 0808 DISCON CLOSE 0809 ON AT POWER SOURCE AC3300V ON AT POWER SOURCE AC440V bl Blea MAIN MOTOR CONT SOURCE ON AT 08131 CONT PANEL CONT SOURCE AC ON AT 08141 CONT PANEL CONT SOURCE DC STABILIZER SYSTEM ON IB rie je HRE W H W H gt RUNNING INTERLOCK CONDITION gt START INTERLOCK CONDITION POWER UNIT CPU UNIT OUTPUT UNIT 1 OUTPUT UNIT 2 OUTPUT UNIT 3 OUTPUT UNIT 4 OUTPUT UNIT 5 OUTPUT UNIT 6 OUTPUT UNIT 7 OUTPUT UNIT 8 OUTPUT UNIT 9 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm 5 0 75 9 3 TITLE DRAW NO Hos CONNECTION DIAC G3 2 52 YAN PIE CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER GUST HHL 16305 COLOR OUTPUT 6 CH9 TB26 7 He RAVITY TANK LOW LEV
208. NOT USED O USED _1 NOT USED 1 0 Alarm lamp 1 Auto pitch reduct 1 0 NOT USED 1 Cont pos Fig 1 2 Others Fig 2 250 W H Pitch indicator LSTBD PORT LPORTSTBD 01 1 1 Address 245 Digital output signal Output sig TBU TBU Cont pos 20 21 22 23 CLOSE CLOSE ET TBU TBU peraman 20 21 22 23 Case of pitch neutral CLOSE PORT WING CLOSE OPEN Case of portable CLOSE WING OPEN CLOSE Fig 2 Fig 1 NOTE Please power OFF at the time of the desorption of a ten key pad To change the data with the ten key pad be sure to shift the control position to W E Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 5 21 BOW 4 Adjustment of Potentiometer 4 1 W H maneuvering dial a The value of an address 000 is read in a following dial position and the value is inputted into the address shownto PORT10 050 0 051 STBD10 052 4 2 STBD maneuvering dial a The value of an address 004 is read in a following dial position and the value is inputted into the address shownto PORT10 056 0 057 STBD10 058 4 3 PORT maneuvering dial a The value of an address 006 is read in a following dial position and the value is inputted into the address shownto PORT10 059 0 060 STBD10 061 4 4 Blade angle transmitter a The value of an address 010 is read in a following blade angle position and the va
209. NTROL with ALARM 1 HYD OIL PUMP LOW PRESS FIXED IN CH 1 ine CONTROL 0 995 9 d FAN FAIL 4 MAIN MOTOR BIS L OVER LOAD G cut MAIN MOTOR Ditto HIGH TEMP ALARM KE C142 ooog STEP UP Tr E 50 01 HIGH TEMP ALARM i 0007 HYO OIL PUMP RUN START INTERLOCK CONDITION FIXED IN CH 3 without ALARM 2 ooog PAN RUN E FIXED IN CH BLADE ANGLE NEUTRAL EHE 0 99sec ss MAIN GEN POWER AVAIL FIXED IN CH N C LEE E SPARE N C E p k om 0 CABUE 01 XW22 3000 3m C10 3B DC24V REFER TO SHEET NO EXPO1 T82 C15 24 ABOUT 1 22 ex ETC W H ECC N wo t lt Se Se Se 2 215 5 5 5 5 5 5 8 1515 o a oje ejoeojejojejeje unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm _ SYP 0 75mm DRAW NO 3 15334 2 y PIE TITLE CONNECTION DIAG A dl CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER a ae CUST HHI 1630 COLOR wss SIGNAL LOCATION RUSTER EX AREE leeee mm MAIN MOTOR N o5 SHEET NO MAIN MOTOR v HIGH T
210. Nabtesco 74SS48889 03E 2 6 Introduction This manual is prepared to narrow and locate the trouble when it occurs in the thruster remote control system as soon as possible 1 Abbreviations WH Wheel House Controller PW Port Wing Controller SW Starboard Wing Controller PT Portable Controller JB Junction box TBU Terminal Board Unit In W H KCF Blade Angle Follow up Transmitter 2 Checking Power Supply Voltage and Indicator Lamps Before starting the investigation of trouble cause measure the power supply voltage and check indicator lamp for burnt out light bulb by pressing the LAMP TEST button AC power supply terminals TBP R and S on TBU For the voltage see the specifications 24 VDC terminals TBP P and N on TBU Power switches on TBU AC and DC power switches should be ON These switches should be OFF when the system is maintained or not used for a long time 3 Checking Alarms AC SOURCE FAIL alarm It is given if the input source has no voltage or the power Switch on TBU is turned off DC SOURCE FAIL alarm It is given if the input source has no voltage or the power switch on TBU is turned off CONTROLLER ABNORMAL alarm During control if the CONTROL ABNORMAL alarm is given the present blade angle will be maintained but immediately shifting to the NON FLOW UP control is recommend During wing control if the CONTROLLER ABNORMAL alarm is given the present blade angle will be maintained but im
211. ON deviation Enter it into address 081 Ordered value 7 Setting blade angle at the time of reducing demand Blade angle is reduced on the pre set value at the time of reducing demand However it works only case of maneuvering dial order is higher than setting value a PORT side Enter into address 085 Input range 25 0 Deg b STBD side Enter into address 086 Input range 0 25 Deg In case of no use this function enter 25 into address 085 and 25 into address 086 Moreover in case of use auto zero pitch function enter 0 into address 085 and 086 Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 10 21 BOW 8 Adjustment of blade angle signal output terminal 110 111 NOT USED 1 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows STBD 25 Adjust data of address 218 so that voltage of terminal No 110 111 is 10 0 0 05V If a setting value is increased voltage will go up 2 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows 0 Adjust data of address 217 so that voltage of terminal No 110 111 is 0 0 0 05 If a setting value is increased voltage will go up 3 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows PORT 25 Adjust data of address 216 so that voltage of terminal No 110 111 is 10 0 0 05V If a setting value is increased voltage will go up 8 1 Adjustment of pitch indicator
212. OTE 1 Motor Approx Weight 5800 kg 2 Unit mm LXQ series motor FRNO450E VSIC OUTLINE DIMENSIONS eene arse meatnl STE hu nee san CORPORATION 0219 3 4 5 JIS F8801 2 T1 MAIN WIRING DIAGRAM NOTE gt 1 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE APPROX 2 TERMINAL BOX MAY BE COMPOSED OF STEEL PLATE 3 PROTECTION DEGREE IS IP55 ACCORDING TO IEC34 std WATER PROOF 4 UNIT mm 5 TERMINAL SUITABLE FOR CABLE JIS C3410 6 CABLE AND FLEXIBLE CORDS FOR ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT OF SHIPS 7 MARINE WATERTIGHT CABLE GLANDS FOR ENCLOSURES OF ELECTRIC APPARUTUS 8 CABLE SIZE POWER 50mm 9 Q IY OF CABLE 3EA 10 CABLE GLAND SIZE 45B 3EA 11 TERMINAL BOXES ARE MARINE USE AND HAVE DURABILITY AND RELIABILITY DWG NAME series motor MAIN TERMINAL BOX DETAIL Ex uomo D Ss DWG LMD4411 IL W E 6412 GROUNDING LUG 4 M12 BOLTS FOR MOUNTING AT MOTOR BODY FOR WTD Pt100 ohm at TERMINAL FOR THERMISTER amp S H WINDING TEMP DETECTOR W T D SPACE HEATER Pt 100 ohm at CC 19 220V 400W PTL Rii Riz Ris Sta Sn Tis H H THERMISTER ALRAM 150C Ts TRIP 160 C lt NOTE gt 1 ALL DIMENSIONS ARE APPROX 2 TERMINAL BOX MAY BE COMPOSED OF STEEL PLATE 3 PROTECTION DEGREE IS IP44 AC
213. Oil bath lubrication applied After that it circulates back to the gravity tank For protection of hydraulic unit a relief 2 7 is provided onto the manifold 2 2 2 1 Solenoid hydraulic operated valve 2 3 This is a changeover valve for the pressurized pilot oil to the cartridge valves 2 4 which change over the hydraulic oil to the respective servo cylinders according to the command given by the remote control system The solenoid hydraulic operated valves are hereinafter referred to generally as solenoid valve 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 4 2 2 3 11 Cartridge valve 2 4 The cartridge valves serve to feed the hydraulic oil to the respective servo cylinders according to the pressurized pilot oil from solenoid valve 2 3 Pressure switch 2 8 In order to operate the logical valves a certain minimum of pilot pressure is required This pressure switch is for confirming the line pressure If the line pressure is fallen below the required minimum this pressure switch is actuated and the alarm lamp on the bridge is lit And also this switch is composed the start interlock of the drive motor As an optional item the pressure switch is separately provided for interlocking circuit Check valve 2 17 2 18 The check valves are fitted for the appropriate operation of the cartridge valves 2 4 Gravity tank See annexed drawing Fig 2 The gravity tank 4 serves to apply the gravity oil press
214. R CHECKING COVER MEEDA KOBE WORKS HIGASHIKAWASAKI CHO CHUO KU KOBE 650 8670 JAPAN FOP Th PRE RIN 3 B11 S KT 157B1 B3 SIDE THRUSTER Tann PROPELLER amp GEAR CASE PART BOX NO NO NAME ed hue DRAW NG NO DO REMARKS NO tk ROMA rx FOR GEAR CASE CAP oe 4401145 sn FOR SUB PLATE TRANSMITTER A RES FOR OIL ENTRY TUBE FOR FEED RING FOR FEED SHAFT G80 FOR BOLT OF FAIRING COVER 5 X 2 5m 1 PROPELLER MR MM tu 6 MANIFOLD GASKET lt 58454511 org R1 E3 478 FOR 6 MANIFOLD GASKET lee 58454512 MFR S KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE WORKS ADDRESS HIGASHIKAWASAKI CHO CHUO KU KOBE 650 8670 JAPAN WOETRAASH 4 1 2 SBR TAEXJNESTBI IS 22 23 24 25 26 21 20 _ PIPING PART BOX NO NO Nae NO ES TEE 4 e FOR PIPE JOINT 29 NBR 1 2 630 1 O RING 0 P36 O RING 0 O RING 0 FOR OIL TUBE CWPORT LINE FOR FLANGE UAM amp A2 RING 0 O RING KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE WORKS HIGASHIKAWASAKI CHO
215. R LOAD DEVIATION Alv 2121918 5 3 18 CIFIC is minim 2 12 5 9 19 gt OLP VALUE BLADE ANGLE DECREASE Deg DEVIATION OF OLP DIAL ORDER Deg mim gt gt 2 2 oio rq mim HE m 215 gjo x a lt a 6 CHANGE OVER SELECT 0 PORTABLE 1 WING 2 W H or DIRECT 35 1 S P ORT WING DIAL ORDER SIGNAL 0 P S 1 S P 4 gt z gt o m a e z gt e T T N amp n m 4 e z 4 c m a e 3 79 e e A gt S NO H 1630 7SH60507 02B 3 6 STERN FOR CONTROL ADJUSTABLE UNIT RANGE SETTING VALUE 1 2 TENKEY ADDRESS DESCRIPTION W H DIAL FG INPUT 1 Vok W H DIAL FG INPUT 2 W H DIAL FG INPUT 3 ORTABLE DIAL FG INPUT 1 PORTABLE DIAL FG INPUT 2 PORTABLE DIAL FG INPUT 3 STBD WING DIAL FG INPUT 1 TBD WING DIAL FG INPUT 2 Volt STBD WING DIAL FG INPUT 3 Vok PORT WING DIAL FG INPUT 1 PORT WING DIAL FG INPUT 2 Vot ORT WING DIAL FG INPUT 3 KICS ORDER FG INPUT 1 Volt KICS ORDER FG INPUT 2 KICS ORDER FG INPUT 3 Volt STBD MAX LIMIT PORT MAX LIMIT Deg EUTRAL LEVEL 57 061 lt o 8 o x e m
216. ROOM FAN FAIL AL9 OPEN AT MAIN MOTOR HIGH TEMP ALTO CLOSE AT MAIN MOTOR TRIP dinl AUTO PITCH REDUCT CLOSE AT GENERATOR OVERLOAD MAIN MOTOR LOAD SIG FOR CONT AC O 1A NOT GROUNDED RATED CURRENT 284 1 CTRATIO _400 1 i MAIN MOTOR LOAD SIG FOR IND AC O 1A CTRATO 400 A 1A WITH ISOLATED WITH ISOLATED FOR BOW Ed NAME 1 0 LIST THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM WEIGHT Cm ERE DWG NO OE 73 60507 01 ys Nabtesco Corporation W H STAND TERMINAL BOARD UINT NABCO SUPPLY 2m THRUSTER CONTROLLER PORT WING THRUSTER CONTROLLER MPYCY 12 FOR MAIN MOTOR CLOSE AT EMERGENCY STOP OPEN AT EMERGENCY STOP DC24V 0V W H ABNORMAL 12V 0v RX RX TX T e CONTROL AVAIL SPARE OIAL SIG 0 MPYCYS 4 MPYCY 12 FOR MAIN MOTOR CLOSE AT EMERGENCY STOP olo OPEN AT EMERGENCY STOP 0C24V ov W H ABNORMAL T12V OV RX RX TX TX CLOSE AT EMERGENCY STOP OPEN AT EMERGENCY STOP FOR MAIN MOTOR CONTROL AVAIL SPARE DIAL SIG 0 MPYCYS 4 NOT USED FOR BOW EX uum EDI sss s rp e AE DWG NO 73H60507 01 2 6 RELATION NO REV SCALE N DATE DESIGNED se Nabtesco Corporation
217. S SHOWN ON COUPLING COVER INTRODUCTION This manual applies to Sizes 20 thru 140 T10 Falk Steelflex Tapered Gnd Couplings They are aesigned to operate in either the honzontal or vertical posttan without modification How ever for verncal applicanons the maten mark shown above must be up The performance and life of the couplings depend largely upon how you install ond service them Corefully follow the mstruchons in this manual for oohmum performance end trouble free PARTS IDENTIFICATION All coupling parts have identifying part numbers as shown above Parts 3 and 4 Hubs and Grids are the same for both T10 and T20 couphnas all other coupling parts are NOT INTERCHANGEABLE Therefore when ordenng pars always SPECIFY SIZE ana TYPE snown on the COVER LUBE FITTINGS Cover halves have Ys NPT lube holes Use a stancard grease gun and lube firing as instructed in Step on Page 2 LIMITED END FLOAT When electnc motors are fitted with sleeve beanngs immed axial end couplings should normally be employed fo arctec beonngs Folk Sreelflex counlinas are easily modified limit ena Joar reter to Manual 428 820 or instrucnons LUBRICATION Ageauors lupricoien is jor proper overonon of the coupling Refer to 1 on Page 2 for amount of lubricant required lr i5 ecommended hor tne coupling pe checked once year ana lubneaat aaaed i eaured For extreme or unusual eper
218. SE and JEM motors which are installed at places where ambient temperature is high or coupled with machines subjected to great shocks in order to protect the bearings from being overheated and burning by giving them comparatively large interference for fit In case motors equipped with C3 type bearings with large radial clearance are run singly there are occasions when rollers make grazing noises but when motors are run equipped with couplings or coupled with machines the rollers come into perfect rolling motion thus abnormal noises disappear From our experience in practical use of C3 type bearings it is known that the life and function of the bearings are not unfavorably affected at all and that the performance of the motors is not hampered 7 Operation and Inspection Before operating a machine grease should be fed to the bearing in case the machine comes under the following conditions Quantity of grease supplied must conform with caution plate Table 2 show approximate value of quantity for estimation purpose 1 In case the machine has been stored for over 3 months without operation 2 In case the machine has been exposed to such abnormal heat as causes the temperature of the bearing to exceed 70 C 3 In case the machine has been stored for over one month at a place where the temperature is abnormally high with a high relative humidity During operation attention must be paid not only to noises but also to vibration and temperature
219. SETTING LIST G3 15334 TMS2 TMSO2 7 8 9 TOO MANY START BLOCK SETTING lt lt EXPLANATION gt gt This function is for protection of auto transformer against burn out due to main motor starting many times And this function is able to be selected ENABLE or DISABLE also each setting value can be set on LCD touch panel This function is watching how many times main motor was started every preset period 0601 And if starting time reaches limited max starting time D610 TOO MANY START ALARM happens when main motor stops and main motor can t start for peset period D602 It can start after passing peset period 0602 EHE TOO MANY START BLOCK FUNCTION mE DISABLE OMNO NAME SETING AVAILABLE SETTING REMARK PERIOD FOR MONTORNG HOW MA TES WAN NOTOR START wow mum PERIOD FOR RESTART OF MAN MOTOR AFTER PEKING UP TOO MANY START AN aoe 080 UMTED STARTING TME OF MAN ee Y 0501 cO WL e COLOR MASS BOW THRUSTER CONTROL PANEL Hl ES SETTING LIST G3 15334 TMS3 TMSO3 1 2 3 4 5 EH 6 EBE 7 8 9 FAN START STOP PB SETTING lt lt EXPLANATION gt gt This function is for selecting whether start button with running lamp amp stop button for thruster room fan are used or not at MOTOR CONTROL picture on LCD touch panel ENABLE is selected above START STOP button amp RUNNING lamp apear on MOTOR CONTROL picture DISABLE is selec
220. SOURCE 0109 THRUSTER STARTER DOOR CLOSE 0110 ITHRUSTER STARTER DISCON CLOSE 0111 10111 3 Move to next or previous Picture 0112 0112 0113 0113 0114 0114 Input channel No 4 Move to INTERLOCK LIST Picture 0115 0115 6 Name for each input signal condition It changes to black letters on yellow ground when it fulfills the condition ETC ALARM PICTURE P26 ETC ALARM CTRL GRAVITY TK LOW LEVEL MON HYD OIL PUMP LOW PRESS MON RESET MAIN MOTOR START FAIL Operate with pushing CTRL e RT UU FAE 3 Move to next or previous Picture 4 Move to INTERLOCK LIST Picture for each alarm It flickers to white letters on red ground when alarm happens HHI H1630 31 71 72 99 1700 1701 1733 TAIYO ELECTRIC CO LTD PTM 9 DRAW NO G3 15334 z gt o ELECTRIC CO LTD 8 716 S 4 3121 1 erani ee ce AC3 3KV 1335 kW 111 3 919 REAR ONLY HHI H1630 H1631 H1671 H1672 00 Cust KHIZCHHI HSSOsc IP 44 COLOR MASS Ca 1700Kg BOW THRUSTER STARTER PANEL 04 MLO1 A 2500 60 1100 0 800 150 300 150 150 800 150 150 500 150 CABLE ENTRANCE 3300V R1 S1 1 Y 12 412 CABLE ENTRANCE 3300V U1 V1 W1 ZOIW_ 0 CABLE ENTRANCE LOW VOLTAGE CONTROL CIRCUIT GICUST KHI HHI 1630 eke 1 ME CHAN
221. Sec SCHEDULER INTEGRAL FIXED VALUE 2 10xDeg 10Sec SCHEDULER INTEGRAL FIXED VALUE 3 10xDeg 10Sec 7 SCHEDULER INTEGRAL FIXED VALUE 4 10xDeg 10Sec SCHEDULER INTEGRAL FIXED VALUE 5 10xDeg 10Sec e E 4 ql OLP PROPORTIONAL VALUE INPUT 1 999 999 OLP PROPORTIONAL VALUE INPUT 2 999 999 OLP PROPORTIONAL VALUE INPUT 3 999 999 OLP PROPORTIONAL VALUE INPUT 4 999 999 OLP PROPORTIONAL VALUE OUTPUT 1 10xDeg 999 999 OLP PROPORTIONAL VALUE OUTPUT 2 24 gt gt a gt lt gt c m c e x o LP PROPORTIONAL VALUE OUTPUT 4 27 gt gt gt e gt A S NO H 1630 7SH60507 02B 5 6 STERN FOR MONITOR DESCRIPTION BLADE ANGLE INPUT SIGNAL gt RO e 2 m o o a BH EE gt gt 2 2 m m c z D m lt m lt lt o lo rls 202 BLADE ANGLE OUTPUT VOLT SIGNAL LADE ANGLE OUTPUT INDICATOR SIGNAL LADE ANGLE OUTPUT VDR SIGNAL 05 POLER CHANGE OF BLADE ANGLE FEEDEBACK NIN N LADE ANGLE STBD MAX 2 POINT BLADE ANGLE PORT MAX 2 POINT BLADE ANGLE PORT MAX BLADE ANGLE STBD MAX BL
222. Serial Port Connector Used to connect the host NS Covers the power input terminal block Designer and Bar Code Reader Main Circuit DC Uses an RS 232C 9 pin connector Serial Port A Connector Used to connect the host NS Designer and Bar Code Reader Uses an RS 232C 9 pin connector Power Input Terminal Block Cover Input Terminals Used to connect the power supply FG Terminal Used to prevent malfunctions due to noise interference v Ethernet Connector Used to connect the Ethernet cable USB Host Connector Uses a 10Base T 100Base T 8 pin Used to connect to printers USB Slave Connector modular plug is a USB A connector This 15 a USB B con nector It cannot be used with NS Ver 5 0 systems Note Confirm system safety before turning the power ON OFF or restarting Otherwise the system may operate unpredictably 2 10 2 2 Part Names and Functions NS5 Front Panel RUN indicator Display Lights or flashes to indicate the 5 7 STN color LCD status of the PT The entire display is a touch panel that serves as an input device Colors may be lighter toward the edge of the screen This is characteristic of STN displays and not an error RUN Indicator Status Indicator Gren Rea PT is operating normally The file system check that is An error performed immediately after the occurred at Flashing Memory Card transfer ended norma
223. TH COVER INDICATOR LAMP GREEN LAMP THRUSTER MOTOR LOAD INDICATOR WITH ILLUMINATED LAMP LOW MOMENTARY BAR GRAPH TYPE PITCH INDICATOR STBD SIDE IS GREEN PUSH BUTTON SWITCH AND INDICATOR LAMP 50 15 YELLOW MOMENTARY TYPE Ew 10 5 5 10 O POSITION IS YELLOW PUSH BUTTON SWITCH AND INDICATOR LAMP PUSH BUTTON SWITCH GREEN MOMENTARY TYPE MANEUVERING LEVER WITH LATCH STOP AT 0 AND 5 NOTCH EIC RAE ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH YELLOW MOMENTARY TYPE ILLUMINATED PUSH BUTTON SWITCH YELLOW MOMENTARY TYPE PUSH BUTTON SWITCH RED MOMENTARY TYPE CONTROLLER IND PANEL ru LAS 71 LOAD INDICATOR FLAT CABLE BTC 301 CARD ASS Y BTC 303 CARD ASS Y MTHII C1 THRUSTER CONTROLLER E TRE 682 hheeen Capnaratian Al 30 120 03 jn OSE 6 l20 3ls 05 Rg r 62 sot 02 1815 1000 08 vvvv oss 02 TOP BOARD COLOR BLACK MUNSELL N2 0 SURFACE TREATMENT ZINC PLATING CHROMATE TREATMENT A STERN THRUSTER CONTROLLER MAIN SOURCE 0N 440V POWER AVAILABLE READY TO START MOTOR FULL LOAD MOTOR LOAD 9 b 100 PITCH INDICATOR 10 5 0 5 10 O CII CONT STATION OPERATION
224. TION NO Tee oum m H CONTROLLER IND PANEL 71 LC s MBW 1203 I NFA MBW 1203 1203 le B 0 5 8 le O m 8 lt LOAD INDICATOR Pet WITH COVER BTC 301 CARD ASS Y BTC 303 CARD ASS Y MTH I C1 THRUSTER CONTROLLER WIRING DIAGRAM 2 s Hi CODE NO DWG NO W3074839 Mahteera Al 30 120 13 03 xu777 in Ra r ezaz son 02 315 l0O0 08 oss 0 20 SURFACE TREATMENT ZINC PLATING PL PLATE 75074619 5 CHROMATE TREATMENT 6DRILL 6HOLES APPROX 150 TRIMMER N1 22 22 22 N2 SERIAL NO PLATE MAINTENANCE iis DETAILS OF SWITCH FG 15 M4 WITH SCREW S 1 2 12 p TYPE AC170 264V 50 60Hz 11 AC170 264V 50 60Hz 02 p TYPE 85 132 50 60Hz ACES V32V 50 80Hz CONTACT FOR AE SOURCE VOLTAGE 0 amp TERMINAL BOARD UNIT B3075636 04 mee fel veS m3 OUTLINE MTHII RELATION NO aa donya REN F3075636 Nabtesco Corporation lee s07 120K F 03 vvv es 1 6 in LO 5 ORF 12023 35DUF 0 5 3 16 sor 02 315 lo0o tos
225. TIVE FUJI SL21 ALTERNATIVE CUST 1630 P c J w 2 e DRAWNO NN COLOR MASS LOCAL CONTROL BOX for THRUSTER LT PARTS LIST G3 15334 21 PL21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 2 3 1 POWER SOURCE FOR LAMP AC220V Nie 400 1A Rectifier type SVF 11EZ Permanent magnet Moving coil type DVF 11EZ Moving iron type AVF 11EZ SCALE 1 2 DIM IN CLASSIFICATION Mechanical TYPE zero adjuster WITH KNOB OF ADJUSTER FOR ILLUMINATION BLACK WIDE ANGLE METER NOTE 1 Illumination intencity of electro luminnescent lamp is changable by turning gt CHECKED the illumination intencity adjuster whose range is from 0 to 3 lux 2 Polality mark is effective only to DC input DESIGNED DATE June 23 2000 TOYO KEIKI CO LTD PUNEL CUT DRAWING MS 12706 Ag OLLXOPdv OL CUST HHI 1630 IP 40 AVF 11EZ Al STAO DRAW NO SHEET gt I EE VZD VO AMMETER with EL BOARD amp DIMMER NO COLOR MASS AMMETER WITH EL BOARD amp DIMMER T TT FOR BOW THRUSTER G3 15334 A1 Al 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 ACRYL COVER TYPE Y92A 96N VR 1KQ SW or more 1 POWER SOURCE FOR LAMP DC24V 2 INPUT 400 1A 3 QT 2 08X9GdI_ WY vOL io TITLE DRAW NO SHEET D us Sara YAY AMMETER with LED LAMP NO COLOR MASS AMMETER with LE
226. TKOF 821 or MSKS 690 instruction doesn t exist A29510 Illegal access error An illegal access error has occurred and the PLC Setup has been set to stop opera tion for an instruction error The following are illegal access errors 1 Reading writing a param eter area 2 Writing memory that is not installed 3 Writing an EM bank that is EM file memory 4 Writing to a read only area 5 Indirect DM EM address that is not in BCD when BCD mode is specified A29509 Indirect DM EM BCD error An indirect DM EM BCD error has occurred and the PLC Setup has been set to stop operation for an instruc tion error A29508 Instruction error An instruction processing error has occurred and the PLC Setup has been set to stop operation for an instruc tion error A29514 Illegal instruction error The program contains an instruction that cannot be executed Possible remedy After writing any changes to the program Switch to PROGRAM mode and then return to MONITOR mode to continue editing the program Check the startup cyclic task attributes Check the execution status of each task as controlled by TKON 820 and TKOF 821 Make sure that all of the task numbers specified in TKON 820 TKOF 821 and MSKS 690 instructions have corre sponding tasks Use MSKS 690 to mask any MO or scheduled interrupt tasks that are not being used and that do not have pro grams set for them Find the program address w
227. UN THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM SOFTWARE DIAGRAM 73SS48867 01 2 Nabtesco Corporation p 30 120 03 2723 ess 169 31572 10001 T 1 m CS 6 xor lo cls 505 MAX PITCH DETECT FEED BACK SIGNAL PORT MAX SOLENOID FOR CONTROL STBD MAX VALVE OR W M FORE COMMAND SIGNAL 06 DISCONNECTION DETECT PORT WNG OR W H AFT COMMAND SIGNAL UPPER PITCH REDUCT D DISCONNECTION DETECT CIRCUIT LOWER 69 STBD WNG 63 PORT SIDE COMMAND SIGNAL UPPER REDUCT LEVEL SIDE 69 A4 REDUCT LEVEL 02 DISCONNECTION DETECT PORTABLE COMMAND SIGNAL BLADE ANGLE ORDER SIG FOR VOR KICS COMMAND SIGNAL PITCH REDUCT 6 MATERIAL THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM EPEN SOFTWARE DIAGRAM RELATION NO CODE No DWG NO DATE DESIGNED 73554886 7 01 j Nabtesco Corporation oazon o i fy OSE 6 01 iz0 35 05 6922 30 02 5l5 000 OUT mA MAIN MOTOR LOAD SIGNAL 55 ACO 1 0A OVER LOAO LEVEL MAIN MOTOR LOAD SIGNAL ACO 1 0A LOAD INDICATOR OLP SWITCH PITCH NOT NEUTRAL 10SEC AFTER THRUSTER RUN ADD NO WEIGHT ELATION NO THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM SOFTWARE DIAGRAM 73SS48867 01_4 Nab
228. UNIT CPU UNIT OUTPUT UNIT 1 OUTPUT UNIT 2 OUTPUT UNIT 3 OUTPUT UNIT 4 OUTPUT UNIT 5 OUTPUT UNIT 6 OUTPUT UNIT 7 OUTPUT UNIT 8 OUTPUT UNIT 9 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm ETATER SYP O 75mm TITLE DRAW NO NO CONNECTION DIAG 63 15334 2 24 a C C CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER D m3 CUST 1630 COLOR iP mass OUTPUT 8 CH11 TB28 OUT CONT R eo HYD OIL PUMP RUN FAN RUN ON AT BLADE ANGLE NEUTRAL ON AT 1103 GEN POWER AVAIL 1105 0 ON AT DISCON CLOSE lo ON AT POWER SOURCE AC3300V 1111 ON AT POWER SOURCE AC440V rar oa MAIN MOTOR CONT SOURCE 1113 ON AT CONT PANEL CONT SOURCE AC CONT PANEL CONT SOURCE 0 115 ON STABILIZER SYSTEM ON 1 my RUNNING INTERLOCK CONDITION START INTERLOCK CONDITION 34 gt 7 INPUT UNIT H TAL M CPU UNIT POWER UNIT OUTPUT UNIT 1 OUTPUT UNIT 2 OUTPUT UNIT 3 OUTPUT UNIT 4 OUTPUT UNIT 5 OUTPUT UNIT 6 OUTPUT UNT 7 OUTPUT UNIT 8 OUTPUT UNIT 9 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm SYP 0 75mm TITLE DRAW NO TH CONNECTION DIAG 3 2 95 25 Pw CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER B LOCATION ECC
229. Unit Video Input Unit or Controller Link Unit Installed NS12 V1 NS10 V1 Mounting angle of O to less than 30 to the horizontal Operating temperature range of 0 to 35 C Mounting angle of 30 to 90 or less to the horizontal Operating temperature range of 0 to 50 C NS8 V1 Mounting angle of 0 to less than 30 to the horizontal Operating temperature range of 0 to 35 C Mounting angle of 30 to less than 90 to the horizontal Operating temperature range of 0 to 45 C Mounting angle of 90 to the horizontal Operating temperature range of 0 to 50 C Horizontal 0 2 Operate the PT within the temperature and humidity ranges shown in the following dia gram Storage SNS Operating E Humidity RH ZZ r lt lt 20 10 20 3 4 50 60 70 80 Temperature C 3 May not be applicable in locations with long term exposure to oil A 4 Appendix 2 Specifications A 2 2 Characteristics Display Specifications Specifications 612 50 1 NS10 TVOL V1 NS8 TVOD V1 NS5 SQ0 J V1 High definition TFT color LCD STN color LCD x 600 dot vertical 480 dot vertical 480 dot vertical 240 dot vertical BMP JPEG images Top 45 bottom Top 35 bottom Top 55 bottom Top 30 bottom 55 65 65 50 ee note 1 See note 1 adjustment note 2 Backlight error Error is detected automatically detection and the RUN indicator flashes No detection function green as noti
230. WARNING For mounting this product on a forklift carefully take the weight of the product and the stability of the lifted product into consideration If the allowable load capacity of the forklift is exceeded or if the product is lifted in an unstable state the product may drop to cause a serious accident resulting in injury or death Let the hooks of a crane catch the suspension holes of the product when unloading from the transport vehicle f the product is packaged in a wooden frame unload it from the transport vehicle using a forklift 6 2 Unpacking when packaged in a wooden frame 1 Unpack the wooden frame packaging the product as whole This is not necessary jf no wooden frame is used for packaging 2 Loosen and remove the bolts fixing the wooden leg beams to the product 6 3 Caution for storage A CAUTION Store in such a way and at such a place as to prevent ihe ingress of dust for preventing the deposition of impurities Store to prevent the ingress of water for preventing the deterioration of grounding t is recommended to cover with a water proof sheet and keep a proper amount of a moisture absorbent such as silica gel inside 7 nstallatioz 7 1 Installation work N CAUTION When letting the hooks of a crane catch the suspension holes confirm that the hooks catch the holes positively Accidental unhooking may cause a serious accident resulting in injury or death
231. Wire n a i re eee ges 3 7 3 1 6 Peripheral Device Connection Limitations esee 3 7 3 2 Starting the PT 3 2 1 Operation at Startup 3 2 2 Starting the PT for the First Time a 3 10 3 3 Connecting the INS D SIgni ery l n aan ns enne nene 3 12 3 4 Connecting to Bar Code Readers re 3 13 3 4 1 Connection Method SH 3 13 3 4 2 Setting Bar Code es qaq saus 3 14 32423 Data Format sua a RR estt do a 3 15 3 4 4 Bar Code Mpita 3 15 3 5 Connec ng to Prnters iae ee cio P eet a ET 3 16 3 5 T Connection Method Le 3 16 3 6 Using Memory Cards 3 6 1 Installation 3 6 2 Replacing System Programs ee 3 19 3 6 3 Transferring Data with Memory 3 19 3 7 Installing the Video Input 3 26 3 7 1 Video Input Unit eene 3 26 3 7 2 Nomenclature and Functions kk 3 27 3 6 Using Memory Cards 3 6 Using Memory Cards Memory Cards can be used with the PT History files can be stored in Memory Cards as CSV files There are four different types of history file as follows Alarm event history Stores alarm event history data that has been registered by NS Designer Data log Stores trend
232. X LME6412 NO AUX TERMINAL BOX LME3089 TYPE NAME PLATE LMEA567 SPACE HEATER NOTE EXCEPT FOR STATEMENTS SPECIFIED ON THIS SHEET SUDEBASE no O Q HYOSUNG STANDARD ee TERMINAL BOX 1 ABOVE ALL DATA ARE CALCULATED AT 100 VOLTAGE HYOSUNG STD HYOSUNG STD APPLICATION STANDARDS 2 MAIN TERMINAL BOX CABLE GLAND SIZE 3x45B 3 AUX TERMINAL BOX CABLE GLAND SIZE 20C 25A 30A 4 ROTATION C W VIEW FROM LOAD SIDE 5 CLASSIFICATION SOCIETY LR 6 SUPPLY SCOPE COUPLING HUB O RING KAWASAKI KEY BOLT END PLATE ASSEMBLY HYOSUNG RELAY FOR THERMISTER FUJI ACT1C 1L 220V 2EASET 7 TERMINAL BOXES ARE MARINE USE AND HAVE DURABILITY AND RELIABILITY REV NO DATE 0 05 07 14 lt NOTE gt 1 THESE DATA ARE ONLY DESIGN VALUES AND SHALL BE GUARANTEED WITH TOLERANCE OF APPLICATION STANDARDS TE TOTALLY ENCLOSED DP DRIP PROOF EP EXPLOSION PROOF WEATHER PROTECTED SC SELF COOLED TUBE COOLED 1 FC FAN COOLED WC WATER COOLED 2 TE 25 0102 2A4 HYOSUNG CORPORATION A4 210X297 PREPD BY BY APPRVD BY JEONG Y G JEONG W B MAIN TERMINAL BOX 4 LIFTING LUG FOR ANTIVIBRATION 8 028 HOLES 520 940 APPROX 1560 APPROX 2662 e APPROX2180 N AUX TERMINAL BOX BOTTOM VIEW N
233. a Block Tables can be saved as CSV files in DBLK folder on a Memory Card The contents of the PT s internal memory can be saved to Memory Cards using macros The contents of Memory Cards can also be written to the PT s internal memory 3 17 3 6 Using Memory Cards 3 6 1 Installation The Memory Card is installed in the memory card interface on the side of the PT Eject button Front surface Push the Memory Card firmly into the back of the slot The eject button will be pushed out when the Memory Card is installed properly Removing the Memory Card Press the eject button To stop the Memory Card from springing out and falling place your middle finger on the eject button and hold the Memory Card with your index finger 3 18 3 6 Using Memory Cards 3 6 2 Replacing System Programs When System Program Ver 5 is selected and loaded with the NS Designer it is stored under the NS Designer s install folder default location is C Program Files Omron NS Designer_V5 in folders that are created for each type and version as follows SystemBackup NS12 V1 V5_x bank1 5 x for NS12 e NS10 V1 V5_x bank1 Ver 5 x for NS10 NS8 V1 V5_x bank1 5 x for NS8 NS5 V1 V5_x bank1 Ver 5 x for NS5 To replace a system program use Windows Explorer or another method to copy each of the folders for the required system program under bank1 to the route directory of the Memo
234. acking and storage CE 6 1 6 Unloading od 6 1 6 2 Unpacking when packaged in a wooden frame 6 1 6 3 Caution for Storage cere sss 6 7 Installation no 1 1 7 1 Installation Work sss ttt mm IM nn n 1 1 2 8 Operation EE 8 1 8 1 Check prior to operation 8 8 1 1 Installation states 5 5 55585 556 6 66 8 1 2 8 2 Configuration esee rhet hes nhe eth ir i i rh ntt n 8 2 8 3 Operation hee hh ehh hh t rh ttn 8 3 8 3 1 Running 444 8 3 8 3 1 1 Starting DO 8 3 8 3 1 2 Stop 4 8 4 8 3 1 3 Time adjustment of a timer 8 5 831 4 Internal circuit of printed circuit board eere 8 6 9 Check and MAINTENANCE 9 91 Purpose o check and maintenance stent ees baa 9 1 9 2 Classification of check and maintenance TO 9 2 0 2 Routine check cy 9 9 9 2 9 Periodical CHECK cer rrr renee ance renee 0 2 9 2 3 Temporary check rm arcem erm hec t t rt 9 2 93 Safe WO 9 3 9 31 Basic matters TOT Sale work nsa ienest eier die 9 3 9 3 2 General matters oi safe work
235. actor 88 is energized closing magnetic contactor and starting motor On such starter that auto start or stop 1s actuated by pressure switch 63 float switch 33H 331 thermostat 23 etc change switch 43A 1s generally provided 2 Star delta start First turn disconnecting switch 89 or molded case circuit breaker 52 on Next push starting or running push button By this start short circulting magnetic contactor 6 1s energized Then star magnetic contactor 88 starts operating and motor starts by star connection When sufficiently accelerated thereafter 6 1s closed by delta changing timer 19T causing closure of delta magnetic contactor 88 1 to complete starting operation 3 Auto transformer start First turn disconnecting switch 89 or molded case circuit bieaker 52 on Neat push starting or running push button 3C By this energized 15 auto transfoimer neutral short ciicuit magnetic contactor 6 then subsequently magnetic conacto1 88 1 on piimary side of auto tiansfoimer starts operation applying set tap voltage to motor through auto transformer thus starting motoi When sufficiently accelerated thereafter close 6 by changing time 197 iom start to opreation then operates with through 98 1 However opreating magnetic contactor 88 2 15 immediately closed thus completing starting operation 88 1 1 closed by the closure of 88 2 Starting auto transformer has short time ratin
236. after assembly and restoration When any component of the thruster has been disassembled for checking and some part has been replaced do inspection on the following items and record the results or measured values 1 3 5 6 Inspection item Method procedure Action to be taken Measurement of starting See Part 4 4 1 7 Record the measured values torque and compare them with the backlash sealing replace seal rings etc reading thruster as a whole replace seal packing pattern of gear tooth 2 Measurement of input See Part 4 4 1 8 values before assembly shaft displacement A IMPORTANT CHECK THE CONTACT PATTERN OF THE GEAR TOOTH EACH TIME AFTER REPLACEMENT OF THE INPUT SHAFT BEVEL WHEEL AS WELL AS AFTER REPLACEMENT OF ANY OF THE BEARINGS FOR THE INPUT AND PROPELLER SHAFTINGS 4 3 1 3 4 Procedure for oil leakage test of shaft sealing Remove the drain plug under the intermediate ring 3 Feed oil from the gravity tank to the thruster proper and keep the oil level in the tank at the specified Level With the oil in the tank kept at the specified level leave it to stand for 8 hours and then check for leakage through the drain hole in the intermediate ring 3 After the oil leakage test screw in the drain plug remove the oil inlet plug and fill in the lubricating oil between the seal rings 2 and 3 27 5 Lock the oil inlet plug and drain plug The oil leakage test i
237. ake the weight of the product and the load capacity of the vehicle sufficiently into account When loading and unloading use the suspension holes of the product Furthermore considering a case where the product should drop or fall keep an escape distance during work When loading and unloading using a forklift take care of the weight of the product and the stability of the product when 11110 After completion of loading fasten the product firmly using wire ropes fasteners square bars etc After completion of loading be sure to protect the product with a cover for preventing the deterioration of quality by rain and dust 2 1 2 Cautions for safety during installation prior to operation WARNING Do not bring any fire close to the product Before operation confirm the place where an extinguisher is placed Any fire which is brought close to the product may inflame the protective covering resin parts etc 1A CAUTION This product must not be used under any other environmental conditions than specified Otherwise the burning of any part may cause a fire A CAUTION Before operation refer to the connection diagram to confirm there is no wrong Wiring Otherwise a short circuit may cause a fire A CAUTION Before operation be sure to confirm whether the phase rotation is correct Depending on the kinds of the loads rotation in the wrong direction cause an accident resulting in
238. ami mene he s4 434 979 4 9 SHAFT SEARING BHAZECRANTHA mI g KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD KOBE WORKS CHUO KU KOBE 650 8670 JAPAN AFIS 9 3 1 1 5 SPARE PARTS 110015 BOX MFR S NAME amp ADDRESS Ns DHD SPME PARIS No NOH 12 Nabtesco 74Y54676 01 SPARE PARTS Lis LIST me NAME THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM Box no NO MA Aus PC lo E Km REV rra 74734176 03 UTSUNOMIYA 74734176 z FUSE NCO 10A 04 UTSUNOMI YA Ilis 74755815 FUSE 125 20 07 44 LE 74755815 11 2 2 17 74753573 n 01 2KX2 74757581 FOR 13 MAINTENANCE WITH CABLE 1 8m m 74759070 221 PORTABLE KEYPAD EERE 01 45 ADDRESS 1617 1 Fukuyoshi dai 1 chome Nishi ku Kobe 651 2413 Japan Phone No Kobe 81 78 967 5361 Fax No Kobe 81 78 967 5362 10 5 1 FUSE HH 38 FUSE 125V 10A N 95 2 POTENTIOMETER 2WOD35D 4 EN SPACER M5 L 30 22 pe 58 5 A s ROLLER B R G ANGULAR CONTACT BALL BN Gs 1EA SET 1EA SET NU230CM 459268 13 14 SHIP NO SPARE PARTS LIST FOR USE STARTER BOW THRUSTER PROTECTION SHEET OF LCD NT
239. amp Adjusting Method of Rung Spacers For the cutting amp adjusting method of rung spacers refer to Fig 7 Cut off a long piece to given length by sawing and adjust in by filling or grinding Caution in Assembling Rung Spacers Pre adjusted in Length When assembling the rung spacers pre adjusted on our side make adjustment through the setting clearance of coupling so that the grid member will not move in axial direction GRIQ MEMBER CUTOUT Motor Side RUNG SPACER lt gt KAWASAKI REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM OF KAWASAKI SIDE THRUSTER KT 157B3 FOR 4 150TEU Class Container Carrier HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD S No H1630 1 1671 2 1699 1701 1733 YARD ORDER NO 31KB068 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 K A Ki HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD GAS TURBINE amp MACHINERY COMPANY MACHINERY DIVISION MARINE MACHINERY PROPULSION MACHINERY ENG NG SECT APPROVED WA Olan ISSUE DRAWN DATE DRAWING NO SHEETS COVER INC FINISHED PLAN SHIPYARD MESSRS CLASS HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD S NO H 1630 KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD LR TYPE THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM Nabtesco Corporation 745S46102 10E 1 9 Instructions for Handl ing How to Safely Use Your Remote Control System The controlled machine Controllable Pitch Propell
240. ance should be carried out in remote control systems every 5 years some parts will be replaced VEAYYAS according to the result as wall as major Power supply unit components Potentiometer 5SBICERISEUEGU XXEBESCUXIBSEORSIC Proximity switch Various relays Annunciatar Before each job the Maintenance List will be submitted to your company After Sales Service Offering Proper Technique and Reliability P ER THUSEOGRHEESRORBRCTST Nabtesco s worldwide service network guarantees the safety of your vessels 752505 WK01 Fk EAR UREDEBDESIENSE SHRRUET Periodical Maintenance for Main Engine Remoto Control Systems Maintenance no longer means simple repairing but implies preventive service and adjustments against disorder Nabtesco recommends planned maintenance to the customers which will guarantee safe voyages the reduction in cost and planned budget making
241. and 31 lamp E EE Consult NABCO When pressing Turuster run 1 Go to CPO 2 Consult NABCO button 1 Thruster run lamp is ON 9 6 to Thrust Ru to CPG 2 Thruster run lamp i Stop Check starter Remove TBU terminal 25 Remove TBU terminal 2 and jumper 3 4 Oil pump does not start When pressing Pump run button J Fan does not start K Thruster does not start Thruster status jnstall a jumper between TBU Thrust terminals 1 and 2 Consult NABCO Install a jumper between TBU Thrust On Check starter terminals 24 and 25 lamp Consult NABCO Install a jumper between TBU Check starter Thrust terminals 6 and 7 Consult NABCO Nabtesco Trouble L Wing control does not work normally 74SS48889 03E 6 6 All of alarm lamps on W H goes off However alarm lamps on wings are on Only pitch indicators on wings does not show correct M Control dial slips N W H alarm function does not worked normally Alarm On lamp as it is Alarm is given in W H but no alarm is on starter panel When pressing BUZZER STOP button 1 Buzzer stops sounding and lamp turns on 2 Buzzer does not stop sounding and lamp keeps on flickering Install a jumper between TBU terminals of the alarm input
242. ar 9 2 3 Temporary check When any special state occurs a temporary check is performed to confirm that the switchboard has restored its normal state or has become normal If any detailed check becomes necessary due to any failure found by routine check or periodical check or any accident short circuit or fire or in any season with a weather condition unpreferable for the switchboard typhoon rainy season heavy snow high temperature snowfall season etc a temporary check is performed by stopping apparatus to confirm whether any failure occurs and as required apparatus are overhauled Remarks 1 The frequency of periodical check is expected to be decided for each working site in reference to the frequency specified in this guideline considering the environmental conditions and operation conditions of apparatus and the importance and operation years of the equipment 2 Even if the check and maintenance work is commissioned to any contractor the work should be performed without fail under the guidance of the main engineer in charge of the equipment in principle 9 2 9 3 Safe work 9 3 1 Basic gatters for safe work The basic gatters for securing the safety of check and maintenance workers are letting thea master the knowledge concerning the configuration and operation of apparatus establishing an organization for safety systematically effecting the work and being careful about the safety of workers 9 3 2 General
243. ar case using a hand pump and check its properties This analysis is to be arranged for by the shipyard or the owner Do matching of scale readings with that of propeller hub as reference Start the oil service pump of the hydraulic unit Change the propeller pitch by means of the control dial on the bridge and check to confirm matching of the scale reading between the propeller hub and the pitch transmitter Start the hydraulic pump of the hydraulic unit The relief valve set pressure is P 5 5MPa Move the spool of the solenoid valve by hand to bring the servo piston to the end of the cylinder watching the pressure gauge Confirm the relief valve set pressure by means of the pressure gauge There is difference of more than 0 4MPa between the pressure gauges on the pump discharge side and that on the servo cylinder hence be sure to do pressure setting on the pump discharge side If oil leakage is detected disassemble the parts involved and replace the seal packing if necessary Oil leakage through the oil seal assembly Replace the part s found bad or displace the lip contact part Oil leakage through shaft water seal Replace the part s found bad or re machine the liner Exchange the oil of shaft sealing device Possible for KT 157B type and over to replace seal rings by the way of bonding Feed grease to the input shaft oil seal regardless of oil leakage Remove the fairing cover Clean the gear case and
244. arious data which are necessary in the case of RUNNING MAINTENANCE ASSEMBLY and DISASSEMBLY for the side bow thruster as attached manual of the thruster s instruction book The procedure of RUNNING MAINTENANCE ASSEMBLY and DISASSEMBLY for the side bow thruster should be operated and worked after studying the INSTRUCTION BOOK sufficiently I PARTICULARS I 1 THRUSTER UNIT Type KT 157B3 Controllable Pitch Type with Motor Base Number of units 1 unit vessel Propeller diameter 2200 mm skewed type x 4 blades Thrust abt 196 kN abt 20 0 ton Input power 1335 kW Propeller speed 315 r min Input shaft speed 1160 r min Max controlling 50 blade angle Rated blade angle 18 8 Direction of input Counter clockwise view from prime mover shaft rotation 1 2 Prime mover Type 3 phase Totally enclosed vertical type Number of units l unit vessel Output 1335 kW Revolution number 1200 r min Synchronous speed Voltage x Frequency AC 3 3300 60 Hz Rating 30 minutes Current abt 284Amp 1 3 AUX MACHINERY 1 Hydraulic unit 011 service pump Type Driving motor Type DC solenoid valve Type Pressure switch ON Pressure OFF Pressure Relief valve Set pressure Strainer 2 Flexible coupling Type 3 Gravity tank Capacity Alarm level 4 Hand pump Type Delivery volume 1 4 Mass WEIGHT
245. arter The time of sending START order to Hyd P P Starter The time of sending STOP order to Main Motor Starter The time of sending START order to Main Motor Starter The time of sending Main Motor START REQUEST command to Main Switch Board D Move to next or previous Picture 0 to SYSTEM CONFIG Picture The time for detecting FAN START FAIL The time for detecting HYD PP START FAIL The time for detecting MAIN MOTOR START FAIL D Move to next or previous Picture Move to SYSTEM CONFIG Picture TAIYO ELECTRIC CO LTD PTM 6 The Operation Manual for Thruster Control Panel G15334 INTERLOCK LIST PICTURE P21 SAMPLE PICTURE INTERLOCK LIST Move to START INTERLOCK ALARM Picture Move to START INTERLOCK CONDITION Picture Move to RUNNING INTERLOCK ALARM Picture Move to RUNNING INTERLOCK CONDITION Picture Move to ETC ALARM Picture Move to MENU Picture START INTERLOCK ALARM PICTURE P22 lt At Normal gt START INTERLOCK ALARM CTRL 0000 IGRAVITY TK LOW LEVEL CONTROL 0001 HYD OIL PUMP LOW PRESS CONTROL RESET 0002 IHYD OIL PUMP OVER CURRENT Operate with pushing CTRL MAIN MOTOR OVER CURRENT MAIN MOTOR HIGH TEMP STEP UP TRANS HIGH TEMP Move to INTERLOCK LIST Picture 0006 0006 0007 0007 a 5 Input channel No Move to next or previous Picture 6 Name
246. ating check more recuenrily oper ue eng nep EDU e EE LUBRICANT SPECIFICATIONS Refer to Manual 428 010 for recommended uoricants The following specifications apply to fubn cants for Falk couplings which are lubricated annually and operare within ambient temperatures of 0 to 150 F 18 to 66 For temperatures beyond this ronge consult the Foctory Dropping Point 300 F 149 C or higher Consistency No 2 worked penerranon value in he range of 250 ro 300 Separation and Resistance Low oil separanon rote ond high resistance to separation from ceninfuging Liquid To possess good lubncghion oropernes equivalent to high quality well refined petroleum cil Inactive Must not corrode steel or cause swelling detenora of synthehc seals Clean Free from foreign inclusions Semi permanent Luerication Up to eight years berween lubn coron checks be obfoined thru she use cf snll bottom csphalhe bases tubncants Refer to Manual 428 012 for deircils INSTALLATION Only ziandard nechcnics cals wrenches straight edge ond feeler gauges are required to insiail Falk couplings Coupling Sizes 20 90 cre generally furusnea or CLEARANCE
247. ating sending or receiving via the RS 232C port OFF CPU Unit is not communicating via the RS 232C port BKUP Orange ON CJ1 H CPU Units only User program and parameter area data is being backed up to flash memory in the CPU Unit or being restored from flash memory Note Do not turn OFF the power supply to the PLC while this indicator is lit OFF is not being written to flash memory MCPWR Green Power is being supplied to the Memory Card Flashing Flashes once Easy backup read write or verify normal Flashes five times Easy backup write malfunction Flashes three times Easy backup write warning Flashes continuously Easy backup read or verify malfunction OF Power is not being supplied to the Memory Card F BUSY Orange Flashing Memory Card is being accessed OFF Memory Card is not being accessed PERIPHERAL 97 CPU Units Section 3 1 DIP Switch The CJ series CPU Unit has an 8 pin DIP switch that is used to set basic operational parameters for the CPU Unit The DIP switch is located under the cover of the battery compartment The DIP switch pin settings are described in the table UM disabled for user program memory Used to prevent programs from being acci note dently overwritten from Programming OFF Writing enabled for user program memory Devices including Programming Console The user program is automatically tran
248. ation Set pressure 0 3 MPa 1 Vary the pump discharge pressure in cycles of 0 1 MPa by means of the relief valve adjusting screw In the course of it check to make sure that the pressure switch is actuated as it should Do this with the relief valve set at more than 0 3 MPa 4 Confirmation of pitch changing 1 Manipulate the solenoid valve s spool by hand and confirm by the indicator of the blade angle transmitter that the blade angle is varied 25 in the sense for turning to the left or right 5 Relief valve setting Set pressure P 5 5 MPa 43 A IMPORTANT TOW 2 NUTS ON THE ADJUSTING ROD ARE PROVIDED ONE FOR LOCKING OF THE ROD AFTER SETTING OF THE RELEASE PRESSURE AND ANOTHER ONE FOR JAMMING OF THE ROD STROKE NEVER LOOSEN THE JAMMING NUT JAMMING NUT LOCKING NUT ADJUSTING ROD SET SCREW 1 Loosen the locking nut and the adjusting rod 2 Manipulate the solenoid valve for the servo piston to be at the end of cylinder 3 Set the release pressure by the adjusting rod and lock it by the locking nut Setting of the relief valve is to be done by means of the pressure gauge 4 Bring the blade angle to neutral AB 0 and stop the hydraulic pitch control oil pump 6 Sequence checking gt For further details refer to the instruction manual for Remote control system 1 Set the selector switch on the motor control panel to REMOTE 2 Set the operati
249. ations Specifications A 6 Appendix 3 Dimensions usu a a naa A 10 Appendix 4 Using NS AL002 RS 232C RS 422A A 16 4 1 DIMENSIONS Let et ice repre A 16 A 4 2 Mounting and A 17 A 4 3 SpecifiCations ince toros dob EE ete eee eee bu Uv evi A 17 4 4 DIP Switch Settings i oett iere ee erede Sergei umanaka ss A 18 4 5 Pin Arrangemeht a A 19 A 4 6 Handling the Shield on RS 232C 485 Cables eene A 20 Appendix 5 Preparing Connecting Cables essere A 22 5 1 Cable Preparation issia rirerire su eoa P uae oo A 22 5 2 Soldering 2 A 23 A 5 3 Hood Assembly enero tefie te ti A 23 A 5 4 Preparing Connecting Cables for Host Connection esse A 24 Appendix 6 Preparing Cables for Computer Connection esee A 26 A 6 1 Connecting Cable A 26 Appendix 7 Preparing Connecting Cables for Bar Code A 28 Appendix 8 Standard A 30 Appendix 9 List of Optional A 41 A 9 1 Anti reflection Sheets NS12 KBAO04 NS7 KBA04 30
250. ator black normal red clogged Monthly Ingress of sea water into the Take a sample from the oil sump in the gear case interior bottom of the gear case using a hand pump and check it Feeding grease Flexible coupling SF coupling 1 Grid element Plummer block Every 3 Coupling of hydraulic oil pump Months Thruster proper Input shaft s oil seal Motor The parts deemed necessary 15 6 Hydraulic oil pressure Every 3 months 1 Measurement to be taken of the measurement following by means of the hydraulic unit s pressure gauge With thruster in operation 1 Blade angle 0 10 max 2 Turning direction Right left 7 Frequency of solenoid valve Every 3 months Blade angle 0 actuation and oil measuring time 3 min temperature Actuation frequency to be measured With thruster in operation under this condition Oil temperature to be measured with the thermometer attached to the hydraulic unit 8 Propeller pitch and required Twice year Measure the working current of the input power drive motor rack scale reading under the same conditions as given in AFTER LONG TERM LAY ING UP MORE 08 THAN TWO 2 MONTHS INPUT A sample of measurement recording POWER MIGHT BE INCREASED DUE sheet is given in Fig 1 TO FOULING BY MARINE GROWTH ON THE TUBE AND PROPELLER IN CASE OF THAT TO AVOID SUCH CASE OPERATE THE THRUSTER PERIODICALLY DURING LAYING UP 16
251. bber parts for gasket seal of stopping portion once six to eight years The variation of power source voltage should be in 10 of rating In case of the application charging 24V battery take care not to exceed 27V NabFescCO RELOZESA 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 SREDLUGACEOROMACAVALSERL 0 5 0 Wa 0 7MPa
252. buzzer re peatedly turns ON and OFF e The screen is Automatic up This is not an error Turn OFF all the DIP switch pins and blank and the load download has turn ON the power to the PT again indicator is ended normally flashing green The screen is Automatic up The system program may be corrupted Reinstall the sys blank and the load download has tem program indicator is ended abnormally Refer to 3 6 Using Memory Cards flashing red If the same problem occurs after reinstalling the system program the PT may be faulty Contact your nearest OM RON representative An attempt may have been made to transfer screens that are larger than the memory of the PT Check the screen data at the transfer destination The indicator The PT is faulty or Reinstall the system program Refer to 3 6 Using Memory is lit red and the system program Cards the screen is is corrupted If the same problem occurs after reinstalling the system blank program the PT may be faulty Contact your nearest OM RON representative Errors during PT Powerup Message Cause Possible countermeasure FATAL ERROR No 01 Touch panel error Contact your nearest OMRON Touch Panel is not con representative nected Please contact your OMRON service center FATAL ERROR No 02 Hardware error in log SRAM SRAM Initialization Error Please contact your OM RON service center FATAL ERROR No 03 Incorrect MAC address MA
253. c apparatus and semiconductor products etc should have their circuits short circuited 4 For measurement of grounding resistance temperature and humidity also should be measured and recorded 5 Compare grounding resistance values in time series and when there is a decreasing tendency examine the cause 9 4 Check and paintenance work Rusting and paint peeling Exchange of parts Others Notes 1 For oving parts such as doors and drawing gechanisgs confirg theic smooth movement 2 Give care especially to the portions threatening to be lowered in gechanical strength by rust such as springs and welded zones 3 Give care to portions threatening to impair good appearance due to rusting and paint peeling 4 If rusting or paint peeling has occurred outdoors or in any other severe conditions repair or re paint as early as possible 1 hen exchanging part positively confirm the type and function 2 When exchanging a part do not make wrong connection or do not forget tightening any screw 3311 an exchanged part requires adjusted setting positively adjust and set after completion of exchange 4 Soldering is allowed to be done by a skilled worker only DSufficiently confirm the action of the emergency shutdown circuit at the time of periodical check 2 0n rainy and windy days especially carefully inspect to identify the phenomena which could not occur usually 3 construction work is effected n
254. cator is lit connect a Termi nator Recheck the connections and configuration using information in 2 3 3 CJ series Expan sion Racks 3 5 Control Units and Interface Units Gradually remove replace Units to deter mine the Unit that is faulty including the Power Supply Unit Units Control Interface Unit and Connecting Cable Check that I O Connecting Cables and Ter minators are connected correctly Separate all cables from possible sources of noise or place them in metal ducts Gradually remove replace Units to deter mine the Unit that is faulty including the Power Supply Unit Units Control Interface Unit and I O Connecting Cable Move the CPU Bus Unit to the CPU Rack Gradually remove replace Units to deter mine the Unit that is faulty including the Power Supply Unit I O Units Control Interface Unit and I O Connecting Cable Troubleshooting Racks and Units Section 11 3 Input Units Ta Not all inputs turn ON or indi 1 Power is not supplied to Input Unit Supply power cators are not lit 2 Supply voltage is low Adjust supply voltage to within rated range 3 Terminal block mounting screws are Tighten screws loose 4 contact of terminal block pump mM terminal block connector Not all inputs
255. ch the screen or operate the sys function is operat tem memory for switching the screen from the host to ing Switch the screen as follows e Set the screen number in SWO e Set the pop up screen number in SW1 4 and 7 Refer to 2 4 System Memory in the PT Programming Manual for details on the system memo The backlight is Turn ON the backlight by setting system memory bits SB6 OFF to 8 for adjusting backlight brightness to ON Refer to 2 4 System Memory in the PT Programming Manual for details on the system memo The backlight has The backlight must be replaced Contact your nearest OM malfunctioned RON representative 7 3 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Symptoms at PT The display update is slow Screen switching screens are opened and closed frequently the display opening and closing update may take some time and communications may be pop up screens delayed and switching Adjust the interval between screen switches so that the frames are being System is not overloaded performed fre quently The message communications interval is too long On the NS Designer select Sett ngs System Setting click the Comm All Tab press the Comm Details Button and set a shorted communications interval Refer to Sec tion 7 System Settings of the NS Designer Operation Man ual The touch PT has malfunc Reset the PT and wire it according to noise prevention panel does
256. checked and that the Protocol is set to ToolBusCV Then click the OK Button 6 Right click the PLC icon in the bottom right of the screen and select Terminate Service Manager Set the Expansion Interface to Disable on the Comm Tab Page from the NSS System Menu The Expansion Inter face for serial port B is set to the expansion interface NS5 only Errors during PT Startup Symptoms at PT Indicators do Power is not being Check the connection points and supply power to the PT not light supplied to the PT correctly Refer to 3 7 Installing the PT sentative The system pro The PT may be faulty Contact your nearest OMRON rep gram is corrupted resentative fatal error The system pro The PT may be faulty Contact your nearest OMRON rep gram is corrupted resentative fatal error The indicator is lit orange and the screen is blank The indicator The system pro Reinstall the system program Refer to 3 6 Using Memory is lit green and gram is corrupted Cards the screen is non fatal error Contact your nearest OMRON representative if the same blank problem occurs after reinstalling the system 7 3 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Symptoms at PT The indicator The backlight has The backlight must be replaced Contact your nearest OM is flashing malfunctioned RON representative green and the
257. ck crank disk pin and crosshead piston Color checking Rounded root of propeller shaft flange and spline If any defect is discovered please Input shaft keyway notify us without delay and do Entire gear tooth face and gear wheel spline necessary preparation for replacement Journal of propeller blade of the part s involved Wear of and damage to Lip contact part of the sleeve for input shaft oil seal Remachine the liner 2 Lip contact part of shaft sealing liner Remachine the liner 3 Contact surfaces of inner outer race and roller Replace the parts affected Condition of gear tooth Tooth bearing and tooth face condition of pinion gear and bevel gear Repair or replace rotary part vc Inside of propeller hub Record or replace Sliding surface of crosshead piston Sliding surface of crank disk pin and slide block Sliding surface of oil entry tube 6 Packing for sealing and 1 The packing for sealing 0 ring should be replaced each time the assembly is disassembled oil seal 011 seal Check the lip etc and replace the seal if anything wrong is detected The standard replacement interval for oil seal is 4 years 4 2 2 Flexible coupling Inspection item Action to be taken 1 Checking of the crack and or abnormal injuries on the disk element Replace the disk element 2 Checking of the crack and or abnormal injuries on the grid member Replace the disk grid member 92 26 4 3 Inspection
258. coil connection BEARING 1 Retightening for bolts and 1 Damage on the bearing Vibration nuts Temperature ball amp 1 Greasing up 1 Washing and inspection roller type sleeve type 1 Rotating condition of 1 Extent of turbidity in 1 Abrasion oil ring if used Lubricating oil and abrasion 2 Cleaning the oil box 2 Presence of oil leakage 3 Lubricating condition and oil pressure forced lub 4 Oil level of oil gauge 5 Water pressure water cooled SLIPRING 1 Pressure of sparks from the 1 Wearing of the slip ring amp BRUSH brush and the brush HOLDER 2 Wearing of the brush 2 Wearing of the short circuit wound type device 3 Cleaning of the short circuit device 4 1 2 Insulation Resistance When a motor is idle for a long period the insulation of the winding may absorb moisture and the insulation resistance will drop Before starting the motor check that insulation resistance is higher than the value obtained from the following equation using a suitable megger If the resistance below the calculated value the motor winding must be dried out Rated Voltage V MQ Rated output KW 1 000 Insulation resistance 4 1 3 High Potential Test High Potential Test on all motor will be made at manufacturer s plant Therefore when high potential test will be carried out at site the voltage shall be 1 5 times of rated voltage E or le
259. connector contact Replace terminal block connector 1 Loose common terminal screw Tighten screws Output of a specific bit num ber does not turn ON indica tor lit Output of a specific bit num ber does not turn OFF indi cator is not lit Output of a specific bit num ber does not turn OFF indi cator lit Output irregularly turns ON OFF Error occurs in units of 8 points or 16 points i e for the same common 2 Faulty terminal block connector contact Replace terminal block connector 3 An overcurrent possibly caused by a Replace fuse or Unit short at the load resulted in a blown fuse in the Output Unit 4 Faulty data bus Replace Unit 5 Faulty CPU Replace CPU Output indicator is not lit Faulty indicator Replace Unit operation is normal 430 SECTION 12 Inspection and Maintenance This section provides inspection and maintenance information 12 1 Inspections 5 en DERE RC ah nT PA SG Ow qu 432 12 1 1 Inspection 432 12 1 2 Unit Replacement 433 12 2 Replacing User serviceable 434 431 Inspections Section 12 1 12 1 Inspections Daily or pe
260. control position Push button Indicator lamp Actual P W P W control WING CONT SONT W H WING CONT dd position AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL AVAIL Sa RM MA 1 eS OEM S W a OA W S 1 Push button switch operation Indicator lamp continuous lighting Indicator lamp flickering buzzer sounding 7 Outputs to VDR Recorder Blade Angle Order Signal RS 422 based on IEC 61162 The blade angle order signal Port 25 0 Starboard 25 is outputted in serial communication 2 Actual Blade Angle Signal RS 422 based on IEC 61162 The actual blade angle signal Port 25 0 Starboard 25 is outputted in serial communication 8 Control Position Control Mode NOT USED Control position and mode signal is outputted in relay contact Nabtesco 74SS48864 01E 1 8 o COMMUNICATION PROTOCOL EXPLANATION FOR VOYAGE DATA RECORDER VDR OF TYPE THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM Nabtesco Corporation MARINE CONTROL SYSTEMS COMPANY ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT REV MARK Nabtesco 74SS48864 01E 2 3 1 General The serial signal transmission for VDR is outputted from between the terminal 106 TX 107 TX of terminal board unit RS 422 Signal transmission is a serial output based on IEC61996 and IEC61162 Thruster actual blade angle P25 S25 and thruster order signal P25 S25 are outputted from a serial communication output 2 Communication setup with VDR 1 Commu
261. ctly referring to Section 5 Connecting Ethernet connec to Host via Ethernet or Controller Link tlon such as node number network number and IP address are not set correct The protocol set tings for the host and the settings at the PT do not match The PT 15 not con Set the communications settings using the NS Designer Check that the type length and wiring of the connecting nected to the host cables meet the specifications properly Refer to Section 4 Connecting Host to Serial Port For 1 N NT Link Reset so that each Unit has a unique unit number connections two or Refer to 6 6 Communications Settings more Units have the same unit number With the NS5 the Expansion Interface for senal port B is set to the expansion in terface when the con nection is to serial port B Set the Expansion Interface to Disable on the Comm Tab Page from the NS5 System Menu Errors during PT Operation Symptoms at PT RUN indicator does not light The screen is blank Measures Power is not being Check the connection points and supply power to the PT supplied to the PT correctly Refer to 3 7 Installing the PT The fuse is broken Contact your nearest OMRON representative The PT is in system This ts not an error Information will be displayed when the startup waiting waiting time has lapsed status The screen saver This is not an error Tou
262. curely by the two oil seals of the input shaft part and the shaft sealing of the propeller shaft part 2 1 4 2 1 5 0il feeding mechanism The oil feeding mechanism is made up of a oil tube 36 feed ring 18 oil entry tube 37 and the bore through the propeller shaft 32 and serves to lead the hydraulic oil from the hydraulic unit to the servo motor of the propeller section The oil feed mechanism has a pair of bores for hydraulic oil so that when the hydraulic oil is supplied by either bore The other one is used for discharging it The feed ring 18 houses the seal ring for preventing outflow of the hydraulic oil into the gear case When the command to feed oil is given by the control dial on the bridge the solenoid valve of the hydraulic unit is actuated and the hydraulic oil is supplied through the oil tube feed ring and oil entry tube bore through propeller shaft to be supplied to the servo motor and the crosshead piston is displaced to the predetermined position Feed back mechanism This is a mechanism for transmitting the blade angle signal to the blade angle transmitter 26 and remote control system designed to detect the blade angle by the stroke of the oil entry tube 37 and inputting it as a stroke signal to the blade angle transmitter over the feed back lever 38 and chain 39 This blade angle transmitter has a function of feeding back the blade angle to the remote control system And detecting the blade ang
263. curred in RUN or MONITOR mode CPU CPU CPU Fatal Non fatal Output OFF error reset standby error error Peripheral Rsz32c RuN OFF Jor low low jon ERRALM oN OFF OFF fon 1 INK jene des ON EHI qe Wie eee lors pow ecce cd ee 405 Error Processin Section 11 2 11 2 3 Error Codes and Error Flags Classification Error code Error name Page Fatal system 80F1 errors 80C0 to 80C7 bus error 412 80CE 80CF Non fatal sys tem errors Basic I O error PLC Setup setting error verification error 0200 to 020F to 020F CJ series PM Bus Unit error 448 pem eem 1007 Battery error 418 0400 to 040F CJ series CPU Bus Unit setting error 0500 to 055F Special I O Unit setting error 4101 to 42FF FAL 006 error 417 4101 to 42FF are stored for FAL num bers 001 to 511 FALS 007 error C101 to C2FF are stored for FALS numbers 001 to 511 User defined fatal errors User defined C101 to C2FF non fatal errors 406 Error Processin Section 11 2 11 2 4 Error Processing Flowchart Use the following flowchart as a guide for error processing with a Program ming Console rror occurred during operation Is the POWER in dicator lit Check the Power Supply page 42
264. ddress for display does tions address set events to a longer time not match the for the event of log timing is turning ON and OFF at high speed The numerical value input upper and lower limit check function is running The control flags set in the objects include Input Pro hibit Flags actual log timing Display the Expansion Tab from the functional object prop erty setting using the NS Designer Check the set values in the Input Upper and Lower Limits Tab Page and correct if necessary Cannot input numerical val ues Display the Expansion Tab from the functional object prop erty settings using the NS Designer Select Enable for Input in the Control Flag Tab Page Turn ON the indirect address of the control flag set for the object A password has Input the password in the password input dialog box that is been set displayed Cannot input for some func tional objects Symptoms at PT The function of the functional object is not executed when pressed Cannot input to any func tional object Cannot move to System Menu The list selec tion and bitmap object are blank 7 3 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Input is disabled by Input is not possible when the functional object is set to be the control flag disabled Correct the screen data using the NS Designer If the communications address set by the indirect specifica tion i
265. device In the case of that the oil leakage is happened from shaft sealing device by unusual wearing out of liner remachining of the liner should be done for that repair Remachining allowable to be refered to Table 1 Then supply interference to the sealing inside with spring force Table 1 unit nm 2 E She qr roe pe E EXE 1 ee To ee ER T u Outside dia Remachining Inside dia Interference of liner allowance lof seal ring lof seal ring max per dia incl spring 4 KT 15783 260 0 1 5 256 0 4 0 imd mid ee Nc ei L u TORRE LE eee Caution of liner remachining 1 Roundness and cylindricity 5 100 mm 2 Roughness of liner surface 1 5 s 3 0 s Instruction book KAWASAKI KT B SIDE THRUSTER KAWASAKI HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD Contents Page Goes 1 77 Part Operation and 522 2 5 a E RS 3 1 1 Thruster operation 11 1 3 I 2 Operation manual 3 1 2 1 Operation of 4 1 2 2 Stopping of 1 5 5 Part 2 Construction and working 1 6 921 Thruster a
266. e gessww Amw _ we GPT m p m Jae _ ae w e Menw m jua SP ae _ C FM13 mwom 6 QT 1 1 1 1 lm Dm mm wesew m mm FM23 FUSE CELLO LITE UC 1 10 DF 35 UTSUNOMIYA COS with LAMP AR30PL 222M4S AC220V BA9S 2 NOTCH 2a2b SHP1 HEATER SHCK4 2220 AC220V 200W CUST 1630 IP 9 NO COLOR MASS BOW THRUSTER STARTER CT ia 1 1 2 6 3 4 5 T CT GPT LAMP LAMP LAMP LAMP LOJN 90 2 4 5 SYMBOL NAME SPECIFICATION MAKER SHEET NO REMARK TPE 27M 11T OFF DELAY TIMER H3CR H8LS AC110V 60Hz 2c with P2CF 08 6 7 emos leiww 0 1500 3000 460 1 omon 6 Ir e reson 100 sa roo z000 m s u 0 6 1 V GA 15334 WITH SZ A22 AUXILIARY RELAY SH 4_4A4B AC220V 60Hz 202b lm nu GA 15334 3 3 TYPE R M 1M M EX ium cos wih Ue amm zzas xczovees 1 jr me ws 1 jeux Query sz ee a nm omms lm jmmw sw 1 juo lm y ms ns _ cuowcuci ws o usw lg emere ow Ic Mm esos ziww ams sRoso zrx zzwegw r axe smzx zzwew sw ES 64 O ls
267. e ed V1 Japanese ll d d V1 Japanese il Kl e s Japanese Jap anese Japanese Bee rer pem ene ER em pr V1 Japanese pepe 8 V1 Japanese bcd cu 4 ua V1 Jap anese Japanese on sr oe V1 Japanese Serial Communications Units Specifiations Applicable PLC CS1W SCU21 RS 232C 2 ports CS series CS1G H and CS1G H H e Base mounting type CS1W SCU41 e RS 232C 1 port CS series CS1G H and CS1G H H e RS 422A 1 port e Base mounting type CJ1W SCU41 RS 232C 1 port CJ series CJ1G H H and CJ1M RS 422A 1 port Building block type A 30 Appendix 9 List of Optional Products Appendix 9 List of Optional Products A 9 1 Anti reflection Sheets NS12 KBA04 NS7 KBA04 NT30 KBA04 Attached to the display to prevent random reflection and dirt The sheets are all colorless and transparent One set contains five sheets Mode Specifications A 9 2 Protective Cover NS12 KBA05 NS7 KBA05 This cover is transparent and protects the display surface from oil dust and finger marks Material Polyester film Double sided tape Specifications NS12 KBA05 Protective Cover for NS12 V1 and NS10 V1 NS7 KBA05 Protective Cover for NS8 V1 A 41 Appendix 9 List of Optional Products A 9 3 NT30 KBA01 Chemical resistant Cover This Cover on the front
268. e 1 of elements doesn t fulfil RUNNING a condition INTERLOCK All elements fulfill a condition BOW THRUSTER CONTROL 4 5 MAIN MOTOR START ON LCD YAYO MAIN MOTOR START e OR MAIN MOTOR YES START FAIL NO MAIN MOTOR RUN MAIN MOTOR STOP ABNORMAL RESET ON LCD o ON LCD C ONTROL SOURGE ES 0 VOL NO 6 REFER CNP3 Even one 1 of Caution Nameplate 2 doesn t fulfil RUNNING condition INTERLOCK Alt elements fulfill a condition MAIN MOTOR STOP TITLE DRAW NO FLOW CHART G3 15334 FO2 7 8 HYD OIL PUMP STOP HYD OIL PUMP STOP ON LCD 3 elements can be confirmed with LEO lamps on Printed Circuit Board which is located inside Control Panel even PLC ABNORMAL happens 1 GRAVITY TANK LOW LEVEL MON 2 BLADE ANGLE NEUTRAL 3 MAIN GEN POWER AVAILABLE 4 HYD OIL PUMP RUNNING 5 MAIN MOTOR RUNNING 6 FAN RUNNING 03 10 MASS COLOR 1 2 ONLY FAN STARTER THRUSTER RM FAN START THRUSTER RM FAN RUN ONLY ON LCD HYD OIL PUMP STARTER HYD OIL PUMP START THRUSTER RM FAN HYO OIL PUMP STOP RUN 3 THRUSTER RM FAN CONFIRM STOP ALL INTERLOCK ONLY AT THRUSTER STARTER ON LCD MAIN MOTOR START MAIN MOTOR RUN 3 4 5 BOW THRUSTER CONTROL AT ANYWHERE EXCEPT LCD ON CONTROL PANEL MAIN MOTOR STOP MAIN MOTOR STOP OL Pump ANYWHERE 5 ON
269. e coupling Hexagon headed bolt 39 Part 6 Charging the system lubricating oil The unit as well as the servo cylinder should be charged with oil after reassembly of the thruster 6 1 Charging the unit with oil This is to be done by the route indicated by the thick line in the sketch below 1 Feeding Through the feed hole of the gravity tank 2 Air venting Through the plugs in the propeller hub and thruster proper respectively 6 2 Charging the servo cylinder with oil This is to be done by the route indicated by the dashed line in the sketch below 1 Fill the gravity tank with oil 2 Start the hydraulic pitch control oil pump of the hydraulic unit Manipulate the solenoid valve by hand for air extracting through the propeller hub plug 3 Manipulate the solenoid valve for pitch changing several times then air extracting the other cylinder room and charge it with oil 4 Air extracting the tube to and from the pressure gauge so that it is filled with oil 011 charging of the entire system is now over 1 hub plug 40 6 3 Recommended brands of lubricant 6 3 1 KT KT KT KT KT KT KT KT KT KT KT KT KT Thruster proper Including gravity tank 011 used Gear oil ISO VG100 or equivalent Required amount of oil Unit liter The amount of oil given does not include that required to fill the piping proper tank unit 32B 3 45 50 5 100 43B1 5
270. e earliest docking chance MRR EIE ESU ETUESDIRX 777 72 5RO UST 755348 1963 EE TIER RettBawes 0008 XU Ki COOMFICETH O OREFEE GR 1008526 SON Nabtesco s Policy Continuous achievement of CS Customer Satisfaction C S Ee Available After Sales Service Menu
271. e following procedure to manually transfer data Turn OFF the power to the PT Turn ON pin 6 of the DIP switch Insert the Memory Card into the PT Turn ON the power The following screen will be displayed on the PT 6 Specify the direction contents project project and system or system and bank 7 The IPP file name and system version that are stored in both the specified bank of the Memory Card and the PT will be displayed in the Project File and System Version fields After confirming the details press the Go Button 8 A message confirming the transfer will be displayed Press the OK Button to execute the specified data transfer operation When downloading the screen n data previously stored in the PT will be deleted 9 A warning message will be displayed if the PT model system program screen data ver sions and language for the data stored in the PT are different from that for the data stored in the Memory Card Press the Yes Button to continue transferring the data 10 The uploading downloading screen will be displayed while data is being transferred A screen indicating that the transfer has completed will be displayed when the transfer has finished If an error occurs a transfer error screen will be displayed Refer to page 3 25 if an error occurs 11 The indicator will flash green when transferring has finished 12 Turn OFF pin 6 of the DIP switch and reset the PT A warning message is not di
272. e in the hydraulic unit to be energized moving the blade angle in a direction for which the button switch is pressed When the button is released the solenoid valve will be de energized to stop the blade angle move e c OLP Overload Protector Function for Main Motor When the main motor s load current exceeds the load current preset by the portable keyboard the blade angle will be reduced automatically to decrease the load current in order to protect the main motor from being overloaded with the MOTOR FULL LOAD indicator lamp lit on the W H Control Panel As the main motor s load current decreases the blade angle will automatically return to a blade angle equivalent to the control lever position which causes the MOTOR FULL LOAD indicator lamp to go off a Rating current of main motor 2841 Amp For Bow b CT ratio for OLP 400 Amp 1Amp 40VA For Bow c Rating current of main motor 1323 2 Amp For Stern d CT ratio for OLP 2000 Amp 1Amp 40VA For Stern Caution Keep the CT for OLP away from CTs for other devices d Controller Operation D Button Switches CONTROL POWER ON and CONTROL POWER OFF Pressing the CONTROL POWER ON button switch supplies electric sources to the system As the CONTROL POWER OFF button switch is pressed the electric sources will be turned off Caution Before turning off the power sources press the STOP button switch to stop the main motor a
273. e of 0 to 55 C Check the ambient humidity Relative humidity must be Use a hygrometer to check the Inside the control panel if the 10 to 90 with no con humidity and ensure that the ambi PLC is in a control panel densation ent humidity remains within the allowed range Check that the PLC is not Not in direct sunlight Protect the PLC if necessary direct sunlight Check for accumulation of No accumulation Clean and protect the PLC if neces dirt dust salt metal filings sary etc Check for water oil or chemi No spray on the PLC Clean and protect the PLC if neces cal sprays hitting the PLC sary Check for corrosive or flam No corrosive or flammable Check by smell or use a sensor mable gases in the area ofthe gases PLC Check the level of vibration or Vibration and shock must Install cushioning or shock absorb shock be within specifications ing equipment if necessary Check for noise sources near No significant noise Either separate the PLC and noise the PLC sources source or protect the PLC 432 Inspections Section 12 1 inspection Installation and Check that each Unit is con No looseness Press the connectors together wiring nected and locked to the next completely and lock them with the Unit securely sliders Check that cable connectors looseness Correct any improperly installed are fully inserted and locked connectors No looseness Tighten loose screw
274. e product to another party be sure to transfer this nanual vith the product to the new owner you lose or damage this manual immediately order another copy from us or our dealer Q Do not modify the product Safety precautions are explained on pages 2 to 4 spy 2 Safety For easy recognition of safety labels used in this instruction manual and the product safety zessages are Selectively used as follows QD WARNING This mark is used when wrong handling can cause a dangerous state which is liable to result in severe injury or death J A CAUTION This mark is used when wrong handling can cause a dangerous state which is liable to result in moderate trouble or light injury or physical damage only Even areas marked Caution nay cause a serious result Since all description are for important matters be sure to observe them carefully Nobody can predict every danger for every operation check and service in every environment Therefore the warnings stated in this manual and on the main switchboard do not cover all possible safety matters For any operation check or service which uses a method not stated in this manual the operation supervisor should assess the safety and take responsibility 2 2 1 Cautions for safety 2 1 1 Cautions for safety during transportation A CAUTION Take care of loading and unloading since danger is involved When selecting the transport vehicle t
275. e stand panel 3 Shut the doors covers completely to prevent the entry of dust or foreign matter and do not to open during operation After confirming the safety of the controlled machine and or the vessel operate the remote control system to check the operation Troubleshooting When the Electric Power is Live Because carrying out a troubleshooting when the electric power WM is live may cause electric shocks or short circuits the work should be done by an electrician 145548102 108 7 9 Adjust Test Repair X Change A Change after checking the progress Remote Control System Electric Devices Maintenance Standards 1 3 Intervals year ROODE Inspection Test Adjustment Repair and or Change Auxiliary Relay Small capacity Auxiliary Relay Large capacity Limit Switch On the controlled machine Limit Switch Not on the controlled machine Annunciator Dimmer Variable resistor Voltage Sensing Relay Meter relay Check insertion of relays for looseness Check for contacts condition carbon adhered Clean contacts If there is no problem on contacts postpone schedule and then check them every 6 months Check insertion of relays for looseness Check for contacts condition carbon adhered Clean contacts Renew relays that directly operate sol valves or motors every 3 years Check for looseness or slip of fixing at 1 month
276. e work Check and Notes maintenance work Cleaning Cleaning is a basic action of check and maintenance work since it can prevent the deterioration of grounding and the rusting of parts and allows detailed check and maintenance of respective portions 1 When air is used suction type is recommended In the case of discharge type give care to the humidity and pressure of air 2 Before opening doors covers etc remove the dust and foreign Matters deposited on the tops of the respective housings 3 For sweeping grounding material sweep in the direction to cross the live parts 4 For the cloth used for cleaning take care of its chemical neutrality fraying of fibers and humidity Re tightening A contact failure at a junction can cause overheat which may result in a fire or fuse blowing etc 1 In periodical check it is desirable to re tighten in the main circuit and others 2 In a heavily vibrating place or in a case of operation under severe heat cycles the check and maintenance should be effected more frequently Maintenance DCeramic grounding material should be visually observed to find of grounding any contamination or deposition of foreign matters material 2 For synthetic resin laminate boards timber etc give care to the loosening of screws caused by their seasoning 3 grounding resistance should be measured for every distinguishable circuit For measurement by a grounding resistance meter electroni
277. ea and the Parameter Area can be stored as files File memory Memory Memory capacity type Memory Card Flash 15 Mbytes HMC EF 172 memory 30 Mbytes HMC EF372 kg 64 Mbytes HMC EF7672 The maximum capac The specified bank RU Uns Cn ity ofthe CPU Units set in the PLC Setup EM Area e g the to the last bank of the maximum capacity for EM Area in the I O a CPUG6 is 448 Memory Kbytes EM file memory Note 1 A Memory Card can be written up to approximately 100 000 times 2 The HMC AP001 Memory Card Adapter is shown below 3 2 1 Files Handled by CPU Unit Files are ordered and stored in the Memory Card or EM file memory accord ing to the file name and the extension attached to it General use Files Filetype Contents Filename Extension Bay om AUS See noe 1 memory Program files All user programs Parameter PLC Setup registered files tables routing tables CPU Bus Unit settings and Controller Link data link tables Files Transferred Automatically at Startup File type Data files DM area data stores data for AUTOEXEC specified number of words start ing from D20000 DM area data stores data for ATEXECDM specified number of words start ing from D00000 EM area for bank No O stores ATEXECELI data for specified number of words starting from EL 00000 103 File Memor Section 3 2 4 Using the FREAD 700 i
278. ea trial and also at the sea trial as a supervisor subject to the payment of the extra charge by the shipyard when required V Guarantee This company hold itself responsible for any trouble that has risen within 12 months after the ship is delivered but not later than 18 months after the date of the delivery of the thruster to the customer and when such trouble is found attributable to the defect in design or to the defect of the material used or to the poor workmanship this company will provide the parts necessary for a repair free of charge This company however will not hold responsible for any damage which is caused by the act of God or which is due to ordinary tear and wear or mishandling on the part of the operator This company also will not hold itself responsible for any consequential or indirect loss which is brought about by damage of any nature whatsoever VI Structure The side thruster is specially designed in sufficient strength to withstand vibration and corrosion Most of the mechanisms for the pitch control are conveniently laid out inside the vessel thus offering higher accessibility safety and reliability The specially designed structure also permits easy overhaul and reassembly of the unit as well as trouble free maintenance e 1 Side thruster unit 1 1 Controllable pitch propeller Power is transmitted from the prime mover through the flexible coupling input shaft bevel gears to the propeller shaft rotating the
279. ear the switchboard give care to the loosening of screws the deposition of dust the damage to and mal function of apparatus due to vibration etc and let the construction supervisor know where cables are buried to avoid any damage to them 4 Take appropriate measures against small animals 5 After completion of maintenance work ensure that temporary works such as earth circuit have been removed that every screw has been tightened and that no tool or part is left In general doors and 51 25 Signs such as nameplates Busbars 1n general 100521112 01 at na polis 10 hiages and 1219125 Exchange tor a substitute bolts Re lighten itoration noise dez to 10052 1102 aonoraal noise To be free 1 02 de oraatioa Correct the daioraation 1 of saitchboard and 101 structure due to land suosidence etc Qeposition of dust 9 To oe free Clean contamination To be free the mark of rain water Ingress Treat to be sater proof Vara of naraful ingress e Visual sense ar of rain water In case of haraful des condensation install an additional space heater Exazine and correct the heat source To oe free fron the mark of dea condensation Mary ot haratul des condensation To be free from overheat roa
280. easurement of resistance or current windings 9 Misconnection of stator Repair where broken windings Power supply system sm 10 Faulty rotor a Broken bars b Broken coils c Replace with new one or repair 11 Rubbing rotor core with a Check by rotating by hand 13 Starting torque low a Check voltage at motor terminal during starting b Check external resistance Reduced load 14 Overload 2 Faulty rotor a Check connection between bars and end ring b Check unbalance of rotor coils 3 Overload or starting torque Check loading condition and terminal 1 Unbalance air gap length due Find cause of unbalance 2 Unbalance secondary circuit a Measurement of resistance of rotor coil pase b Check contact of slip ring device 4 Single phase operation or a Investigate cause of broken circuit 1 Voltage unbalance ditto 2 Single phase operation Repair where broken 3 Unbalanced secondary circuit Phenomena Long acceleration time Louder Noise Unbalanced phase current a Measurement of winding resistance of rotor b Check contact of slip ring device c Check connection of end ring Reverse phase to misconnection Wrong direction of rotation rotation due Reconnect power supply cables with exchange each others at motor terminals or at starter terminals Overheating of 1 Overloading Decrease load down to rated load
281. ections after disassembly and reassembly 3 Inspection items actions taken and measure values These should be notified to us without fail the following in particular 1 Measured value of starting torque 2 Measured value of backlash 3 Measured displacement of input shaft 4 Feed ring seal ring clearance 5 Records of tooth bearing 4 Details of routine maintenance checking and checking interval 5 Special data 1 Total running hours of the thruster 2 Troubles experienced if any with description of each case 3 Others 29 Part 5 Disassembly and reassembly procedure 5 1 Disassembly of thruster proper 5 1 1 Preparation for disassembly 1 Set a trolley The main components of the thruster are to be taken outboard in the way illustrated in Fig 7 hence a trolley or a proper substitute should be provided 2 Have ready the required special disassembly tools and seal packings for the individual joints Special tools See the annexed List of special tools Seal packings See the annexed List of spare parts 3 Provide an oil pan for receiving the oil collecting inside which will flow out as the thruster is disassembled 4 Do pre disassembly inspection Part 4 4 1 and record the result itemize 5 Set the propeller blade as illustrated in Fig 6 and let oil out using a hand pump or through the drain hole in the propeller hub 6 Check the match marks in the joints Match marks are s
282. ed they should be refered to Fig 8 for the standard replenishing interval of grease and Table 2 for the amount of grease Fig 8 a shows for the roller bearings and Fig 8 b for the ball bearings The both are considered for the outdoor type machine If the machine is mounted at indoor the standard replenishing interval can extend to 120 of the value on Fig 8 In case the both bearings roller and ball are applied on a machine the standard replenishing interval for roller bearing should be chosen Table 2 a is applied for the grease valve type construction and Table 2 b for the semi pack type constructi n In intermediate speed machine 1 800 rpm or less the temperature does not vary even if a slightly excessive amount of grease is fed However in high speed machines 3 000 3 600 rpm an excessive amount of grease occasionally causes an abnormal temperature rise and therefore the grease should be fed little by little In case the bearing is filled up excessive amount of grease it is necessary to open the outlet cover and remove the grease Make it a rule to replenish grease while the machine is running months Replenishing interval 1000 2000 3000 4000 Speed rpm Fig 8 a Standard Replenishing Interval of Grease for Roller Bearing Grease valve type 12 3 fo EAD L AA Bearing inside diameter to W AMORC g 8 U NN 50d 60 o 70 0 1
283. el 1 OOO EMERG STOP BTC 302 Card Terminal Board Unit LED11 LED18 SME TOKEP A Sere BIKAWASAK MABCO TB10 4 P2 TBI0 3 TBI0 2 P1 TBIO 1 LEDI LED39 15 49 76 15130 61 1 155 4 Figure 1 LED Location Nabtesco 3 4 Type Thruster Control ler NEN Operating Check LEDs Specifications 145548900 01 Table 1 Check LEDs on Panel LED Lights Up When LEDI Blade Angle Transmitter signal fails when monitor blade angle transmitter signal Control Dial signal fails W H Wing Portable LED3 CPU communication I O Table 2 Check LEDs Inside W H Panel _ j LED CPU fails ABN C 8 Control software version Hexadecimal indication 9 Goes off normal ly VDR receiving fails self transmission Short circuits TBU terminals 106 108 107 109 LED1 LED8 CAN communication fails Control Monitor CAN communication fails Monitor Control D VOR transmission fails er ee j E Portable keypad communication fails LEDI Motor load signal i F LED2 Control blade angle transmitter signal LED3 W H dial signal Control AD conversion fails LED19 Monitor CPU fails ABN M 8 Monitor software version Hexadecimal indication LED11 LED18 LA ion dri B CAN communication fails Monitor Control
284. embly and restoration and record the result 6 Lock the bolts on the outside of the thruster Reassembly is now over Parts to be greased a Shaft sealing seal ring part b Input shaft oil seal part 34 5 2 3 Measurements to be taken during reassembly In the course of reassembly measurement should be taken of the following and the result recorded without fail 1 Shaft sealing device 1 Measurement of fitting dimensions Tolerance Eccentricity against shaft 0 08 mm axis Squareness 0 15mm max Dial gauge reading 2 Measurements to be taken while setting the liner Take measurement of the following turning the propeller shaft Procedure of measurement Measurement to be taken Tolerance Clearance measurement at 4 peripheral points by the use of a feeler gauge or wooden wedge Difference between maximum and minimum clearances A 0 3mm max Measurement of liner inclination B error by the use of a dial gauge Measurement of centering of liner Dial gauge reading 0 Imm max by the use of a dial gauge Dial gauge reading 0 1mm max 2 011 Feed ring part feed shaft 35 Measurement of eccentricity of feed shaft Tolerance 5 100 mm Propeller shaft 36 5 3 Locking procedure 1 Dropping off of any bolt nut pin or the like during thruster operation possibly causes a serious accident The
285. er Steerable Thruster Side Thruster Important Before operating this system you should first thoroughly read this manual especially the safety instructions Keep this manual for future reference Nabtesco Corporation MARINE CONTROL SYSTEMS COMPANY ENGINEERING DEPT 1617 1 Fukuyoshidai 1 Chome Nishi Ku Kobe 651 24 JAPAN Telephone 81 78 967 3061 Telefax 81 78 967 4581 AX REVISED ya Vt 9 101 Ak _ AX REVISED 3 9 01 9 29 A k 74SS48102 10E 2 9 INTRODUCTION For operating this remote contro system safely you should know some pieces of fundamental knowledge such as electric engineering and wiring a knowledge of steering and of the controlled machine at the level clarified by the company Although the system applies various safety measures any incorrect handling can cause unexpected trouble Accordingly after reading this manual and understanding the contents fully Start operating the system and applying maintenance To maintain in good condition and continue in safe operation we recommend keeping the instructions in this manual lt gt MM indicates that mishandling may result in personal injury or death indicates that mishandling may result in minor personal injury CAUTION or product property damage Note Before operating overhauling or adjusting your remote control system or automation device you should read the finished plan together with this manual 145548102 1
286. er operation procedure is as illustrated in the flow chart on the next page Manipulation of the switches and thruster components is as a rule to be done from the control stand on the bridge Hence the change over switch on the motor control panel should be set to REMOTE The flow chart given is for the thruster of our standard type Hence if the thruster specifications are different in any respect from our standard be sure to carefully study them to find proper operation sequences for the remote control system and motor control panel Note 1 is to be read as Tracing cause and taking countermeasures 1 2 1 Operation of thruster 1 Operation mode switch Control power ON Control power lamp ON Alarm lamp NO 2 Operation mode switch Main power ON at local panel MAIN SOURCE ON lamp on 3 PUMP RUN switch ON I Fan run signal j PUMP RUN lamp ON 4 7 Pd Fan run lamp gt 4 Ready to start lamp ON interlock condition are satisfied 4 THRUSTER RUN switch ON THRUSTER RUN lamp ON v Alarm lamp ON NO 5 Start the pitch control by control dial 22 2 1 mark is optional item 1 2 2 Stopping thruster 1 Zero the blade angle by control dial 2 THRUSTER STOP switch ON THRUSTER RUN lamp off 3 PUMP STOP switch ON PUMP RUN la
287. er the head checking items The inspection intervals are given as rough guide or hint hence the proper interval is to be determined with the frequency of thruster operation taken into due consideration Fouling of the propeller blades or of the water path in the tube are bound to cause an undue drop in performance hence it is advisable to take every opportunity to clean them For the items of docking maintenance and checking such as cleaning of water paths refer to Part 4 4 1 Docking inspection Itemized records shall be kept of every maintenance checking and such records with the checking interval be reported to us together with the inspection findings on the items enumerated in Part 4 Inspection 14 3 1 Maintenance checking items Abnormal noise abnormal Routine checking Checking of drive motor flexible vibration coupling thruster proper hydraulic pitch control oil pump Checking of gravity tank oil Monthly Checking by the oil level gauge of the level gravity tank For routine level checking there is an alarm lamp provided on the bridge Periodical checking by the said level gauge is however recommended Checking by the alarm lamp on the bridge is to be done with the thruster operation mode switch set to Control power ON Checking over the same switch set to Control power off Cleaning of hydraulic unit The strainer is provided with a color strainer indic
288. ere is no problem on contacts postpone schedule and then check them every 6 months Check for looseness of screws or Dipe fittings Repair or renew indicator that has error or Indicator fluctuation of indication Repaired by NABCO If there is no problem on indication schedule can be postponed Check for function by test switch daily Check for looseness of terminal screws or dust Indicator Lamp Check for function by test switch daily Check for looseness of terminal screws or dust Buzzer Bell Repair or renew when sound is changed Check for looseness of terminals and set value Pressure Switch Check for contacts condition carbon adhered Clean contacts Temperature Test operation and renew switch that has fluctua Switch tion of setting or damage on contacts Load Indicator Check for bearings and grease up on gears Transmitter Check for wear of springs and clean dust carbon adhered in synchros Blade Angle Renew only bearings every 5 years if there is no Transmitter problem in rotatory motion postpone schedule and then check them every 6 months Check for bearings Check for ohm value of resistor If there is no problem about ohm value of resistor postpone schedule and then check them every 6 months Clean filters Repair or renew when noise is produced 745S48102 10E 9 9 Remote Control System Adjust Test Repair X Change Electric Devices Mainte
289. eshooting refer to page 3 25 3 19 3 6 Using Memory Cards 3 20 DIP Switch The Memory Card can be divided into up to four areas which are called banks The DIP switch on the rear panel of the PT has six pins The ON OFF combination of these pins specifies which transfer method is used Specifies bank 1 when transferring ON Specifies bank 1 Specifies bank 2 when transferring ON Specifies bank 2 Specifies bank 3 when transferring ON Specifies bank 3 6 Specifies bank 4 when transferring ON Specifies bank 4 Specifies upload or download ON Upload OFF Download Specifies manual or automatic transfer ON Manual OFF Automatic Banks are automatically created under the following conditions e When data is transferred to the Memory Card using the NS Designer transfer program e When data is transferred uploaded from the PT Reference When transferring data only one bank can be specified Set only one of pins 1 to 4 to ON The will operate normally when the DIP switch is set to a combination other than one specifying automatic upload download or manual transfer When data has already been stored in the banks of the Memory Card and uploading is executed the previous data in the specified bank will be deleted Always check the data stored in the banks before uploading If the BANKLTDATA and are created manually in the Memory Card and u
290. etherlands for Europe Middle East DART AUTOMATION INC U A E CONTROLIS LDA Portugal Trade amp POOLE service center Parts amp Personnel service station K Parts service station Parts service station Greece 55 MACHINERY SERVICES LTD Piraeus Norway 155 MACHINERY SERVICES LTD Oslo B U S A 155 MACHINERY SERVICES LTD New Jersey ISS MACHINERY SERVICES LTD London MUAE 55 MACHINERY SERVICES LTD Dubai BUSA FUJI TRADING INC Newport News 1 2 Handling manual of MabLesco Contro equipment Installation 1 2 3 4 5 6 Take care that foreign matters or dust should not come in each equipment and pipe Without fail clean pipes with compressed air of 5to 0 7MPa before connection Use the pipes specified in the circuit diagram In case of piping by brazing or welding take care that the passage or pipes are not narrowed or blocked by molten metal Arrange each equipment so that the length of pipes can be shortened Use the cable specified in the electric circuit diagram Install the electric equipment where there is less vibration After finishing the piping with blowing air supply compressed air of 0 7MPa and check the air leakage at the connecting portion with soapsuds Application 1 2 3 4 5 6 Do not touch the red painted portion except unavoidable cases since it is fully adjusted by NaDteSC0 Drain the filter or the
291. ethods of designating an address Method 1 Designate an address directly by operating key buttons 0 9 To directly destignate addresses 0 99 enter 000 099 Method 2 Designate an address indirectly by operating key buttons 1 address increment and address decrement is convenient to designate serial addresses 3 2 Readout of Data To read out data proceed as follows Step 1 Press key button F1 READ to make the Read Mode effective The Mode indication becomes R Read Mode This operation is not necessary except to stop entering data in the WRITE Mode Step 2 According to 3 1 designate a desired address to be read out The data stored in the designated address is shown on the DATA display 3 3 Changing the Write Status The Write status consists of the Write Enable in which writing data is possible and the Write Disable in which writing is prohibited whose selection can be done as follows Step 1 According to 3 1 designate address 199 The DATA display shows Lock Step 2 Press key button F2 WRITE to make the Wr ite Mode effective The MODE display shows W Write Mode and the DATA display blank Step 3 Press key buttons 0 7 2 5 and 4 to enter the password 0725 The Write Status display shows WE Write Enable and the data display Unlock Since the four letter inputs just before entering are recognized as a password input try to e
292. etup A40309 ON Make sure that the Memory Card is An error occurred during installed properly and that the correct file automatic transfer from the is on the Card Memory Card at startup A40310 ON CPU Unit hardware is faulty Replace the An error occurred in flash CPU Unit memory backup memory Bus lO BUS 80 0 40114 1 0 Error has occurred in the bus Try turning the power OFF and ON error ERR Bus Error line between the CPU and again Flag O Units or the End Cover is if the error isn t corrected turn the power A404 connected to the CPU OFF and check cable connections Bus Error Rackor an Expansion Rack between the I O Units and Racks and the Slot and A40400 to A40407 contain End Covers Rack Num the error slot number 00 to Check for damage to the cable or Units bers 09 in binary OF hex indi he Iv OFF cates that the slot cannot be Turn the Rack s power supply OFF and determined OE hex indi then ON again cates the End Cover is not connected to the CPU Rack or an Expansion Rack A40408 to A40415 contain the error rack number 00 to 03 in binary OF hex indi cates that the rack cannot be determined OE hex indi cates the End Cover is not connected to the CPU Rack or an Expansion Rack 412 Error Processin Section 11 2 Program ming Console display Unit Rack UNIT No Number DPL ERR Duplica tion error PRO GRAM ERR Program erro
293. f the display backlight dims and the display becomes difficult to see The backlight cannot be replaced by the user Contact your nearest OMRON representative e Backlight Replacement Guidelines Replace the backlight according to the following guidelines under normal conditions After 50 000 hours of use at room temperature and humidity or after approximately 40 000 hours if an NS8 PT is used The service life of the backlight will be especially shortened if used in a low temperature envi ronment Replace the backlight when the brightness dims and the display becomes difficult to see 7 1 1 Replacing the Battery Use a lithium battery to back up data other than screen data such as calendar clock and log data The battery service life is approximately five years at 25 C The service life will be shortened if the battery is used at higher temperatures Replace the battery periodically according to the operating environment Keep a spare battery available so that the battery can be replaced immediately when re quired Battery Models CJ1W BATO1 7 2 7 1 Maintenance e Replacement Guidelines The guidelines for replacing the battery are as follows Replace when five years have lapsed since a new battery was installed in the Unit Replace within five days after the RUN indicator lights orange Note Never use batteries that have been subjected to a severe shock such as being dropped on the ground Batte
294. f the squeak is a slight one the machine may as well be kept in operation as it is If the squeak is a in operation as it is If the squeak is a serious one accompanied by vibration the bearing should be replaced 6 5 Flaw noise This noise occurs when there is a flaw or flaws on the rolling surface of the rollers or balls and the frequency of the occurrence is proportional to the number of revolutions This noise can be identified from the phenomena that it is accompanied by vibration during high speed revolution and the duration of the noise becomes longer just before cease of running In some cases this can be discovered from the phenomenon that the noise is heard at a definite position when the rotor is turned slowly and carefully The cause of such flaws may be a defect originating in manufacture of the bearing or a defect caused during shop assembly or in transit e The first two can be discovered during the test at the factory but the third will not reveal itself until the trial run at site In these cases the bearing must be replaced 6 6 Dirt noise This noise is caused by dirt existing between the rolling surface and the rollers or balls The magnitude of the noise varies irregularly with no relation to the number of revolutions This noise can be eliminated by washing and thoroughly drying the bearing and by sealing new lubricating grease in it 6 7 Other noises C3 type roller bearings with large radial clearance are used on AI
295. fication See note 3 Lit green PT is operating normally The Memory Card transfer has ended normally or a backlight error was detected immediately after power was turned ON Backlight errors are not detected with the 58 55 Immediately after power turns ON indicates file system check in progress battery low or disconnected and operating normally Memory Card transfer in progress Memory Card transfer has ended abnormally Note 1 This is the estimated time before brightness is reduced by half at room temperature and humidity It is not a guaranteed value It is based on the middle brightness setting using the NS8 The life expectancy will be drastically shortened if PT is used at low temperatures For example using the PT at temperatures of 0 C will reduce the life expectancy to approxi mately 10 000 hours reference value 2 The brightness cannot be adjusted much 3 This function does not detect service life expectancy It detects when the backlight is not lit due to a disconnection or other errors Backlight er ror detection indicates that all backlights 2 are OFF 4 Contact your nearest OMRON representative to replace the backlight Front panel indicators A 5 Appendix 3 Dimensions Appendix 3 Dimensions NS12 NS10 V1 Includes Mounting Dimensions 301 Unit mm With Controller Link Interface Unit Mounted Mounting panel Mounting bracket 7 5 39
296. g Therefore if applied continuously the transformer mav be buini out prevent dt timer 48 1s provided to stop operation unless starting 15 completed within predetermined time Jiow cntiv of starting signal 8 i 4 Reversible operation First turn disconnecting switch 89 or molded case circuit breaker 52 on push forward operation push button then forward operation magnetic contactor 882 1s eneigized for closure and motor operates in forward direction Next push reverse operation push button then reverse operation magnetic contactor 888 15 energized for closure and motor operates in reverse direction In case of changing operation from forward to reverse or reverse to forward once push stop push button to stop moto then change 11 because interlock 1s provided 8312 Stop 1 When pushing stop push button By pushing stop push button 3 0 coil of magnetic contactor 88 15 de energized causing magnetic contactor opening and motor stop In case that manual auto change switch 15 provided securely change 1t once to manual side then push stop push button 2 0verload stop When overload current flows on motor circuit overload relay 51 operates to open magnetic contactor 88 causing motor stop Overload relay s set at rated current When overload relay 15 operated by Oveicurrent reset button Jumps out Therefore for restast check motor then push reset button before starting Applied overload relay is thermal relay 3 P
297. g bracket lt Greasecover 39 oreseamwsr NES Done Insulating plate Shaft coller Fig 5 Construction of thrust bearing for vertical motor Outside of motor Inside of motor Item No Name of Part Name of Part 7 Grease inlet pipe Clamping ring Grease outle pipe 3 Double angular ball bearing 9 Upper bearing bracket L mm ememmer za Insulating plate 11 Shaft collar pes preise Fig 6 Construction of thrust bearing for vertical motor 4 Assembling of Bearings 4 1 Precautions before assembling Before assembling bearings into a machine it is necessary to measure the dimensions of the shaft and bearing box to make certain that the fit and perpendicularity are proper on the occasion of repairing as well and the assembly should be cone at a place free from dust and moisture Then prepare materials and tools necessary for the fitting such as cleansing oil white kerosene is recommended cleansing drum clean cloth white kerosene of high quality drum for shrink fitting thermo o meters spanners etc 4 2 Replacement of ball or roller bearings In case of replacement of ball or roller bearings measure the diameter of the shaft inside diameter of the bearing box and every part of the bearings The standard dimensions of each part are given in Table 1 See if the surface of the shaft and the inside surface of the bearing box don t have a
298. g operation 2 315 x 241 x 48 5 W x H x D 232 x 177 x 48 5 195 x 142 x 54 mm EE Width 302 3 x Width 302 Width 220 59 Width 184 x Height228 mm Height 228 11 mm 165 5 mm Height 131 mm Panel thickness Panel thickness Panel thickness Panel thickness 1 6 to 4 8 1 6 to 4 8 mm 1 6 to 4 8 mm 1 6 to 4 8 mm Enclosure rating Front panel Equivalent to IP65F NEMA4 See note 3 5 years at 25 C The SRAM and RTC will be backed up for 5 days after the battery runs low indicator lights orange The SRAM and RTC will be ON mee by a super capacitor for 5 minutes after removing the old battery i e after turning ON power after 5 minutes International UL 1604 Class 1 Division 2 EC Directives standards Pane cutout dimen sions Battery life A 3 Appendix 2 Specifications Note 1 The operating temperature is subject to the following restrictions depending on the mounting angle and whether an Expansion Unit is installed or not Without any Expansion Unit Installed NS12 V1 NS10 V1 NS8 V1 Mounting angle of 0 to less than 30 to the horizontal Operating temperature range of 0 to 45 C Mounting angle of 30 to 90 or less to the horizontal Operating temperature range of 0 to 50 C NS5 V1 Mounting angle of 0 to 90 or less to the horizontal Operating temperature range of 0 to 50 C With an Expansion
299. he gear case cap Remove the return lever and oil tube and disassemble the feed ring Measure the dimensions to be controlled See the sketch on the right 11 Measurement of oil feed ring seal ring clearance F oi Measure with a lensionneler Fig 2 Procedure of measuring starting torque Contact us if there is any abnormal indication such as pitching or scouring Fig 3 Procedure of measuring starting torque 23 Inspection interval year Record the measured values For the permissible limit for starting torque refer to Technical data The values measured with the coupling connected A provide good references for later measurements under the same condition They are however to be taken as mere guide for they include the motor starting torque Record the measured values Record the measured values For the permissible limit refer to the Technical Measurement procedure of backlash Fig 4 Procedure of measuring input shaft displacement 4 2 Inspection of parts upon disassembly Do inspection of the following parts when the thruster proper and flexible coupling are disassembled If any of them is found damaged please notify us without delay 4 2 1 Thruster proper Inspection item Inspection point Action to be taken Measurement of Feed ring seal ring clearances Record the measured values clearance Clearance between crank disk and bearing of hub Clearance between slide blo
300. he Memory whether files are not cor Card rupted on a computer Memory Card access safety You can continue to startup information could not be held the PT by touching on the because the battery was con screen however it may nected or there was insufficient NOT operate correctly when capacity accessing to the memory card The same message will also be displayed in Japanese This is not a fault WARNING No 23 Screen data file s is not correct Touch the screen to con tinue and transfer screen data again Touch the touch panel to con tinue booting When the Memory Card is accessed however the PT may not operate normally Touch the PT s touch panel and after connecting is displayed at the bottom right of the screen or after the message No project data is registered Press OK button and download project data is displayed reattempt screen transfer via serial com munications The PT s FinsGateway could not be started up normally and was restarted with screen data transfer possible via serial communications 7 3 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 10 Errors while Connecting to the Host PT cannot communicate with the host An error mes sage Is dis played or con necting s dis played at the bottom right of the screen Symptoms at PT The settings for Set the settings corre
301. he companion machine keep the centering accuracy within the control value as shown in the instruction manual drawing etc There is a possible danger of failure cauced when the machine is used beyond the control value Before coupling with the companion machine check for the direction of rotation There is a possible danger of failure and injury caused depending upon the difference in the rotating direction Protect the exposed rotating part with safety cover or the like There is a possible danger of injury caused by entanglement Disassembly and Reassembly N CAUTION Disassembly and reassembly should be carried out by persons possessed of xpertism and workmanship those who are conversant in construction and function and are capable of proper worl Incomplete work may lead to a danger of failure 5 8 6 Lubrication N CAUTION amp The machine is not filled up with lubricating oil Before starting on operation fill the machine with the lubricating oil of the type as recommended by instruction manual drawing etc up to the specified level The machine will result in failure if it is put in running without lubricating oil or in the state of short of oil 7 Starting Operation N WARNING During operation never gain access to or come in contact with rotators shaft etc There is a possibility
302. he power supply back than one is con ON nected or one is connected to an Expansion Rack The MO Connecting Turn OFF the power supply cable is not con correct the connections and nected correctly turn the power supply back e g the connections ON to the input and out put connectors on the I O Interface Unit are backward Note When power supply is interrupted to an Expansion Rack the CPU Unit will stop program execution and the same operations as are performed when the power supply to the CPU Unit is interrupted will be performed For example if the power OFF interrupt task is enabled it will be executed If power is then restored to the Expansion Rack the CPU Unit will perform startup processing i e the same operational status as existed before the power interrupt will not necessarily be continued A CPU standby error has occurred if the indicators have the following condi tions in RUN or MONITOR mode When a CJ series CPU Unit is turned ON cyclic servicing is started and RUN mode is entered only after all Special Units and CPU Bus Units have been detected If the startup mode is RUN or MONITOR mode the CPU will remain on standby until all Units have been directed Power Supply CPU Unit Indicators Unit Indicator Power RUN ERRALM INH PRPHL COMM nl re L 2 Program Error Error Probable cause Possible remedy ming flags in code in Console Auxiliary A400 display Area
303. here the error occurred A298 A299 and correct the instruction Find the program address where the error occurred A298 A299 and correct the indirect addressing or change to binary mode Find the program address where the error occurred A298 A299 and correct the instruction Retransfer the program to the CPU Unit Error Processin Section 11 2 Error code in A400 Program ming Console display Too Many Points error VO SET ERR Table 80E0 Setting error Flag and word data A40111 Too Many O Points Flag A407 Too Many I O Points Details A40110 I O Setting Error Flag Probable cause The probable causes are listed below The 3 digit binary value 000 to 101 in A40713 to A407 15 indicates the cause of the error The value of these 3 bits is also output to A40700 to A40712 1 The total number of I O points set in the I O Table exceeds the maximum allowed for the CPU Unit 2 The number of Expan sion Racks exceeds the maximum bits 101 3 More than 10 I O Units are connected to one Rack bits 111 The Units that are connected do not agree with the regis tered table or the number of Units that are connected does not agree with the number in the registered I O table The following Units must be set as a 16 point Units in the tables made on the CX Programmer because they are allocated 1 word each even though they have only 8 points
304. iately contact the maker stated in Section 5 Identification items For exchange parts see the spare parts list in the attached completion drawings For supply of spare parts and other parts than spare parts contact the maker stated in Section 5 Identification items 9 1 Purpose of check and maintenance The purpose of check and maintenance is to sustain the functions of the switchboard for enhancing the availability factor of equipment External factors which inhibit the sustainment of functions include the mechanical and electrical factors of the switchboard and apparatus environmental factors human factors etc It is necessary to monitor these factors for making appropriate service and taking appropriate corrective measures For the sustainment of switchboard functions pay attention to the following matters 1 To sustain the functions of the switchboard for a long time environmental conditions temperature humidity corrosive gas dust vibration damage due to salt etc and operation conditions voltage variation load variation action frequencies of apparatus etc are important factors 2 With the lapse of years of switchboard operation environmental conditions and operation conditions may be changed for such reasons as the extension and movement of related apparatus In such a case the check and maintenance periods and items etc must be appropriately changed and as the case may be 11 may be necessary to c
305. ic unit to set the following blade angles of propeller as correct as possible When carrying out the adjustment by oneself the method in 2 3 2 4 is recommendable a The value of an address 010 is read in a following blade angle position and the value is inputted into the address shown to When ten 2 205 When ten pus ds and 205 Value of Add 010 Data input Add STBD 25 PORT 25 STBD 12 5 PORT 12 5 25020 071 079 PORT 12 5 STBD 12 5 073 PORT 25 STBD 25 074 b The value of an address 200 is read in a following blade angle position and the value is inputted into the address shown to When ten 1 ad and 205 When ten po and 205 Value of Add 200 Data input Add STBD 25 PORT 25 211 STBD 12 5 PORT 12 5 RENE 212 RENS IEEE VENCER 69 PORT 12 5 STBD 12 5 PORT 25 STBD 25 Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 8 21 BOW 2 3 Make non follow up control condition 2 4 Under machine side control press manual buttons provided on the solenoid valve in the hydraulic unit to set the following blade angles of propeller as correct as possible a The output voltage of potentiometer is measured with the terminal 5 6 of blade angle transmitter in a following blade angle position b Input the value into the address shown in When ten keys 069 and 205 When ten keys 069 and 205 Voltage of Data input Add are 1 arel
306. ifference in construction of both is if relief disc is consisted or not Bearing assemblies for vertical motors are classified thrust bearing and guide bearing Fig 4 shows the construction of the guide bearing which roller bearing is applied Fig 5 shows the typical construction of the thrust bearing which angular contact type bearing is applied In case supporting external thrust sometimes double angular contact type bearing is applied as shown on Fig 6 1 Outside fo Inside of motor motor EM mas ew No s psg w Raw ue EL Fig 2 Construction of Grease valve Type Bearing Outside of Inside of motor motor LemNe 3 erat 5 swemr lt Grenson over c pu per Item No Name of Part External bearing cover bolt Internal bearing cover Internal bearing cover bolt Fig 3 Construction of semi pack Type Bearing E 1 3 mm recover 5 Being cove 6 Gres utes 3 Grease inlet pipe Fig 4 Construction of guide bearing for vertical type motor LC CC Outside of motor Inside of motor Bearing cover Greaseinet pipe 2 Clamping ring 8 Grease outiet pipe 3 Single angular bal bearing 9 Upper bearin
307. ikely cause of the errors Always confirm the safety of any related facilities and machines before turning OFF the power supply A CPU error has occurred if the indicators have the following conditions in RUN or MONITOR mode A Programming Device cannot be connected to the CPU if an CPU error has occurred If a fatal operating error occurs the indicators will be the same as shown below for CPU errors but a Programming Device can be connected This will enable distinguishing between the two types of error Unit Indicator PoWER RUN ERRALM INH PRPHL COMM ON OF Probable cause Possible remedy Auxiliary A400 Watchdog timer has Turn the power OFF and exceeded maxi restart The Unit may be mum setting This damaged Contact you error does not nor OMRON representative mally occur The following indictor status shows that the CPU Unit has been reset not a CPU error A Programming Device cannot be connected Power Supply CPU Unit Indicators Unit Indicator POWER RUN ERRALM PRPHL COMM FEX MERE 5 ee ee 409 Error Processin Section 11 2 Error Program Probable cause Possible remedy ming Console Auxiliary A400 display Stopped CPU reset Power is not being Supply power to the Expan supplied to an sion Racks Expansion Rack Control Unit is Turn OFF the power supply not connected cor correct the connections and rectly e g more turn t
308. iner sound This is caused by balls or rollers rolling along with the retainer and is a light tinkling sound accompanied by an irregular metallic sound that has no relation to the number of revolutions In most cases this sound is heard in bearings with large clearance used for high speed machines or even in bearings with ordinary clearance when rotating machines are run after having been left out of service with the bearings assembled in them Should this sound be heard in rotating machines that have been in storage for long period of time supply a small amount of the specified grease between the rollers or balls and the retainer The sound will either cease or diminish by the application of grease and even if it should not entirely cease it does not interfere with practical use of the machines 6 3 Ball or roller dropping sound This sound occurs in horizontal type rotating machines in relation to the clearance in the bearing in the radial direction and to the clearance between the retainer and the balls or rollers Balls or rollers in no load range near the top drop faster than the revolution of the retainer by the force of gravity and hit the retainer thereby making sounds These sounds therefore are never heard during normal operation but are heard when the rotating speed is o rather low especially just before machines are brought to a rest Since these sounds are not abnormal as mentioned above the bearing is quite fit for u
309. ing check and maintenance switch off the power Furthermore confirm the voltage using a voltage detector Even if all the power supplied in the switchboard are turned off an outside power supply may be connected 3 2 2 Safety label 2 2 1 Safety label for oreventing electric shock D Inside of panel Terainal lt gt WARNING WARNING CAN SHOCK DO NOT TOUCH LIVE PART 5 CAN SHOCK TREY APE EAE3GIZE FROM EXTERNAL 352725 2 2 2 Safety label for megger and voltage withstand test Megger and voltage withstand test A CAUTION DO NOT TEST MEGGER AND HIGH POTENTIAL TEST 55001 3 Outline of the product 3 1 Purpose of use This product is a starter panel for marine use This manual is only concerned with the cases where this product is used for specified purposes When the product is used for any purpose not referred to in this manual the user shall be responsible for the safety Never operate or handle the product in any manner inhibited in this manual 3 2 Features of the product This product is a starter panel manufactured to conform to the ship s class standard It is equipped with the following main electric apparatus Molded case circuit For protection of feeder circuits breakers MCCBs Meters For monitoring of operation states e Control switches For control operation and selection ndicator lamps For indicating s
310. ing portion of hub while the centrifugal force is held by the thrust bearing of the hub and crank disks 4 2 1 3 The propeller pitch control m chanism is made up of a hydraulic servo motor composed of cylinder portion of hub 6 crosshead piston 5 sliding blocks 7 and crank disks 4 and serves to convert the linear motion of the servo motor into a rotary movement of the crank disk This rotary movement is transmitted to the propeller blades for control of the propeller pitch by two pins 0 rings are used for sealing against sea water Power transmission gear This is housed in the gear case and composed of an input shaft part propeller shaft part and bevel gear and is to serve for transmitting the prime mover output to the propeller The input shaft part has rationally arranged in it spherical roller bearings 21 24 and thrust bearing 25 while two sets of the spherical roller bearing 12 20 and thrust bearing 13 17 are rationally arranged in the propeller shaft part The bevel gear is a right angle reduction gear composed of a pinion gear shaped on one end of the input shaft 23 and a bevel gear 16 mounted on the propeller shaft This serving for transmission of power under simultaneous reduction of the motor speed to the speed optimum for the propeller The bevel gear and individual bearings are to be lubricated by the gravity oil filling the gear case This charge of gravity oil is sealed se
311. ing the PT or File reading or program execu turning the power supply OFF tion failed and ON again Refer to 3 6 Us ing Memory Cards in the Setup Manual If the same problem occurs after reinstalling the sys tem program contact your near est OMRON representative File reading failed Execute automatic download of the system program If the same problem occurs after download ing insert the Memory Card containing the recovery program in the PT and reset the PT or turn the power supply OFF and ON again Refer to 3 6 Using Mem ory Cards in the Setup Manual If the same problem occurs after reinstalling the system program contact your nearest OMRON representative File reading failed Hardware check program is corrupted Log SRAM check program is corrupted IP address setting program is corrupted The Memory Card transfer pro gram started up after this can be used If operation is not restored after continuing with the Memory Card transfer program insert the Memory Card containing the re covery program in the PT and reset the PT or turn the power supply OFF and ON again Re fer to 3 6 Using Memory Cards in the Setup Manual If the same problem occurs after reinstalling the system program contact your nearest OMRON representative Download the system program by automatic down
312. ing torque range 8 Operation 8 1 Check prior to operation 8 1 1 Installation states 1 Confirm that the tie bolts of respective portions are tightened enough without being loose Any loose bolt can cause any part to drop due to vibration resulting in an accident 2 Confirm that all the electric wires introduced from outside the switchboard have been connected Furthermore confirm that the bolts and nuts of the terminal block are tightened enough without being loose Any loose bolt or nut can overheat the junction to cause a fire 3 Confirm that the switchboard is internally free from any remaining tool etc and dust etc As required clean Any remaining 1001 can cause a short circuit and dust etc can cause the grounding to be deteriorated 4 Confirm that the insulators are not contaminated or discolored A contaminated or discolored insulator suggests that it may be deteriorated WARNING Remove all the fuses of the control circuit and confirm that respective busbars do not conduct each other If busbars conduct each other a short circuit will occur to cause a serious accident such as a fire or apparatus breaking CAUTION Before operation be sure to confirm that the phase rotation is correct Depending on the kinds of the loads rotation in wrong direction can cause an accident resulting in injury or death A CAUTION Before operation confirm that the grounding resistance is not lower
313. ion 4 1 fig 4 9 Allowable range of gear backlash 0 30 1 18 nn Measuring procedure Refer to INSTRUCTION BOOK Part 4 Inspection 4 1 fig 4 R 100 0 mm 4 Fastening torque of main parts p n r rr 4 Name of parts Item Fastening torque Nem kgf m FF Blade bolt 3 1030 105 0 F Thruster Fixing bolt 15 1079 110 0 Fixing bolt 1 31 2079 212 0 Nut for bevel gear 2393 244 0 Flexible coupling 4 Led aen sad d nus Duis gt cuf ane 4 Caution 1 The parts number shown in list are found in the INSTRUCTION BOOK FIG 1 THRUSTER ASSEMBLY 2 Allowable range of fastening torque 5 0 4 3 The part of thread and seatface should be coated with MoS2 at fastening work But the case of flexible coupling s bolt MoS2 should be coated the part of thread only the seatface must be not coated MoS2 Molly coat 5 Remachining of liner for shaft sealing
314. k if the value 15 normal Check the short circuited portion and exchange it for a new one Teaperature in the panel is raised abnormally 2 The circuit is short circuited Rush current occurs when changing over from start to running 2 Main circuit is short circuited A molded case circuit breaker trips gt J0 1 1 1 Check list 2 50 5 and busbar hangers and saddles 3 Leading portion to and rom main circuit Date 28l0fer of check 2294105 HU IdI Y 07 70 Resuli Action No Place of check 125 Outside jLooseness in general door and housing Abnormal noise Deformation Contazination Ingress of rain water Dew condensation Overheat Rusting 2 Signs such as Damage nane plate Contamination 3 Busbars Looseness in general Damage Abnormal noise Abnormal odor Discoloration 4 hangers Damage and saddles Abnormal odor Contamination Looseness ne 6 Cable through Looseness portion Damage Ingress of rain water Entry of spal animals Cable terminals and junction Continued a 27 ME EM RR Result Classlii Place cnech tea tection cation ea 1817142 i iante er in generc Cable hange and saddles Al
315. l port on the host com puter and the communications program in the host computer 419 Error Processing Section 11 2 11 2 6 Power Supply Check The allowable voltage ranges are shown in the following table voltage range Power tndicator not lit Is power being supplied Connect power supply Is power indicator lit Power supply Set supply voltage within voltage in acceptable is range Is power indicator lit Are there any loose terminal screws or broken wires Tighten screws or replace wires Is power indicator lit Replace the Power Supply Unit 420 Error Processing Section 11 2 11 2 7 Memory Error Check Memory error occurred Conditions have not been met for automatic transfer at startup Confirm that the required files are on the Memory Card and the pin 2 on the DIP switch is OFF ON The write life of the flash memory has been exceeded Replace the CPU Unit Check to see if battery free operation has been set correctly Retransfer the user program and parameters and set the PLC Setup so that battery errors are not detected autotransfer at startup error ON A40310 flas memory error ON OFF Battery free operation necessary Battery connected Mount a Battery Power If power was turned OFF during the backup Cent bi UP operation
316. larm selection 0 05 1 NOTUSED 10 228 ALllalarm selection O USED 1 NOT USED 0 Alarm lamp 1 Auto pitch reduct 1 0 Other 1 Auto zero pitch L9 240 0 NOT USED 1 Cont pos Fig 1 2 Others Fig 2 1 1 1 20 21 22 23 Case of pitch neutral CLOSE Case of portable CLOSE Fig 2 Address 245 Digital output signal Cont pos 20 21 22 23 OPEN OPEN Fig 1 ww NOTE Please power OFF at the time of the desorption of a ten key pad To change the data with the ten key pad be sure to shift the control position to W H Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 15 21 STERN 4 Adjustment of Potentiometer 4 1 W H maneuvering dial a The value of an address 000 is read in a following dial position and the value is inputted into the address shownto STBD10 050 e 0 051 PORT10 052 4 2 STBD maneuvering dial a The value of an address 004 is read in a following dial position and the value is inputted into the address shown 10 STBD10 056 0 057 PORT10 058 4 3 PORT maneuvering dial a The value of an address 006 is read in a following dial position and the value is inputted into the address shownto STBD10 059 0 060 PORT10 061 4 4 Blade angle transmitter a The value of an address 010 is read in a following blade angle position and the value is inputted into the address shownto
317. le Stern thruster actual blade angle STBD50 RCTRD 2 50 0 hh lt cr gt lt lf gt COMPONENTS LIST FOR MTH THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM SHIPYARD HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD S NO 1630 1631 1671 1672 1699 1700 1701 1733 Nabtesco Corporation MARINE CONTROL SYSTEMS COMPANY ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT ar ZH 100 101 200 201 100 Z 101 Nabtesco 7SH60507 00 1 2 SS02167 SS02174 REF CODE NO NO PAINTING COLOR PIPING NABCO PIECE NO DESCRIPTION TYPE TY MUNSELL nn AA 73078064 01 F3074839 13 MTHII C1 F3078064 01 THRUSTER CONTROLLER 73078907 01 MAKER S E3024839 13 gg F3078907 01 THRUSTER CONTROLLER bmac 1 STANDARD F3075636 12 MAKER S 931 W3075636 12 MTHII T1 2 DE 73075636 12 TERMINAL BOARD UNIT 50 STANDARD 13015901 04 MAKER S 73079047 01 MTHII W1 gpg F3079047 01 THRUSTER CONTROLLER STANDARD 73079048 01 MAKER S WING 123 F3079048 01 THRUSTER CONTROLLER MTHIII W1 STANDARD TZZ a Nabtesco F3796139 01P when chain enters KCF 52 MAKER S 726 72796139 02 TZZ the KCF body PORT Nabtesco ae ee SR aM FOR KT 15783 BOW F3796139 01P when chain enters KCF 52 MAKER S 726 727961
318. le as it is indicated on the blade angle indicator on the bridge and local indicator 2 1 6 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 Shaft sealing device See annexed drawing Fig 3 This is for sealing the gravity oil in the gear case against sea water and is made up of three seal rings 6 intermediate rings 3 4 flanged ring 2 and cover ring 5 and liner 1 that turns with the propeller shaft The clamp for each seal ring is fastened to fit tight on the inner periphery of the housing Hence the clamp part is sufficiently sealed against oil as well as water The liner is made of a material highly resistant to corrosion and wear and is fixed to the shaft hood The clearance between liner and shaft is made to lead gravity oil to the propeller Pitch control device The device is composed of a remote control system for controlling the propeller pitch and a hydraulic unit for regulating the blade angle Remote control system The remote control system is of the electric control type and serves to transmit the command to change propeller pitch given through the control dial on the bridge to the solenoid valve for the propeller blade angle to be adjusted accordingly And also hold the propeller pitch It also serves to indicate the actual blade angle on the blade angle indicator on the bridge For further details of the remote control device refer to the separate drawing Remote Control System Hydraulic unit See annexed drawings Fig 2
319. llows see Figure 2 Step 1 Turn the Thruster Controller off Step 2 Remove four decorative screws for mounting the Thruster Controller and then raise the panel Step 3 Replace the decorative screws with the spacers for fixing the panel and then connect a connector with the connector CN4 provided on the BTC 302 Card 73757618 01 Then attach the panel to the spacer using decorative screws Or insert the connector into the Thruster Control ler body front s or side face s rectangle hole 30 x 50 and connect it to the connector CN4 Next restore the panel using the decorative screws Step 4 Turn the Thruster Controller on to make it operatable Step 5 Turn the Thruster Controller off and then remove the connector Step 6 Restore the panel to the original condition Nabtesco 3 6 a Portable Keypad Operating Manual For Type Thruster Control ler 748848882 01E Step 2 Step 3 Connecter CN4 Decorative screw Step 3 Connector Step 3 BTC 302 Card Step 3 Side face Step 4 P ON rectangular hole ep ower Step 1 Power OFF Step 2 Decorative screws O Step 2 Panel 7 Y Step 3 Spacer used Step 3 Spacer Step 3 Portable Keypad Step 3 Front rectangular hole Step 3 Connector CN4 Step 3 BTC 302 Card Step 3 Side rec hole used Step 3 Connector Step 3 Front rec hole used Figure 2 Connecting Method Nabtesco 4 6 Portable
320. lly power is turned ON is in startup Power is not being supplied to the PT battery is not connected and the PT is operating normally Memory Card transfer in progress Memory Card transfer ended abnormally progress e The battery power is low or the e The fuse is broken The system program is damaged and the system cannot be booted 2 2 Part Names and Functions NS5 Rear Panel Local Bus Interface Connector Used to connect to an Expansion Interface Unit It cannot be used with Ver 5 0 systems Current Expansion Interface Units cannot be connected TRL ar er Memory Card Connector Used to connect the memory card for storing and transmitting screen data log data and system programs FG Terminal Used to prevent malfunctions due to noise interference Main Circuit DC Input Terminals Used to connect the power supply DIP Switch Used to set the settings for transmitting data using the Memory Card Ethernet Connector Used to connect the Ethernet cable Uses a 10Base T 100Base T 8 pin modular plug Reset Switch fo Battery Cover Used to initialize the PT The status The battery is installed USB Slave Connector of screen data other registered data underneath the cover This is a USB Type B connector and the system menu however will It cannot be used with Ver 5 0 not change systems Serial Port B Connector Serial Port A Connector
321. load that does not use DIP switch 6 if operation is not restored after downloading insert the Memory Card contain ing the recovery system program in BANK 1 in the PT Refer to 3 6 Using Memory Cards in the Setup Manual If the same problem occurs after reinstalling the system program contact your nearest OMRON representative Touch the touch panel to con tinue booting Then set the cor rect date in the System Menu At startup with DIP switch 6 set to ON the hardware check pro gram is corrupted Reading of font files when op eration performed with DIP Switch 6 set to ON failed The installed system program does not match the hardware Date set outside the PT s allow able range of 2000 to 2049 7 3 Troubleshooting and Maintenance Message Possible countermeasure WARNING No 21 SRAM SRAM contents could not be Touch the touch panel to con previously broken held because the battery was tinue booting Replace the bat initialization Complete not connected or there was in tery the next time power is turned Touch the screen to con sufficient capacity For this rea OFF tinue son SRAM was initialized WARNING No 22 Memory The two following causes are Card Error Some files in a possible memory card may be cor The previous time the PT was rupted Safely remove the used power was turned OFF memory card and check while accessing t
322. lowing table IP Load setup Detect Detect standard Setup Standard ae Over 0O orless XiOdeg 10Sec 20 Heay T112 T117 Xi0deg i0Sec 10 Blade angle moving speed of a standard value has set up 2points Blade angle moving speed can be set up to 4points maximum INC Load deviations e 9 Blade angle moving speed I 1 Dom DR 1 1 Light 9 T110 T111 load 1 DEC Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 12 21 STERN Adjusting Manual for MTHI Type Thruster Remote Control System This adjusting manual contains adjusting procedures at shops and on board after delivery it is recommended to carry out only the adjustment items on board except the replacement of parts Use only a digital multi meter DMM for electrical measurement Adjustment before Shipment from Nabtesco yw Check and adjustment of a power supply Adjust an AC DC converter so that the output voltage of an converter is set to 25 5 0 5V Actual measurement 1 Adjustment of DIP switch and rotary switch Adjustment of the switch in the W H controller a DIP switch DIP SW DIPSW1 DIPSW11 b rotary switch RSW11 c selector switch OLP CANCEL switch setup OFF Nabtesco 74 51462 02 13 21 STERN 2 Zero Point Adjustment
323. lue is increased voltage will go up 8 1 Adjustment of pitch indicator NOT USED 1 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows 0 Adjust trimmer ZERO of Isolation Amplifier so that pitch indicated is 0 2 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows STBD25 Adjust trimmer SPAN of Isolation Amplifier so that pitch indicated is STBD25 Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 21 21 STERN 9 Setting OLP control OLP level Address mA is inputted into 105 for an OLP value Formula main motor rated current A CT rated current A x1000 OLP value mA address 105 Amount of Load deviations displayed address 018 Light load Overload Unit Amount of OLP control displayed address 023 Addition Subtraction Unit Deg Order of blade angle displayed address 024 PORT order STBD order Unit Deg Order of dial displayed address 014 PORT order STBD order Unit Deg Proportionality A proportionality value can be set up by the following table The standard value is as follows Lond deviations 80 OLP OLP proportionality OLP proportionality X10Deg X10Deg 0 1122 T123 125 Load deviations T124 Setup of 1Deg is standard in 110 load OLP proportionality value is displayed in address 019 Addition Subtraction Unit X10Deg Integration Integration value can be set up
324. lue is inputted into the address shownto When ten and 205 When ten pdt iod and 205 Value of Add 010 Data input Add STBD 25 PORT 25 s STBD 12 5 PORT 12 5 UD OO PORT 12 5 STBD 12 5 PORT 25 STBD 25 b The value of an address 200 is read in a following blade angle position and the value is inputted into the address shownto When ten ponds and 205 When ten pun EM and 205 Value of Add 200 Data input Add STBD 25 PORT 25 STBD 12 5 PORT 12 5 er 212 PORT 12 5 STBD 12 5 214 PORT 25 STBD 25 Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 6 21 BOW 5 Adjustment of blade angle signal output terminal 110 111 NOT USED 1 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows STBD 25 Adjust data of address 218 so that voltage of terminal No 110 111 is 10 0 0 05V If a setting value is increased voltage will go up 2 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows 0 Adjust data of address 217 so that voltage of terminal No 110 111 is 0 0 0 05 If a setting value is increased voltage will go up 3 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows PORT 25 Adjust data of address 216 so that voltage of terminal No 110 111 is 10 0 0 05V If a setting value is increased voltage will go up 5 1 Adjustment of pitch indicator NOT USED 1
325. m Lithium grease Can be used for all applications Used for both high speed and low speed Hitachi motors and generators i LLL 10 Storage Ordinarily bearings are coated with petrolatum of good quality as a rust preventive and wrapped in rust preventing materials However these rust preventing measures are not so perfect as to completely isolate the outside air Particular care must be taken in storing the bearings 1 Avoid storage in damp places 2 Bearings packed in wooden boxes should be taken out on arrival and stored in a dry place at least one meter above the ground level 3 It is necessary to store bearings in places where it is as cold as possible Can be used for application Maruzen Oil Limzx No 1 T Lithium grease Kyodo grease Marutenpu P S No 2 11 Symbol to Denote Clearance in Bearing To denote the magnitude of clearance in bearings such symbols as C3 and C4 are in general use and the use of a bearing with special clearance is sometimes required on a high speed motor from the viewpoint of noise and vibration Hyosung paid attention early to the clearance in bearings and had a manufacturer of bearings make one with special clearance do noted by a symbol C to use on motors The merit of bearings with C clearance has been widely recognized and such bearings have come into general use the symbol being changed to CM Therefore a bearing with C has the same clearance as one
326. mble and restoration 26 Notification of inspection items to 28 Disassembly and reassemble 29 Disassembly of thruster 29 1 1 Preparation for 41 1 29 1 2 Disassembly 30 Reassemble of thruster 33 2 1 Preparation for 1 33 2 2 Cautions and hints on reassembly 33 2 3 Measurement items to be taken during reassembly 34 Self locking 36 3 1 Propetler DaT Le 36 3 2 Propeller shaft pat tence zs SR gle RE 37 3 38 Input shaft partic o b ER Lae ded Rad ER Ves 38 3 4 Rlexible coupling i o 2 38 ii iii Page Part 6 Charging the system lubricating 11 39 6 1 Charging the entire unit with 11 39 6 2 Charging the servo cylinder with oil 39 6 3 Recommended brands of lubricating oil 40 6 4 Criterion of oil 41 7 Ini
327. mediately changing the control position to W H and shifting to the NON FLOW UP control are recommended An alarm is given in W H and both wings because there is Broken potentiometer in Blade angle transmitter Left side factor LED ON If the voltage between terminals 119 and 120 on TBU is within about 3 12VDC the potentiometer is normal If the voltage between terminals 122 and 123 on TBU is within about 3 12VDC the potentiometer is normal Control or Alarm source failure Right side factor LED ON Check fuse s in Terminal Board Unit CPU or communication abnormality Right side factor LED ON Turn off the system and turn on it after a while Nabtesco 74SS48889 03E 3 6 An alarm is given in a control position that has the present control right because there is Center factor LED ON Broken potentiometer in WH If the voltage between potentiometer terminals 2 and 3 is within about 1 9VDC the potentiometer is normal Broken potentiometer in PW If the voltage between terminals 74 and 75 on Terminal board unit TBU is within about 1 9VDC the potentiometer is normal Broken potentiometer in SW If the voltage between terminals 89 and 90 on Terminal board unit TBU is within about 1 9VDC the potentiometer is normal Broken potentiometer in PT If the voltage between terminals 92 and 93 on Terminal board unit TBU is within about 1 9VDC the potentiometer is normal 4 Troubleshooting Press a button until it touches the end
328. ment type 220V x 60 Hz x 400 W x 1ph One 1 set temperature sensor Pt100 for each phase Notice Monitoring system to be supplied by Shipyard Two 2 sets PTC thermisters with relays for high temperature alarm amp trip to be installed in the starter self standing type starter IP44 1 units vessel including hyd pump motor starter Power source Accessory 3 Hydraulic unit o 3 1 Oil service pump 3 2 Accessory unit 3 3 Driving motor Type 4 Flexible coupling 5 Gravity tank 6 Remote control system Type Control position Wheel house Wings Additional circuit Power supply 7 Mass per unit Thruster unit dry Prime mover Thruster starter e Hydraulic unit Flexible coupling Gravity tank dry Accessory AC 3 3 300 V 60 Hz for power source of thruster motor AC 3 220 V 60 Hz for control transformed in starter AC 3 220 V 60 Hz for space heater transformed in starter AC 3 440 V 60 Hz for power source of hyd pump motor 1 Local control box IP56 2 Emergency stop button for main motor Floor mounting type x 1 unit vessel Vertical screw type x 1 set unit 41 4 lit min x 4 5 MPa 46 kgf cm x 3500 r min DC solenoid valve 1 Pressure switch 2 Safety valve 1 Suction filter 1 Totally enclosed induction motor IP44 x 1 set unit AC 3 440V 60Hz 5 5 kW x 3600 rmin sync speed with space heater winding type 15V x 2 6 x 1ph SF co
329. motor 2 Increasing motor current due to voltage drop a Check the voltage and increase system voltage b Decreased load 3 Over excitation of magnetic due to high voltage Check the voltage and decrease system voltage 4 One Phase broken or faulty Repair where faulty fn 5 Short circuit or grounding of a Measurement of resistance and current 6 Contact of rotor core to stator a Investigation of cause by the noise shaft bend and bearing etc b Repair where faulty a Perform cleaning 7 Blockage of air paths due to accumulation of dust 2 Faulty engage of gears Make realignment Phenomena Overheating bearing 3 Faulty alignment Make realignment 4 Large vibration Adjustment of vibration by means mentioned below 5 Faulty installation or sinking Adjustment of foundation foundation 7 faulty Bearing Replace with new bearing 8 Aging of grease Replace with new grease 9 Inproper grease quantity Put grease into bearing for at the ratio of 40 50 of the internal volume 10 Thermal transmission from Provide thermal insulator other 1 Changing as function of year Make balancing 2 Faulty of foundation Strengthen foundation 4 Unbalance of coupling Make balancing 5 Uneven loading Make balancing the load 6 Single phase operation a Investigate cause of broken circuit b Arrange loading of electrical system 7 Broken coil rotor or uneven a Repair where broken contact of
330. mp off 4 CONTROL POWER OFF switch ON CONTROL POWER ON lamp off 2 1 2 1 1 2 1 2 Part 2 Construction and working mechanism Thruster assembly See annexed drawing Fig 1 General The thruster assembly is composed of a tube propeller part power transmission gear oil feeding mechanism and feed back mechanism and the gear housing is fitted in the tube by means of the bolts The propeller part too is located in the tube The power is transmitted from the motor through the input shaft 23 bevel gear 16 and propeller shaft 32 to the propeller Propeller blade pitch is controlled by means of the hydraulic system The propeller part and gear case are filled with gravity oil at a pressure somewhat higher than the draft of full load so as to ensure against ingress of sea water into the case interior even in the event of seal failure Propeller part The propeller part is composed of propeller blades 1 propeller hub 6 and propeller peck controlling mechanism This propeller part is connected by bolting to the end face of the propeller shaft 32 such that the power is transmitted through a reamer pin to the propeller part The flange is covered with a corrosion proof shaft hood 9 with an 0 ring used to seal against sea water In the propeller hub 6 the propeller blades moving mechanism is housed with the crank disks 4 The hydraulic reaction of the propeller blades 1 are held by the bear
331. mwsyom x fru en ax amma sem rx emwsyoe sos so fuxen sewzx 0x 0 fs EN sss ll EN lm NM 1 5 4 5 2Y pm mesa lm lse mouewtliw usmom lm ms gmoueweilw s usw lm ms fm 5 jus lm UTSUNOMIYA ae ieee e se w 1 usos lm _ F1 F2 1 35 i lm 5 lg s ms omomeue jio m 7 ms omoweven ws um un 0 2 x fwe is lseew m M y lg le sas nce lsyeow 20 lm scs eme lsemw 1 a SOS nman mw ooms ww lmm SGN p jJ Em pu S s LETTRES Le SRA BLECTRIC CO LTD PARTS LIST NO COLOR MASS HYD OIL PUMP STARTER for BOW THRUSTHR T HYD OIL PUMP STARTER G3 15334 HP1 1 2 3 6 7 B 9 LOdH 80 H 4 5 4 5 5 7 8 New SPECICATION SHEET NO REMARK TMER AC220V 50 60Hz lom fan win P2cF 08 TRANS HTR 0442 440 5 220V 40VA HISANO TRANS 440 15V HISANO SYMBOL 2 2 5 078 1 440 20 11VA 80 m e 4 HPI HAN PARTS LIST NO MASS HYD OIL PUMP STARTER for BOW THRUSTER T HYD OIL PUMP STARTER 63 15534
332. n lnm eleolele ce jet jet e eOjoiojo A e e m e 086 IPITCH REDUCE LEVEL STBD SIDE 87 DIAL MATCH ZONE e oq Volt Volt Volt Volt DIAL DISCONNECTION DETECT LEVEL LOWER ORTABLE DIAL DISCONNECTION DETECT LEVEL UPPER e 92 ORT DIAL DISCONNECTION DETECT LEVEL LOWER EED BACK DISCONNECTION DETECT LEVEL UPPER 9 e lt 8 le ce EN w o on S NO H 1630 7SH60507 02 4 6 BOW FOR CONTROL ae SETTING VALUE LOWER 1 2 TARS Vot 0 mA mA TENKEY ADDRESS DESCRIPTION MOTOR LOAD FG1 INPUT MOTOR LOAD FG2 INPUT 102 IMOTOR LOAD FG1 OUTPUT 0 LOAD 2 OUTPUT MOTOR LOAD OVER LOAD LEVEL mA MOTOR RUN CONFIRM TIMER SCHEDULER LAST TARGET VALUE SCHEDULER CONVERT RATIO CHANGEOVER POINT 1 SCHEDULER CONVERT RATIO CHANGEOVER POINT 2 SCHEDULER CONVERT RATIO CHANGEOVER POINT 3 SCHEDULER CONVERT RATIO CHANGEOVER POINT 4 SCHEDULER INTEGRAL FIXED VALUE 1 10xDeg 10Sec 5 ISCHEDULER INTEGRAL FIXED VALUE 2 10xDeg 10Sec SCHEDULER INTEGRAL FIXED VALUE 3 10xDeg 10Sec CHEDULER INTEGRAL FIXED VALUE 4 10xDeg 10Sec SCHEDULER INTEGRAL FIXED VALUE 5 10xDeg 10Sec wv m o e A 17 lt OLP PROPORTIONAL VALUE INPUT 1 OLP PROPORTIONAL VALUE INPUT
333. n ON in A40900 to A40903 Correct the allocations so that no words are allocated more than once including to Units on other Racks and turn the Rack s power supply OFF and then ON again Check the first word setting for the Rack indicated in A40900 to A40903 and change the setting to a valid word address below CIO 0900 with a Pro gramming Device Check A295 to determine the type of error that occurred and check A298 A299 to find the program address where the error occurred Correct the program and then clear the error Be sure that there is an END 001 instruction at the end of the task speci fied in A294 program stop task number The address where the END 001 Use a Programming Device to transfer the program again 413 Error Processin Section 11 2 Program error cont 414 Error code in A400 Program ming Console display PRO GRAM ERR 80F0 Flag and word data A40109 Program Error Flag A294 to A299 Pro gram error information Probable cause A29513 Differentiation over flow error Too many differentiated instructions have been inserted or deleted during online editing A29512 Task error A task error has occurred The following conditions will generate a task error 1 There isn t an executable cyclic task 2 There isn t a program allo cated to the task Check A294 for the number of the task missing a program 3 The task specified in a TKON 820
334. n the power OFF and ON again Replace the Unit if it won t restart Check the Unit indicated in A418 to A423 Refer to the Unit s operation man ual to find and correct the cause of the error Restart the Unit by toggling its Restart Bit or turn the power OFF and ON again Replace the Unit if it won t restart Check battery and replace if necessary Change the PLC Setup setting if battery free operation is being used Change the registered I O table Change the registered I O table Error Processing Section 11 2 Other Errors Peripheral Port Communications Error A communications error has occurred in communications with the device con nected to the peripheral port if the indicators have the following conditions Unit Indicator POWER RUN ERRALM NH PRPHL coMM o N om Check the setting of pin 4 on the DIP switch and the peripheral port settings in the PLC Setup Also check the cable connections RS 232C Port Communications Error A communications error has occurred in communications with the device con nected to the RS 232C port if the indicators have the following conditions Power Supply CPU Unit Indicators Unit Indicator POWER RUN ERRALM NH PRPHL COMM Pon or Check the setting of pin 5 on the DIP switch and the RS 232C port settings in the PLC Setup Aiso check the cable connections If a host computer is con nected check the communications settings of the seria
335. nance Standards 3 3 A Change after checking the progress Intervals year Name Inspection Test Adjustment Repair and or Change Tighten screws Terminal board Clean sensor head Proximity Check and adjust the clearance switch Nabtesco 7SH60507 01 1 8 SPECIFICATIONS FOR TYPE THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM MICRO COMPUTER TYPE SHIPYARD HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD SHIP H 1630 H 1631 1671 H 1672 H 1699 1700 H 1701 1733 THRUSTER TYPE KT 157B3 BOW KT 88B3 STERN CLASS LR Nabtesco Corporation MARINE CONTROL SYSTEMS COMPANY ENGINEERING DEPARTMENT Nabtesco 7SH60507 01 2 8 1 General This thruster controllable pitch propeller type remote control system is designed to control the thruster blade angle by operating any of control levers provided in the wheel house W H and wings due to employing microcomputers with overload protector OLP function for the main motor in addition the main motor and auxiliaries can be started and stopped from the W H The system also provides blade angle indicators ammeters for the main motor and _ indication and alarm circuits necessary for operation In case of emergency such as trouble with the follow up control the system provides a non follow up control mode by which the blade angle can be controlled manually from the W H 2 Electric source AC220V 60Hz 1 Max 1A DC24V Max 3A
336. nd auxiliaries PUMP STOP Button Switch About FAN it is Bow Thruster Only Pressing the PUMP STOP button switch stops pressure oil pump and fan when o they have been running The stop action also outputs a momentary and normally closed no voltage contact signal Nabtesco 7SH60507 01 4 8 PUMP RUN Button Switch About FAN it is Bow Thruster Only Pressing the PUMP RUN button switch sends starting signals to the pressure oil pump and fan starter which causes the pressure oil pump and fan to start Running of the pressure oil pump causes the PUMP RUN indicator lamp to light up and the running of fan causes the FAN RUN lamp to light up The starting action also outputs a momentary and normally open no voltage contact signal THRUSTER STOP Button Switch Pressing the THRUSTER STOP button switch when the main motor has been running causes the main motor to be stopped The stop action also outputs a momentary and normally closed no voltage contact signal THRUSTER RUN Button Switch After checking that the READY TO START indicator lamp is lit pressing the THRUSTER RUN button switch sends a starting signal to the main motor starter which causes the main motor to start When the main motor is running the THRUSTER RUN indicator lamp will light up The starting action also outputs a momentary and normally open no voltage contact signal CONTROLLER ABNORMAL
337. ndation interval given in the table below Inspection item Cleaning of water paths confirmation of locking and repair painting Replacement of anti corrosive anode Check of system oil properties Check of blade angle indication at pitch transmitter Relief valve set pressure confirmation test Leakage test of likely components 1 Input shaft oil seal 2 Shaft sealing device 3 Propeller blade disc seal 4 Other seals Measurement of backlash Necessary work Inspection interval year 2 3 5 Method procedure Removal of deposits such as marine growth on the inside wall of tube gear case and propeller surface and cleaning of the same Check locking of bolts in thruster and repair if any of them is fallen off Repair painting of water contact parts where paint coat is stripped or affected The water contact parts are anti corrosion painted except those made of stainless steel The inside of the fairing cover which comes into contact with the sea water should be cleaned and repair painted with particular care t The anti corrosive anode should be renewed each time the ship is docked The life of the anti corrosive anode Each time the ship is taken to be about 2 5 years in case of the standard specification is docked Replace the charge of system oil if it is contaminated with sea water etc or found badly deteriorated Take a sample of the oil collecting on the bottom of the ge
338. nds Restoring from the Memory Card to the CPU To read from the Memory Card to the CPU i Unit turn ON the PLC power This operation is given priority over automatic transfer pin 2 is ON when power is ON Verifying contents of Memory Card Press and hold the Memory Card Power Supply Switch for three seconds a Always OFF OFF Note 1 The following data cannot be overwritten when pin 1 is ON All parts of the user program programs in all tasks All data in the parameter area such as the PLC Setup and I O table When pin 1 is ON the user program and parameter area will not be cleared when the memory clear operation is performed from a Programming De vice 2 The CPU Unit will not enter any mode except PROGRAM mode after back ing up data to a Memory Card using DIP switch pin 7 To enter RUN or MONITOR mode turn OFF the power supply turn OFF pin 7 and then re start the PLC This will enable changing the operating mode as normal 98 CPU Units Section 3 1 Note The language displayed for the CJ series CPU Units is not set on the DIP switch but rather is set using Programming Console keys 3 1 3 CPU Unit Memory Block The memory of CJ series CPU Units is configured in the following blocks Memory The data areas accessible from the user program User Memory The user program and parameter areas See Note 1 CPU Unit memory is backed up as shown in the following table Ara
339. ng of Bearings When it is required to disassemble the bearing the first thing to do is to remove the outer bearing cover and learn in detail the actual construction of the bearing box the type of bearing and the manner in which it is mounter Especially the conditions of the fit should be closely examined and the bearing should never be dismounted forcedly Before extraction of the bearing take off the bearing box or the bearing bracket by means of an extracting tap or by other method The most important work is to dismount the bearing smoothly from the shaft This work must be done by use of a bearing extracting tool as illustrated in Fig 7 Insert the bearing extracting tool firmly onto the side of the inner race and gently tighten the nut of the extracting bolt and the inner will gradually come out In case the shaft and bearing are rusty application of gasoline will facilitate the extraction The inner race of a large sized roller bearing can be dismounted in the same manner In case the fit is too tight pour on the inner oil heated to a temperature of 100 to120C so that the temperature of the inner race may be raise thereby making the dismounting easy sure to heat the inner race only because it is not effective if the temperature of the shaft is raised as well In case the bearing is intended to be used again it is strictly forbidden to strike it directly or to forcibly pull it out by the outer race only
340. ngs 2 Precautions in Transporting Rotary Machines with Ball and Roller bearings 3 Construction of Bearing 4 Fitting of Bearing 5 Dismantling of Bearing 6 Sounds of Bearing 7 Operation and Inspection 8 Washing 9 Maintenance 10 Storage 11 Symbol to Denote clearance in Bearing INSTRUCTIONS FOR HANDLING AND MAINTENANCE OF BALL AND ROLLER BEARINGS This booklet gives the instructions for handling and maintenance of ball and roller bearings used mainly in motors and generators 1 General Precautions in Handling Ball and roller Bearings In handling bearings it is necessary to be conversant with the properties of dust and with the peculiar features of the bearings 1 1 Dust Approximately 10 to 5096 of dust and dirt is sand i e quartz sand that is harder than ordinary quenched steel Should the particles of sand enter the bearings they will rapidly cause excessive wear and abnormal noises and may possibly shorten the life of the bearings There are a great deal of fine dust particles smaller than 10 microns in size floating in the air Though invisible to the naked eye they have an undesirable effect on the bearings Protection against dust and dirt therefore should always be kept foremost in mind in assembling dismount ing replacing maintaining and storing the bearings 1 2 Bearings The bearings have the following special properties 1 High degree of precision Bearings must be treated as high p
341. nication system Tone step synchronous formula serial 2 Data length 3 Start bit bit 4 Stop bit bit 5 Parity Nothing 6 Transmission speed 4800bps 7 Effective character ASCI 3 Thruster control order signal 0 12 3 4 5 Number of thruster bow or stern xxTRC x xx xx A hh lt cr gt lt lf gt Numeric character to identify a thruster in the system This is numbered from centre line 1 This field is single digit Even Stern thruster 2 RPM order signal RPM order signal Not used 0 100 from zero to maximum rpm Thruster order signal sigpal 100 0 100 from port max to stbd max ww Example No 2 bow thruster order PORT50 RCTRC 3 50 0 hh lt cr gt lt if gt o Heder Odd Bow thruster A data valid pat Data status V data invalid Nabtesco 145548864 01 3 3 4 Thruster actual blade angle signal 0 12 3 4 xxTRD x xx xx hh lt cr gt lt lif gt Numeric character to identify a thruster in the system This is numbered from centre line 1 This field is single digit 2 RPM response Not used Thruster actual blade angle signal Thruster actual blade angle 100 0 100 from port max to stbd max Number of thruster bow or stern RPM response signal 0 100 from zero to maximum rpm Odd Bow thruster Even Stern thruster A data valid Examp
342. nsion Rack not detected bus error or verifica tion error occurs Cycle time is too long Control Unit and IO Inter face Units do not appear on CX Programmer table 428 Symptom Cause 1 Power is not turned ON to an Expansion Rack correctly correctly 4 A Unit is faulty correctly 3 A Unit is faulty 3 A Unit is faulty sion Rack 2 A Unit is faulty in the I O tables 2 An Expansion Rack is not connected 3 An Connecting Cable is not wired 1 A Terminator is not connected 2 An Expansion Rack is not connected 1 An Connecting Cable or Terminator connection is faulty 2 Noise or other external factor 1 A CPU Bus Unit that is allocated many words e g Controller Link Unit is mounted to a CJ Long distance Expan This is not an error These Units are not allo cated words and thus not registered Remedy Turn ON power to all Expansion Racks Recheck the connections and configuration using information in 2 3 3 CJ series Expan sion Racks 3 5 I O Control Units and I O Interface Units Reconnect the I O Connecting Cables in the correct order for output and input connec tors Gradually remove replace Units to deter mine the Unit that is faulty including the Power Supply Unit Units Control Interface Unit and I O Connecting Cable If the TERM indi
343. nstruction read the memory files from the EM file memory to the I O memory in the CPU Unit Note The following files can be transferred between EM file memory and the CX Programmer File File name and extension Data transfer direction Symbols file SYMBOLS SYM Between CX Programmer Commentfie COMMENTS CNT 2 4 EM memory 1 2 3 1 Format the EM Area in the CPU Units as file memory 2 Place the CX Programmer online and use the file transfer operations to transfer the above files from the personal computer to the PLC or from the PLC to the personal computer 3 2 4 Memory Card Dimensions 42 8 3 2 5 Installing and Removing the Memory Card Installing the Memory Card 1 2 3 1 Pull the top end of the Memory Card cover forward and remove from the Unit 107 File Memor Section 3 2 2 Insert the Memory Card with the label facing to the left Insert with the A on the Memory Card label and the A on the CPU Unit facing each other 3 Push the Memory Card securely into the compartment If the Memory Card is inserted correctly the Memory Card eject button will be pushed out Removing the Memory Card 1 2 3 1 Press the Memory Card power supply switch Memory Card power supply switch 108 File Memor Section 3 2 2 Press the Memory Card eject button after the BUSY indicator is no longer lit BUSY indicator Memory Card eject button
344. nter the password again if you become uncertain of password input condition i Step 4 When completing the write of a new address by repeating the Write actions in 3 4 carry out actions Steps 1 and 2 to enter a letter except the password entering only 4 is enough to make the status Write Disable Nabtesco 6 6 Portable Keypad Operating For Type Thruster Controller 74SS48882 01E 3 4 Writing Data Writing data is possible only in the Write Enable condition and proceed as fol lows Step 1 According to 3 1 designate your desired data address Step 2 Press key button F2 WRITE to make the Write Mode effective The mode display shows Write Mode and the data display blank When the address attribute is Read Only Unused or W Write Enable plus Write Disable the Write Mode cannot be obtained Step 3 Enter a data by pressing key buttons 0 9 and The input possible data range is between 999 and 999 Then the enter of is possible only when there is no indication on the DATA display and each time is pressed the data is added with and to its top alternately When key button BS is pressed the inputted data is cleared Step 4 Press key button to make the entered data fixed The Mode Display turns R Read Mode to make the entered data stored However if the inputted data exceeds the u
345. ny deformation concave or convex In case any deformation concave or convex of more than 0 005mm is found it is necessary to do machining Table 1 a Tolerance of shaft at Bearing inner Race Tolerance of shaft at bearing inner race Unit 0 001 mm Shaft diameter range mm Ball bearing with bearing Ball bearing without bearing clamping type or roller bearing clamping type Maximum Upper limit Lower limit Upper limit Lower limit 7 9 17 Table 1 b Tolerance of Bearing at Inner Diameter Tolerance of bearing at inside diameter Unit 0 001mm Shaft diameter Range mm Ordinary class High precision class Minimum Maximum Upper limit Upper limit Lower limit inch 11 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Table 1 c Tolerance of Bearing Box at Bearing Outer race and Tolerance of Bearing at Outside diameter Tolerance of bearing Tolerance of bearing at inside diameter box at bearing Unit 0 01mm outer race Ordinary class high precision class Minimum Maximum Upper Lower Upper Lower Upper Lower inch limit limit limit limit limit limit Bearing box inside diameter range mm pua ee Se ptg po x Nu av pw nep FT S ee 20 ee 0 ee ee Mec eee S
346. o each loop cs a fulcrum and pry ihe grid oui rediclly in even stages proceeding citernofely from side io side Align couplings within Opercting Alignment Limits specified abeve imum speed stated SERVICE MANUAL 2204 01 Exceeding these limits reduces coupling end mox PERIODIC LUBRICATION Remove both lube plugs and insert lube fitting Fill with recommended lubricant until an excess appears at the opposite hole CAUTION Make certain all plugs have been inserted after lubricating COUPLING DISASSEMBLY AND GRID REMOVAL SF COUPLINGS RUNG SPACER INSTALLATION INSTRUCTION Installing Method and Position of Rung Spacer Install grid members properly in position push down rung spacers from the upper side For the position of installation insert rung spacers 2pcs at an interval of approx 90 degrees to the grid member cutout upper side motor side as shown in Fig 5 Number of pieces to be installed 2pcs x 4places 8pcs Selection of Rung Spacer Length When adjusting the length of rung spacer on your side select the length of rung spacer in accordance with the following procedure 1 Carry out centering of couplina completely and install this grid member 2 Next mieasure X Y dimensions dimensions from the rear end face to the inside of grid member R X Y Adjusted length of rung spacer Dimension E Cut rung spacers to the above dimensions Cutting
347. odical Inspection 4 1 1 Inspection Points 4 1 2 High Potential Test 4 1 3 Insulation Resistance 4 2 Trouble Shooting 4 3 Renewal Parts 4 4 Caution for Lifting and Disassembling 4 1 PERIODICAL INSPECTION 4 1 1 Inspection Points Generally three type inspections shall be carried out a Routine Inspection to inspect for the presence of abnormal matter b Monthly Inspection to inspect cleans and repairs without disassembling c Yearly Inspection to inspect clean and repair with disassembling Followings are typical inspection points Parts 1 Measurement and record of 1 Measurement and record of 1 Removal of dust Voltage Current Vibration Insulation Resistance 2 Looseness of stator core Temperature of stator 2 Measurement and record Looseness of slot wedge frame Temperature of of air gap 3 Measurement of insulation outlet air Ambient 3 Draining of water resistance before and after temperature and Moisture Disassembly 2 Number of starts 3 Presence of explosive gas or Corrosive gas 4 Inspection of coil surface 1 Looseness of core damage of teeth 2 Removal of dust 3 Looseness of bolts 1 Deformation of the rotor bar and enduring 1 Measurement of insulation resistance before and after disassembly 2 Looseness of soldering at the
348. of the Memory Card to the PT The indicator will flash green when the download has finished 3 25 Section 7 Maintenance and Troubleshooting This section describes the maintenance and inspection methods for preventing errors occurring and troubleshooting measures when errors occur in the PT 7 1 Maintenance Eh Sa 7 2 7 1 1 Replacing the Battery a an a un ettet tnmen nennen 7 2 7 2 Inspection and 7 4 7 3 Troubleshooting and Maintenance ee 7 6 7 4 Requesting a Replacement ON 7 14 7 1 Maintenance 7 1 Maintenance Perform maintenance operations to maintain the PT in optimum condition WARNING o Do not attempt to take the Unit apart and do not supplied Doing either of these may result in elec touch any internal parts while the power is being Q trical shock Backing up Project Data Always back up project data and store it in a safe place when the PT malfunctions and needs to be sent out for repair or when replacing the Unit Spare Units Prepare a spare PT to allow quick recovery of the system at such times as when the PT malfunctions or the service life of the backlight has expired causing poor screen visibility Backlight The backlight must be replaced when the brightness o
349. of the accident of human body caused by entanglement No 6 8 CAUTION The machine is not filled up with lubricating oil Before starting on operation fill the machine with the lubricating oil of the type as recommended by instruction manual drawing etc up to specified level The machine will result in failure if it is put in running without lubricating 011 or in the state of short of oil In case of abnormality stop the machine forthwith to investigate into cause of abnormality and never operate the machine until remedial actions have been taken There is a possibility of failure and injury 8 Maintenance and Inspection JN WARNING not operate the machine while the safety cover etc that were removed for inspection are being left unmounted There is a possible danger of the accident of human body caused by entanglement end Maintenance 110 STEELFLEX 7 MATCH MARK MUST BE UP FOR VERTICAL APPUCATIONS Instructions for Installation 14 STEELFLEX COUBLLINGS Horizontal and Vertical 3204 01 SERVICE MANUAL Type TTO Subject to change without nohce COUPLING PARTS PART NUMBERS 1 Seal 2 Cover Hub Specify bore and keywey Gnd Gasket Fusteners Lube Plug Manufactured Under License from FALK Milwaukee WHEN ORDERING SPARE PARTS SPECIFY COUPLING SIZE AND TYPE A
350. oid valve OFF deviation Enter it into address 080 Solenoid valve ON deviation Enter it into address 081 Ordered value 7 Setting blade angle at the time of reducing demand Blade angle is reduced on the pre set value at the time of reducing demand However it works only case of maneuvering dial order is higher than setting value a PORT side Enter into address 085 Input range 25 0 Deg b STBD side Enter into address 086 Input range 0 25 Deg In case of no use this function enter 25 into address 085 and 25 into address 086 Moreover in case of use auto zero pitch function enter 0 into address 085 and 086 Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 20 21 STERN 8 Adjustment of blade angle signal output terminal 110 111 NOT USED 1 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows STBD 25 Adjust data of address 218 so that voltage of terminal No 110 111 is 10 0 0 05V If a setting value is increased voltage will go up 2 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows 0 Adjust data of address 217 so that voltage of terminal No 110 111 is 0 0 0 05V If a setting value is increased voltage will go up 3 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows PORT 25 Adjust data of address 216 so that voltage of terminal No 110 111 is 10 0 0 05V If a setting va
351. on Shaft current through bearing parts Check of bearing insulation a Hollows b Pitting c Shock bruise during transportation d Shock bruise during assembly Scuffing small seizure on raceway and or rolling Rolled foreign matters Check of working condition Between raceway and rolling Elements Careless handling Careful handling Careless handling Careful mounting Check of lubricants and lubricating condition 1 Poor lubrication 2 Improper selection of lubricant 3 Skewing of rolling elements elements 1 Insufficient interference between fittings a Abrasion of inside and or outside of surface b Change of colour of rolling surface 1 Check of tightening force 2 Check of manufacturing accuracy of shaft and bearing box 2 Poor tightening of sleeve Table 3 Troubles and their countermeasures of sleeve bearings Appearances Causes Countermeasures a Abnormal temp increase 1 Inadequate contact of 1 Scraping of metal surface or over heat bearing or poor oil film 2 Oiling replacement of b Scuffing 2 Poor lubrication deterioration lubricants check of oil c Seizure and contamination of viscosity lubricants Check of the dimension Deformation of oil ring modification or replacement Excessive slip of related parts Over load of metal or 4 Check of alignment and misalignment end play Abnormal thrust load
352. on switch on the bridge remote control stand to Control Power ON 3 Manipulate each switch and confirm lighting of the corresponding pilot lamp 4 Confirm lighting of each pilot lamp also at the motor 44 control panel 5 The alarm lamps and buzzers are to detect drop of gravity tank oil level drop of pressure etc Hence manipulate the level relay and pressure switch to confirm lighting of the pilot lamp and sounding of the buzzer respectively A DANGER DO THE ABOVE WITH THE THRUSTER DRIVE MOTOR OFF 7 Starting For starting of the thruster follow the procedure given in Part 1 1 2 Operation Manual 45 Part 8 Spare Parts When the ordering the spare parts please note the following 1 Kindly let us have spare parts orders in writing In urgent case orders by fax will be sufficient 2 The order must contain the following data 1 the Type Denomination Machine number as indicated on the rating plate of the thruster tube 2 quantity of the spares to be ordered 3 the parts number parts name and drawing number of the spare parts mentioned in the separate spare parts list 4 the required means of dispatch e g by air by sea freight etc 3 Our agencies are entitled to book orders see last page 23 22 39 21 36 19 58 37 7 18 26 28 29 SS wan SAA iy EET A i 7 27 25 ipm aga UL d Lr I alam
353. onnection and changed over to A connection running aller 5 sec 32 1T PS start up protection timer 60 sec 2 2T Stand by star parallel running timer Max 60 sec A stand by motor is running in parallel with a lead motor and changed to single running after 5 sec 63T PS FS chattering protection timer Max 60 sec A failed action by rolling pitching of ship etc is prevented amp 3CT PS FS chattering protection timer 60 sec A failed action by rolling pitching of ship etc is prevented 3 0T PS FS chattering protection timer Max 60 sec A failed action by rolling pitching of ship eic is prevented 8 6 Check and raintenance A CAUTION Keep the other sections concerned informed of your check and maintenance and put up a caution sign before you start the work since otherwise the feed from any of the surrounding apparatus could cause an electric shock etc Z CAUTION Before performing check and maintenance switch off the power Confirm the voltage using a voltage detector since a power may be supplied from outside even after all the power supplies in the switchboard have been turned off ZN CAUTION If the user repairs or modifies he is expected to keep the action recorded or revise the drawings concerned and preserve the record or revised drawings for a long time f any check or repair not specified in this instruction manual becomes necessary immed
354. onsider the modification of the switchboard in response to the change of any condition 9 3 11 is desirable that the check and caintenance of related apparatus installed outside the s itcnboard such as gain circuit cable control circuit cable and switches is performed sizultaneouslv with the check and zaintenance of the switchboard 9 2 Classification of check and maintenance To prevent the accidents of the ssitchboard and sustain the functions of the switchboard systematic check and maintenance work is necessary Check and maintenance work is generally classified as folloss 1 Routine check 2 Periodical check 3 Temporary check 9 2 1 Routine check This check is performed routinely to sustain the functions of the switchboard Before during and after operation the switchboard is observed outside and as the case may be by opening the door mainly using the five senses to find out any discoloration abnormal noise abnormal odor heat generation ingress of rain water etc This is done when the equipment as a whole is generally inspected The check frequency is not less than once a day in principle 9 2 2 Periodical check This check is performed systematically to confirm and sustain the functions of the switchboard Apparatus is stopped to confirm whether there is any failure and as required overhauled The check frequency is recommended to be desirably once per 6 months to not less than once a ye
355. otective apparel Additionally due to Kawasaki s continuing efforts to improve and refine its products the specifications herein are subject to change Foreman Training If after reading the installation manual you have additional questions about the use of this equipment or if you need operator foreman and worker training please contact with KHI s branch or representative in the world 2 The following symbols are present in this manual to signify to the operator foreman and worker that proper guidelines as set forth in the text are designed to provide pertinent information A DANGER THIS SYMBOL IDENTIFIES SPECIAL WARNINGS OR PROCEDURES WHICH IF NOT STRICTLY OBSERVED WILL RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH A WARNING THIS SYMBOL IDENTIFIES SPECIAL WARNINGS OR PROCEDURES WHICH IF NOT STRICTLY OBSERVED COULD RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY OR DEATH A CAUTION THIS SYMBOL IDENTIFIES SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS OR PROCEDURES WHICH IF NOT CORRECTLY FOLLOWED MAY RESULT IN INJURY OR PROPERTY DAMAGE A IMPORTANT THIS SYMBOL IDENTIFIES SPECIAL INSTRUCTIONS OR PROCEDURES WHICH IF NOT CORRECTLY FOLLOWED COULD RESULT IN MACHINE DAMAGE A NOTE THIS SYMBOL IDENTIFIES SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION TO EMPHASIZE OR POINT OR PROCEDURE OR TO GIVE A FOR EASIER INSTALLATION AND OR OPERATION General The side thruster is a transverse propelling device with its propeller mounted in the lateral through tunnel in the hull such
356. ouch this Keep SYSTEM MENU DISABLE Move to MENU Picture Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 020070207 Picture Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 020870215 Picture Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 0300 0307 Picture Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 030870315 Picture Move to SYSTEM CONFIG Picture Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 0000 0007 Picture Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 000870015 Picture Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 010070107 Picture Move to INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 0108 0115 Picture H1630 31 71 72 99 1700 1701 1733 TAIYO ELECTRIC CO LTD PTM 2 The Operation Manual for Thruster Control Panel G15334 INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 0000 0007 H VO START INTERLOCK B ALARM H 1 of ef INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 000070007 PICTURE P3 lt KEY PAD APPEARS gt INPUT CHANNEL SETTING TENKEY 7 VO DTIME 5 Er a al SES oibo QUIE O INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 000870015 PICTURE P4 INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 0008 0015 CH START INTERLOCK CONDITION 21 2 53 Sif oiko sisi s 5 BEBE HHI H1630 31 71 72 99 1700 1701 1733 INPUT CHANNEL SETTING 000070007 PICTURE
357. over supply interruption In case of power supply interruption all power supplies are interrupted Theiefore open magnetic contactor to stop motor When power supply recovers from interruption one type UVP needs to push starting button for restart and the other type UVR does not need 11 because of automatic operation stall 4 Terminology 4 1 Undervoltage protection UVP When undervoltage occurs motor clicull 1s automatically opened Even when voltage 1ecovers thereafter motor does not restart again on that condition 4 2 Undervoltage important auxiliary machines motor clicuit 1s automatically opened when undervoltage occuis when voltage recovers thereafter the motor as operating before undervoltage condition starts automatically again without pushing starting push button Sequentiallv starting timer 101 1s provided depending on the application 8 3 1 3 Time adjustment of a time Perform a time setting by dip switch according to the following table while checking a timer indication on the printed circuit board SIC printed circuit board timer Location of each switch e EX In order to set 5 sec set switches of 1 and 3 to ON 2 1T 2 2T 63T 3 0T 10T 19T r BEBEBE BEBEBE D 2 4 8 16 32 I 2 0 BG 16 32 Combination of switches for each time Timer s type and time Dip switch no Dimer s type and time iDip switch no minute 110 minute minute
358. ovided on the solenoid valve in the hydraulic unit to set the following blade angles of propeller as correct as possible When carrying out the adjustment by oneself the method in 2 3 2 4 is recommendable a The value of an address 010 is read in a following blade angle position and the value is inputted into the address shown to When ten pus E and 205 When ten pi i and 205 Value of Add 010 Data input Add STBD 25 PORT 25 STBD 12 5 PORT 12 5 pa O j G PORT 12 5 STBD 12 5 PORT 25 STBD 25 074 b The value of an address 200 is read in a following blade angle position and the value is inputted into the address shownto When ten 27 and 205 When ten 4 and 205 Value of Add 200 Data input Add STBD25 1 STBD12 5 1 1 Doe Oe PORTI25 STBDi25 1 Q0 PORT 257 j STBD25 5 Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 18 21 STERN 2 3 Make non follow up control condition 2 4 Under machine side control press manual buttons provided on the solenoid valve in the hydraulic unit to set the following blade angles of propeller as correct as possible a The output voltage of potentiometer is measured with the terminal 5 6 of blade angle transmitter in a following blade angle position b Input the value into the address shown in When ten keys 069 and 20
359. panel protects the Unit from chemicals The whole sheet is opaque white and made from silicon rubber NT30 KBA01 Chemical resistant Cover for the NS5 V1 A 1 4 Replacement Battery CJ1W BATO1 This is a lithium battery for backing up the contents of the memory ERN P CJ1W BAT01 Specifications CJ1W BATO1 Replacement Battery for NS12 V1 NS10 V1 NS8 V1 NS5 V1 A 9 5 Recommended Memory Cards HMC EF172 HMC EF372 and HMC EF672 A 9 6 Recommended Memory Card Adapter HMC AP001 The Memory Card is an external memory that can save and read screen data log data and system programs between the PT and computer By using the 001 this data can be exchanged with computers that are connected to PC Cards The memory capacity depends on the model of the Memory Card used HMC EF172 HMC EF372 AINSERT OMRON HMC EF372 MEMORY CARD A 42 SYSMAC CJ Series CJ1G H CPULTT2H CU4M CPULT J CJU1G CPULT Programmable Controllers OPERATION MANUAL Ci SYSMAC CJ Series CJ1G H CPULILIH CJ1M CPUL CJ1G CPUL Programmable Controllers Operation Manual Revised September 2003 Notice OMRON products are manufactured for use according to proper procedures by a qualified operator and only for the purposes described in this manual The following conventions are used to indicate and classify precautions in this manual Always heed the information provided with them Failure to heed
360. pper or lower limit the data becomes ineffective and the previous data is shown Step 5 Repeat Steps 1 4 to enter your desired data 7SH60507 02 1 6 Nabtesco TENKEY DATA ADDRESS LIST FOR TYPE THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM BOW THRUSTER SHIPYARD HYUNDAI HEAVY INDUSTRIES CO LTD S NO H 1630 REVISION 1 NABTESCO SHOP TEST 2005 5 19 2 3 4 READOUT OPERATION OF DATA INPUT THE ADDRESS FOR THE DATA BE READ OUT WITH THE KEYBOARD AND THE ADDRESS IS DISPLAY ON THE ADDRESS DISPLAY SECTION AND THE DATA ON THE DATA DISPLAY SECTION S NO H 1630 7SH60507 02 2 6 BOW FOR CONTROL ADJUSTABLE UNIT SETTING VALUE 2 TENKEY DESCRIPTION 8 D m 0 DIAL FG OUTPUT SIGNAL 002 PORTABLE DIAL FG INPUT SIGNAL 3 PORTABLE DIAL FG OUTPUT SIGNAL e STBD WING DIAL FG OUTPUT SIGNAL PORT WING DIAL FG INPUT SIGNAL ORT WING DIAL FG OUTPUT SIGNAL Deg KICS ORDER FG INPUT SIGNAL KICS ORDER FG OUTPUT SIGNAL Deg FEEDBACK FG INPUT SIGNAL Volt FEEDBACK FG OUTPUT SIGNAL Deg 07 08 DIAL ORDER SIGNAL 015 OTOR LOAD FG INPUT SIGNAL MOTOR LOAD FG OUTPUT SIGNAL OTOR LOAD DEVIATION z 79 i 8 5 I o a gt z 5 gt RE x gt m 5 m c e 2 gt c gt 4 gt 2 gt m olo lt 02 6 gt
361. propeller Confirm that the oil level in the gravity tank is as specified Leave it to stand for 1 day after confirmation of the oil level to check for oil leakage Each time the ship is docked Attach a lever to the coupling as same way for the measurement of the starting torque Drive a wooden wedge between the propeller blade and the tube in order to lock the propeller against rotation Remove the wedge after measurement Set a dial gauge on the lever of the coupling and move the coupling to measure the backlash See Fig 4 Record the measured values For the permissible limit refer to the Technical data 22 Method procedure Inspection item Remove the flexible coupling Attach a lever to the coupling as shown in Fig 2 and measure the starting torque The starting torque can be measured if so desired with the flexible coupling connected as shown in Fig 3 8 Measurement of starting torque Remove the flexible coupling and attach an eye bolt to the coupling Do this with the coupling retaining plate fitted Pull up the coupling and measure the displacement with a dial gauge See Fig 4 9 Measurement of input shaft displacement 10 Checking of wear of gear tooth Let out the system oil in the thruster using a hand face pump or through the drain hole in the propeller hub Open the checking cover and check meshing of the gears inside Completely drain the system oil and remove t
362. r Error code in A400 RACK No 80EA DPL ERR 80 0 Flag and word data A40113 Duplication Error Flag A410 CPU Bus Unit Duplicate Number Flags A40113 Duplication Error Flag A411 to A416 Spe cial I O Unit Duplicate Number Flags A409 Expansion Rack Dupli cate Rack Number A40109 Program Error Flag A294 to A299 Pro gram error information Probable cause The same number has been allocated to more than one CPU Bus Unit Bits A41000 to A41015 cor respond to unit numbers 0 to F The same number has been allocated to more than one Special Unit Bits A41100 to A41615 cor respond to unit numbers 0 to 95 The same I O word has been allocated to more than one Basic Unit An Expansion Rack s start ing word address exceeds CIO 0901 The corresponding bit in A40900 to A40903 Racks 0 to 3 will be turned ON The program is incorrect See the following rows of this table for details The address at which the program stopped will be out put to A298 and A299 A29511 No END error A29515 UM overflow error The last address in UM user program memory has been exceeded Possible remedy Check the unit numbers eliminate the duplications and turn the Rack s power supply OFF and then ON again Check the unit numbers eliminate the duplications and turn the Rack s power supply OFF and then ON again Check allocations to Units on the rack number whose bit i
363. r modify the PT Follow all local government regulations where applicable when disposing of the Unit and used batteries c 5 zt o 5 environment Mounting conditions Parts with limited service life 7 5 7 3 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 3 Troubleshooting and Maintenance 7 6 When an error occurs while operating the PT search for the symptom in the following table and take measures according to those provided Errors during Data Transfer Symptoms at PT Serial transfer The NS Designer is Check the wiring conditions of the connecting cable not connected to Refer to 3 3 Connecting the NS Designer the PT not possible between NS Designer and FinsGateway set Change the setting according to the following procedure PT ting is incorrect 1 Select Start Program FinsGateway Service Manager from the Windows menu 2 The PLC icon will be displayed in the bottom right of the screen Right click the icon and select Setting 3 Click Services in the Basic Tab Page Select Serial Unit under Service Settings and then click the Start Button 4 Click Network in the Basic Tab Page Double click Seri alUnit COM1 under Network and Unit Settings 5 Click the Network Tab Page in the SerialUnit Provider dialog box Check that the network number is set to 1 or higher and is not the same as any other network num ber that the Exclusive field is
364. r replacing any faulty Unit Do not replace a Unit until the power is turned OFF Check the new Unit to make sure that there are no errors faulty Unit is being returned for repair describe the problem in as much detail as possible enclose this description with the Unit and return the Unit to your OMRON representative For poor contact take a clean cotton cloth soak the cloth in industrial alcohol and carefully wipe the contacts clean Be sure to remove any lint prior to remounting the Unit Note 1 When replacing a CPU Unit be sure that not only the user program but also all other data required for operation is transferred to or set in the new CPU Unit before starting operation including DM Area and HR Area set tings If data area and other data are not correct for the user program un expected accidents may occur Be sure to include the routing tables Controller Link Unit data link tables network parameters and other CPU 433 Replacing User serviceable Parts Section 12 2 Bus Unit data which are stored as parameters in the CPU Unit Refer to the CPU Bus Unit and Special Unit operation manuals for details on the data required by each Unit 2 The simple backup operation can be used to store the user program and all parameters for the CJ1 H CPU Unit DeviceNet Units Serial Communi cations Units and other specific Units in a Memory Card as backup files A Memory Card and the simple backup operation can be
365. ration of motor is classified as follows a Forced vibration unbalanced coupling foundation or reciprocal force and etc b Free vibrations by shock shock jotting and etc c Self exciting vibration friction surging and etc If abnormal vibration occurred search the cause The considerable causes of vibration are listed up as follows 1 Vibration at no load uncoupled condition a Unbalance of rotor b Uneven air gap length e c Single phase operation d Shorting between coils or phases e Bad bearing or bearing condition f Unbalance of coupling g Unusual contact with rotating part h Bending of shaft i Poorness of foundation and installation j Looseness of rotor mounted part 2 Vibration at no load coupled condition a Remaining unbalance b Looseness of foundation bolt or mounting bolt of stator frame c Gap between base and foundation or gap between base and stator frame d Resonance with foundations e Poorness of alignment f Uneven sinking of foundation g Critical speed of shaft system h Coupling connecting method i Bending of shaft j Vibration transmitted from driven machine 3 Vibration which changes with load condition a Looseness of rotor fitting part b Unevenness of air gap c Unbalance of magnetic center between stator and rotor d Cracking of rotor bar and or enduring In the case of cage type rotor 4 Another causes a poorness of coupling fitting to shaf
366. rding to cause indicated by the FAL number set by user Error Processing Section 11 2 Non fatal Errors System FAL error Interrupt Task error PLC Setup error Program Error ming code in Console A400 display SYS FAIL FAL INTRPT 008B ERR DENSITY 009A ERR PLC Setup 009B A non fatal error has occurred if the indicators have the following conditions in RUN or MONITOR mode Unit Indicator POWER RUN ERRALM NH PRPHL COMM ON oN Flashing Connect a Programming Console to display the error message or use the error log window on the CX Programmer The cause of the error can be deter mined from the error message and related Auxiliary Area flags and words Errors are listed in order of importance When two or more errors occur at the same time the more serious error s error code will be recorded in A400 Flag and Probable cause Possible remedy word data A40215 FAL 006 has been exe Correct according to cause indicated by FAL Error cuted in program FAL number set by user Flag Executed FAL Number A360 to Flags A36001 to A39115 A391 Exe correspond to FAL numbers cuted FAL 001 to 511 Number The error code in A400 will Flags indicate the FAL number The leftmost digit of the code will be 4 and the right most 3 digits of the code will be from 100 to 2FF hex and will correspond to FAL num bers 001 to 511 A40213 PLC Setup Set
367. re Dark carta terzinal Looseness wire Earth busba carth Maintenance resistance 12 Outside in general Looseness Discoloration Contamination Looseness 6 Teroinal bloch 13 Connectors In general 1 External cable Contaainati0n connec tors Discoloration Rus ting 8 Accesso 14 Cooling fan 110 ries Contamination L5 Fitter Internal Action 1H luninating light IT Plug sockets Damage 9 Internal 18 various handle Damage jo accesso Duolicate keys Quantity ries Test plug Itema r c Control Junoer Special tools Test box Others 11 2 SIC Type STARTER MODULE General SIC type is STARTER module which is configured by PCB Printed Circuit Board control circuit The PCB is installed miniature relay timer push button indication lamp and so on Feature 1 SIC is integrated module which is installed PCB contro circuit amp meter transformer changeover switch and so on at standardized mold unit STARTER panel can be designed more simple and down sizing by using SIC 2 SIC is using reliable relay logic circuit on PCB 3a SIC is integrating and standardizing STARTER control circuit on PCB The quality is high and reliable 4 SIC is maintenance free by using PCB control circuit of STARTER 5 SIC has serial communication function
368. recision parts 2 Material is extremely hard Bearings are made extraordinarily hard so as to be able to withstand a great contact pressure that may be locally applied Nevertheless there is a danger of their being broken if subjected violent impact force In addition the life of bearings is apt to be shortened when their temperature exceeds 120 3 The inner and outer races are thin As the inner and outer races are made extremely thin so that the bearings are as compact as possible any deformation or distortion of a shaft or housing will appear on the races 4 Susceptible to rusting Bearings are susceptible to rusting and the rust is apt to spread Special care is required in handling and e storing the bearings 5 Easily injured by vibration when not in operation When a stopped machine with ball or roller bearings is given a vibration by another machine repeated sliding action is produced between the rolling surface and balls or rollers of the bearings Sliding traces in the pitch of balls or rollers are occasionally marked on the rolling surface as illustrated in Fig 1 and may cause abnormal noises and vibration Bearings on machines in motion are not injured by a small vibration but in case machines are out of operation care must be taken so that they are given as little vibrations as possible Fig 1 Example of fretting corrosion This is apt to be produced on the rolling surface of the inner race of ball or roller bearing a
369. ree Exchange the of cables elc sense abnoraal odor aire concerned Cable Dazage to cable ducts caole bands To be free danage Exchange the hangers and cleats due 0 overheat etc part concerned and saddles Hire marks Deformation and coatng olt Visual sense be free Exchange the fron deforaalion part concerned and coming olf due to overheat and temporal deterioration etc of characters Characters Exchange the due to dust deposition etc 0 be legible part concerred 9 7 Table 2 continued Caec msthod ction or craction External tsr lnal black 1n general External cable conneclors Cooling fans Filters Internal illuminating light Plug sockets lt gt tu i a lt Cracking and ot grounding Deposition foreign 2801 ars and dust Loosening of plug fixing bolts covaling nuts Cracking and br of grounding 22 Ingress and of foreign matt caola crazos a ing arial 2 t etc 0514100 ers and dust etc Discoloration b overheat etc Rusting 0 Abnornal operat and dust onto f Contaaination Reliable flashi Cracking and br of grounding ma clogging and depestlion of foreign matters RS parts ing stale Deposition of foreign matters ans etc ng ea ing terial etc
370. ries subjected to shock may leak When mounting the battery be sure to use the correct battery and mount it correctly Replacement Method Perform the following procedure within five minutes to replace the battery The shape of the battery cover and the direction for installing the connector depend on the PT model gt After power to the has been turned ON and at least five minutes have lapsed turn OFF the power Open the battery cover on the rear panel of the PT Remove the battery that is secured inside the PT grasp the cable and pull the connector out vertically to remove it 4 Connect the new battery connector and insert the battery into the battery holder the battery cover 5 Close the battery cover being careful not to squash the battery cable 7 3 7 2 Inspection and Cleaning 7 2 Inspection and Cleaning Clean and inspect the PT periodically to maintain it in optimum condition for use Cleaning Methods The screen visibility will be impaired if the display becomes dirty Clean the display periodi cally using the following methods e For daily cleaning wipe with a soft dry cloth Attempting to remove heavy dirt with the cloth may scratch the front panel sheet Use a damp cloth and wipe the surface again to remove dirt e If dirt cannot be removed using a dry cloth dampen the cloth sufficiently with a neutral cleaning agent solution approximately 2 squeeze the cloth ou
371. riodic inspections are required in order to maintain the PLC s func tions in peak operating condition 12 1 1 Inspection Points Although the major components in CJ series PLCs have an extremely long life time they can deteriorate under improper environmental conditions Periodic inspections are thus required to ensure that the required conditions are being kept Inspection is recommended at least once every six months to a year but more frequent inspections will be necessary in adverse environments Take immediate steps to correct the situation if any of the conditions in the fol lowing table are not met No Hem inspection An 1 Source Power Check for voltage fluctuations The voltage must be within Use a voltage tester to check the Supply at the power supply terminals the allowable voltage fluctu power supply at the terminals Take ation range necessary steps to bring voltage See note fluctuations within limits Power Sup Check for voltage fluctuations Voltages must be within Use a voltage tester to check the ply at the terminals specifications for each Unit power supply at the terminals Take necessary steps to bring voltage fluctuations within limits Ambient environ Check the ambient tempera Use a thermometer to check the ment ture Inside the control panel temperature and ensure that the if the PLC is in a control ambient temperature remains panel within the allowed rang
372. rise Even if the noises are somewhat louder than usual the machine may be kept in use if the vibration and temperature rise are normal The bearing temperature rises gradually with the lapse of time after commencement of operation and reaches a constant state after a certain period which varies with machines but is usually approximately 2 hours Ifthere is abnormal temperature rise or if unusual noises or vibration occurs it is necessary to stop the machine and investigate the cause The following are items to be considered in locating the cause 1 Poor quality of grease 2 Excessive filling of grease 3 Insufficient filling of grease 4 Dirt mixed in grease 5 Deflection caused during mounting of bearing or assembly of machine 6 Excessively small clearance 7 Flaws on rollers balls and races 8 Retainer noise 9 Exfoliation and biting 10 Deformation of inner and outer races 11 Improper coupling with driven machine o 12 Faulty balancing 13 Elongation of shaft due to temperature 14 Deterioration of grease 15 Others 8 Washing In case of washing bearings put them into while kerosene heated to a temperature of 40 60 C and clease them well and then give them a finishing bath give them a finishing bath in fresh white kerosene Even if the bearings will not turn they must not be turned forcedly otherwise the rolling surface may possibly be scratched It is therefore necessary to turn them slowly and gently while
373. roughly and understand its contents sufficiently before operation inspection and maintenance of this product TAIYO ELECTRIC CO LTD IG15334 CONTENTS GENERAL for STARTER PANEL with PC BOARD OPERATION MAMUAL for TOUCH PANEL PTM 1 9 4 PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLERS Series PLC 1 Introduction ttt IIIA III III tnn 1 2 Safely hehehe hh metit 2 2 1 Cautions for safety 444444 4 4 6 0 00000 0 hr hh hh hh meth tn 3 2 1 1 Cautions for safety during transportation 3 14 Cautions for safety during installation prior to operation 3 2 1 3 Caution during energization nnn 4 2 1 4 Caution for modification ce 4 2 1 5 Caution for protective devices ee 4 2 1 6 Cautions for check and maintenance 4 2 2 Safety label cr ry 5 2 021 Safety label for preventing electric shock 5 2 2 2 Safety label for megger and voltage withstand test 5 3 Outline of the product sisse tmm mmn 6 3 1 Purpose of USC corr rrr rere tere reer cree eer eee rere eee hh hh thm tmn 6 3 2 Features of the product 6 4 Qualification of operators 6 5 Identification 7 6 Unloading unp
374. rusting To be free froa paint pee Q erheat of housing Touch sense Rusting of moving parts and sliding parts Paint peeling on tae surface and bach of housing Repair or re paint ling breasing Yisual sense Loosening coming ott and warping Markings to be legible Exchange the part concerned of caaracters due to dust deposition or contanination Loosening of attaching bolts E Visual sense To be free Re tighten retightening loosening Cracking breaking and 21 Visual sense be free from Exchange of craxps etc he part concerned Vibration noise to loose bolts Auditory To be free Re lighten sense from abnoraal noise Exazine and eliminate the cause of overheat Examine and eliminate the cause of overheal To be free abnormal odor Abnornal odor Olfactory due to overheat of busbar etc sense To be free froa discoloration Discoloration Visual sense due to overheat of busbar Table 2 cortirved Place C 2z 4 1122 Discoloration C 2 lo 0 2 ot grourding a2terial Deposition OL 1972120 22 1215 Visual sanse 20 dust 227115 Loos2airg of 091145 at Ju clions sense 170 be tree 42 1121 21 1075 etc 1102 loosening to and
375. ry Card For details on methods for transferring data from the Memory Card to the PT refer to 3 6 3 Transferring Data with Memory Cards 3 6 3 Transferring Data with Memory Cards Using a Memory Card with the PT allows system programs programs that are required to operate the PT such as those for communications and fonts and screen data to be trans ferred to and from the PT Use the DIP switch on the rear panel of the PT to set the operating mode for data transfer to automatic download transfers data from the Memory Card to the PT automatic upload transfers data from the PT to the Memory Card or manual transfer user selects whether to download or upload Data can be transferred with the Memory Card when the PT is started up Note Before transferring data check that the system programs and screen data types match those in the PT Always reset the PT or turn ON the power again after changing the DIP switch setting Do not perform the following operations while accessing the Memory Card The data may be damaged and the Memory Card may need to be formatted Turn OFF the power to the PT Press the PT reset switch Remove the Memory Card e Always use the following procedure to remove the Memory Card If the PT system is damaged due to the power being turned OFF while a file is being written or other reason using normal downloading to replace the system programs may not be pos sible For details on troubl
376. ry of Power Supply Unit Replace Power Supply Unit is faulty RUN output does not turn ON RUN indicator lit CJ1W PA205R Serial Communications Unit or CPU Bus Unit does not operate or malfunc tions Bits do not operate past a certain point Error occurs in units of 8 points bit turns ON All bits in one Unit do not turn ON Special Units 1 The 1 O Connecting Cable is faulty Replace the I O Connecting Cable 2 The I O bus is faulty Replace the Control Unit or Interface Unit Refer to the Operation Manual for the Special Unit to troubleshoot any other errors Symptom Cause The ERH and RUN refreshing is not being performed for the Change the bit corresponding to the unit num indicators on the Spe Unit from the CPU Unit CPU Unit monitoring ber to 0 to enable cyclic refreshing or make cial I O Unit are lit error sure that the Unit is refreshed from the program It s possible that cyclic refreshing has been dis using IORF at least once every 11 s abled for the Special I O Unit in the Cyclic Refresh Disable Setting in the PLC Setup i e the bit corresponding to the unit number has been set to 1 427 n roubleshooting Racks and Units Section 11 3 CJ Long distance Expansion Racks CPU Unit won t operate No response to Programming Devices and no CPU Unit indicators are lit Expa
377. s FAL 006 0001 to 01FF 1 to 511 decimal 4101 to 42FF FALS 007 0001 to 01FF 1 to 511 decimal C101 to C2FF Error Log Structure When more than 20 errors occur the oldest error data in A195 to A199 is deleted and the newest record is stored in A100 to A104 Error Log Area 4 102 Error code Error contents Minute second Time of lpawhour occurrence OOF A104 Year month A105 Error code A106 Error contents A107 Minute second Order of Error code occurrence A100 Arce A103 day nour b Tmeo eees c H Error contents Minute second Dav h Time of hour occurrence PC Year month ae t Error Log Pointer error counter 196 A187 A198 189 Note The Error Log Pointer can be reset by turning ON the Error Log Pointer Reset Bit 50014 effectively clearing the error log displays from the Programming Consoles or CX Programmer The contents of the Error Log Area will not be cleared by resetting the pointer 404 Error Processin Section 11 2 11 2 Error Processing 11 2 1 Error Categories Errors in CJ series PLCs can be broadly divided into the following three cate gories Category Comments EAN CPU Standby The CPU Unit will not start opera OFF tion in RUN or MONITOR mode Non fatal Errors The CPU Unit will continue oper ON indicators will also operate including FAL 00
378. s Used to store the programs in the Memory ferred from the Memory Card when power is Card to switch operations or to automatically turned ON transfer programs at power up Memory The user program is not automatically trans Card ROM operation ferred from the Memory Card when power is Note When pin 7 is ON and pin 8 is OFF turned ON easy backup reading from the Memory Card is given priority so even if pin 2 is ON the user program is not automati cally transferred from the Memory Card when power is turned ON Peripheral port communications parameters Turn ON to use the peripheral port for set in the PLC Setup are used device other than Programming Console or port communications parameters CX Programmer Peripheral bus only set using Programming Console or CX Pro Peripheral bus only are used ME port communications parameters Turn ON to use the RS 232C port for a Pro set using CX Programmer Peripheral bus gramming Device are used RS 232C port communications parameters set in the PLC Setup are used ON User defined pin Turns OFF the User DIP Set pin 6 to ON or OFF and use A39512 in Switch Pin Flag A39512 the program to create a user defined condi OFF User defined pin Turns ON the User DIP tion without using an I O Unit Switch Pin Flag A39512 ON Writing from the CPU Unit to the Memory Press and hold the Memory Card Power OFF Card Supply Switch for three seco
379. s better to replace the spare parts of O ring which is passed more than three 3 years after delivery of the vessel by new them 2 The following checking for the spare O rings should be carried out prior to fitting on the equipment 1 Hardness by shore 2 Bend them in order to confirm the no cracks and no damages ORDER EOZEN 31KB068 70 72 74 76 78 80 82 AAA 5 HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD GAS TURBINE amp MACHINERY COMPANY MACHINERY DIVISION MARINE MACHINERY EE PROPULSION MACHINERY ENG NG SECT T REVISION RI Spare parts of starter pane added oh ma Me 4 R2 Hatched with latest spec on Page Apt 2003 MI MO R3 Page 7 added May 9 203 an oll We faye Latest Spec fello a Ai DATE DRAWING NO November 24 2004 S4 977 365 R4 SHEETS COVER INC mee KT 157B1 SIDE THRUSTER SHIP NO PROPELLER amp GEAR CASE PART BOX NAME SKETCH DRAWING REMARKS PORE c EUR 283 5 FOR PROPELLER BLADE u E 4 4 58418626 221 229 5 FOR CRANK DISK E 414 p230 228 407 QE 11 c4401127 1229 EX 424 c4401745 24 557 64401745 1248 25 PACKING EN purs TES CHO0P 0 im 22727422HB
380. s now over If the oil leakage out of the thruster at various parts of it in the step 3 of this test the oil leakage test of the thruster as a whole can also be done simultaneously 4 3 2 GD 2 3 4 5 Procedure of checking gear tooth hearing This is to be done in the course of assembly This means that it is to be done with the input shafting fitted with the coupling and coupling retaining plate and with propeller shafting ready for fitting with the feed oil ring assembly Do tooth bearing adjustment for is input and propeller shaftings using the provided shims The backlash adjustment can also be done simultaneously This adjustment is to be done with the input shaft lifted Adjustment over pull the input shafting out from the inboard side and coat the pinion gear with red lead Set the shafting in the thruster turn it with the shaft lifted several turns and then pull out the shafting Take a print of the pinion gear tooth bearing using an adhesive tape or the like and add it to the test record Then incorporate the shafting definitively and checking of tooth bearing is now over 28 4 4 Notification of inspection items to us After completion of the inspections 4 1 4 2 and 4 3 mentioned above notify us of the respective inspection records 1 Date and place of inspection 2 Kinds of inspection Routine dry dock inspection each time the ship is docked insp
381. s promptly to the customer by reinforcing the inventory control system and the prompt delivery system We will prepare quotes for spare parts upon request Training Program Reliable technique and sincere attendance are the first requisite to satisfy your requirement Nabtesco is has established systematic training program ranging from the policy of after sales service to technical skills A certificate of achievement will be awarded to the trainees upon the successful completion of the program Training programs for crew and other end users are also available Meanwhile NABMIC Netherlands will open a training program for crew at the beginning of 2000 and Nabtesco Marine Service Singapore has just opened the similar program at this time For details please contact a service center convenient for you 1 9 29 8
382. s set to OFF set the address to ON PT is set to input Set system memory bit SB19 to OFF prohibit mode Touch the screen and input the password to cancel dis abling inputs Moving to System Set system memory bit SB3 to OFF Menu is prohibited There is no refer Use the NS Designer to check whether the folder storing ence file project data contains a reference file and resend the screen data to the PT The number of Set the number of rows to less than the maximum rows specified in the first row of the list selection is above the maxi mum 7 13 7 4 Requesting a Replacement PT 7 4 Requesting a Replacement PT Always observe the following precautions when faults are detected during inspection and the PT is to be replaced Create a backup of the PT project data Project data may be deleted when the PT is repaired by OMRON o e Always turn OFF the power before replacing the PT e After replacing the PT check to confirm that the new PT has no faults e When returning a faulty PT for repair include a document with the Unit that provides as many details on the fault as possible and send to your OMRON representative Appendices Appendix Quick Reference aee dett i eene Ie eta e A 2 Appendix 2 Specifications iieri erede er riorem PR A 3 2 1 General Specifications esses nenne eere enne nennen A 3 A 2 2 Characteristics Ta A 5 A 2 3 Communic
383. s wearing traces at the pitch of the ball or rollers 2 Precautions in Transporting Rotating Machines with Ball and roller Bearings When rotating machines with ball and roller bearings are transported by rail or truck it is rather frequent that corrosion trances called as fretting corrosion are produced on the rolling surface of the inner race due to minute lengthwise vibrations of the rotor This phenomenon is especially remarkable in the case of roller bearings For the purpose of preventing this corrosion resulting from the sliding action special metal clamp are attached when dispatching rotating machines from the factory to the ends of the shafts of the machines to suppress lengthwise vibrations of the rotor On such occasions when the rotating machines are displaced again after having been put with these metal clamps removed to a combination test with driven machines be certain that the metal clamps used at the time of shipment from the factory are properly attached to the machines For information concerning the way to attach them and the tightening pressure refer to the caution tag fixed to the machines It is recommended to check upon receiving rotating machines if metal clamps are attached to them 3 Construction of Bearings Bearing assemblies applied to horizontal motors and generators are classified two kinds of constructions 1 Grease valve type 2 Semi pack type The typical constructions are shown in Fig 2 and 3 The main d
384. s with a Phil lips head screwdriver Adequate spacing between Check visually and adjust if neces connectors sary No damage Check visually and replace cables if necessary Check for loose screws in external wiring Check crimp connectors in external wiring Check for damaged external Service life expectancy is 5 Replace the battery when its ser years at 25 C less at vice life has passed even if a bat higher temperatures tery error has not occurred From 0 75 to 5 years Battery life depends upon the depending on model model the percentage of time in wiring cables Check whether the battery power supply rate and service and ambient conditions ambient temperature User service able parts has reached its service life CJ1 and CJ1 H CPU Units CJ1W BAT01 CJ1M CPU Units CJ1W BATO01 Battery Note The following table shows the allowable voltage fluctuation ranges for source power supplies Supply voltage Allowable voltage range 100 to 240 VAC 85 to 264 VAC 24V DC 19 2 to 28 8 V DC Tools Required for Inspections Required Tools Slotted and Phillips head screwdrivers Voltage tester or digital voltmeter Industrial alcohol and clean cotton cloth Tools Required O ionall Synchroscope Oscilloscope with pen plotter Thermometer and hygrometer humidity meter 12 1 2 Unit Replacement Precautions Check the following afte
385. se m n ywzemelwe 3m C OUTPUT 6 PLC OUTPUT CJ1W 0C201 DC24V 48mA OUT 8 660 4 5 x3 C C B 1 GENERAL C14 w TERMINAL XW2F 20G7 IN16 IN 16 DC24V 1 C16 C17 gt 49STH1 AUX RELAY MY47 CR AC220V 60Hz 4c 1 6 with PYF 14A 49STX1 MY47 CR AC220V 60Hz 4 c11 with PYF 14A S CUST 1630 ed mu DRAWNO SHEET Eee TAYO PARTS LIST NO COLOR MASS CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER T CONTROL PANEL 63 15334 1 CP02 3 6 7 8 9 1 2 4 5 2040 10 2 7 8 SHEET NO REMARK www with CABLE 3m SYMBOL NAME SPECIFICATION 6 FUSE CELLO LITE UC 1 TER ae C18 nexs _ emwpwze oswgow le erua osogow mo low wth CABLE Sm mmm as _ emw axe osoeew wo en rerun laywap oswogow m cm ML mas aoza op _o swo eroso o uwoge TERMINAL TERMINAL TERMINAL TAIYO TAIYO with CABLE 3m with CABLE 3m with CABLE 3m Y 042770 Lu e YAY PARTS LIST NO COLOR MASS CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER T TI 111 CONTROL PANEL G3 15334 CP1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 6 7 8 QT MAKER SHEET NO REMARK wo lm SYMBOL NAME SPECIFICATION Qr o wenn messe om 1 men amma _ qsemorx e
386. se and should be maintained in just the same way as other ordinary bearings 6 4 Squeak sound Squeak is caused almost exclusively by roller bearings especially by large sized bearings with inside diameter of 90mm or more This noise sounds as the name indicator like a harsh squeak or creak and sounds so loud when it echoes against the end bracket or in a totally enclosed type housing This noise is caused by irregular movement of the rollers in no load range that have nothing to do with the weight of the load If is known that this noise is related to the clearance of bearing in the radial direction and to the condition of grease lubrication In spite of the special care taken for the clearance structure of the retainer and shape of the bearing box this problem has not yet been completely solved Squeak is apt to occur when the condition of grease lubrication is not satisfactory it is frequently heard when a machine which has been out of operation for a long time is run especially during the winter time when the grease tends to stiffen More often than not squeak can be eliminated by supplying a small amount of grease of the specified quality between the roller and the retainer This noise may sometimes recur during operation of the machine and in this case too replenishment of grease is recommended The occurrence of squeak does not always mean the inability of the machine to be operated as long as there is no abnormal vibration or temperature I
387. se should therefore be locked securely by the respective methods recommended in the table below To ensure perfect locking of all these careful checking should be made in the course of reassembly as well as at every dry dock inspection 2 Locking method The recommended means of locking for the rotary and stationary parts are as follows Rotary part Wire locking plate Stationary part Wire and in the Remark column of the table below indicate rotary part and stationary part respectively 5 3 1 Propeller part Hexagon headed bolt on the 1 blade bolt Blade bolt Bar and Welding Hexagon socket head bolt Wire flange EX Propeller hub Hexagon headed bolt Shaft sealing liner 37 5 3 2 Propeller shaft EZ Bevel wheel fastening Bevel wheel Propeller shaft Oil entry tube Pin Follower ring Split pin A Return lever p Hiesagonshepd Bolt plige sealing Wire Hexagon socket bolt Hexagon socket head bolt Wire amp spot welding 1 1 1 4 Pipe connector 011 tube spot welding Hexagon socket head bolt Cover of feed ring Ero Support chain 12 Ditt W Locking plate Spot welding with Ditto Gear case cap E plate 38 5 3 3 Input shafting Bearing housing 1 t W seat cover me Coupling stopper 7 Wire A plate Blad 1 transmitter 5 3 4 Flexibl
388. sed for purposes other than transferring data when uploading is per formed the data in the folders will be deleted and the data in the PT will be copied to the folders Therefore do not use or BANKO SYSTEM when creating folders in the Memory Card Set all pins to OFF when using the PT for normal operations 3 6 Using Memory Cards Automatic Download An automatic download transfers system programs and screen data from the Memory Card to the PT Set the DIP switch for automatic download as shown below The Memory Card cannot be used to transfer data when the DIP switch pins are set to com binations other than those specified here DIP switch pin and status 1 2 3 4 5 mni Automatically downloads bank 1 system pro ree rams and screen data OFF OFF OFF orF 9 Automatically downloads bank 2 system pro 5 x rams and screen data OFF OFF oFF mA Automatically downloads bank 3 system pro rams and screen data OFF OFF OFF 9 ON Automatically downloads bank 4 system pro M pa 7 rams and screen data OFF OFF OFF OFF Use the following procedure to automatically download data 1 2 3 4 Turn OFF the power to the PT Set the DIP switch Insert the Memory Card with the specified banks stored in it into the PT Turn ON the power to the PT The system programs and screen data will be written to the PT 5 The status
389. sna ucun ku S ETALERR SYP 0 75mmtf OUST ee DRAWNO SHEET F BOW THRUSTER STARTER 154 921 CONNECTION DIAG cis 15334 1 Wii 4 5 6 SCP 1 5mm2 MAN MOT unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm SYP 0 75mm Te Ave DREWNO q ELECTRIC CO LTD BOW THRUSTER STARTER TT TT TII CONNECTION DIAG 63 15334 1 M12 M12 6 7 B 9 4 5 12194 20 96 01 61 01 9002 OMQ ZLW 90 amp MOBA100 amp Y 0 9 1H HKA e iti KAM ALSQUH LAR T E RUE 2 0 05 20 95 s 0 M131 M132 TM2 440V 220V 1000 SCP 1 5 MAIN MOTOR INSULATION LOW M0350 31 220 110V SOVA v 90 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm SRCSO 2F X SYP 0 75mm 5 CUST 1630 PAO NO MASS BOW THRUSTER STARTER TIT 111324 CONNECTION DIAG 63 15534 1 M13 M13 6 7 8 9 3 4 5 12191669101 61 01 5002 DMG ELW 90AMOGRLOOR Y i 0E9 LH BE of 5 HH LIE T E FH AE D Hp OS amp CO VOS 90 ICUST 1630 ICOLOR 1 2 MASS 3 BOW THRUSTER STARTER 4 5 TITLE DRAW NO SHEET CONNECTION DIAG 53 15334 1 M14 14 7 9 ELSE unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm RMERRA SYP 0 75mm 1219 8E91 01 51 01 5005 DMG GLA 90AMOGALOOR Y i 0 9 LH e hit X XHSLSQBH LAR T 8 Ent A p
390. splayed at the PT when the PT model version and language are different if the system programs used are version 1 00 Therefore if the wrong data is downloaded execute the transfer operation again using auto matic download The system settings cannot be changed for the upload operation 3 23 3 6 Using Memory Cards 3 24 Errors During Automatic Transfer The indicator on the front panel will flash red if an error occurs during data transfer Check the following items if an error occurs 5 the Memory Card inserted into the PT e Do the banks set with the DIP switch exist in the Memory Card During Download 15 the size of the transfer data greater than the free space in the PT or Memory Check these items before transferring data again Reference An error message will not be displayed if an error occurs During Manual Transfer an error occurs during data transfer a transfer error screen will be displayed Check the following items for each message displayed Error Messages Requiring Checking Error message Chekiem _ Memory Card Error ls the Memory Card inserted into the PT Could not recognize a Memory Card 15 Memory Card damaged Check the Memory Card and reset the NS Hardware Project Transmission Error Was the Memory Card removed during data Transmission Failed transfer Check the Memory Card and reset the NS 5 free space on the Memory Card insufficient
391. ss for the motors whose rated voltage is less than 7000V or 1 25E or less for the motors whose rated voltage is more than 7000V for 1 minutes Measurement of the insulation resistance using a suitable megger shall be carried out before high potential test Charging current may flow right after commencement of high potential test so do not confuse this current as break down current Sudden increase in primary current together with drop of secondary voltage indicates that the insulation has broken down This can be confirming by using the megger Insulation resistance will be vary low or zero 4 2 TROUBLE SHOOTING Should any trouble occur stop the motor immediately Check the motor according to the tables below and corrective action shall be taken properly Table 1 Troubles and their countermeasures of the motor Table2 Troubles and their countermeasures of anti friction bearing Table 3 Troubles and their countermeasures of sleeve bearings Table 1 Troubles and their countermeasures of the motor 1 Low voltage Check with voltmeter 2 Large voltage drop Voltage variation before and after starting at output terminal of starter Same for motor terminal 3 Broken circuit or unbalanced Repair where broken voltage Motor cannot Start 6 Low voltage Use high voltage tap 7 Broken cable or unbalance Measurement of resistance starting resistance 8 Broken stator or rotor M
392. ssembly visos ee RR wie edd CY CTS 6 2 11 Gener l ix v ho 6 2 1 2 Propeller 2DaE an 6 2 1 3 Power transmission 7 2 1 4 011 feeding 8 2 1 5 Feed back mechanism oo wks se ee ie er Dk Rp TTA 8 2 1 6 Shaft sealing 9 2 2 Pitch control devices nel eda eos wee e ye wed ee eget ERE 9 2 2 1 Remote control 9 2 2 4 Hydraulic c cu ave eer De A esent 9 2 2 9 Gravity tank oU i Ree ieee eb ENS wetted RN X 11 2 9 Flexible co plingzi 4 ree Etre Desire e ERE OE CA UR 12 Part 3 Maintenance and 13 3 1 Maintenance and checking 1 lt 14 3 2 Trouble shooting guide for thruster operation 17 Part 4 4 1 4 2 4 4 4 3 4 4 Part 5 Page THSDOC EL OM desist Beka CU TRO Panes dee s iie ehe EN Docking inspection Pre disassembly inspection 22 Inspection of parts upon 24 21 Thr ster propeE ve ve RG hp fele 24 2 2 Flexible 5 25 Inspection after reasse
393. supply to VDR 1 set vessel 1 Pitch order signal PORT 25 STB D25 1 Through RS 422 serial communication 2 Actual pitch signal PORT 25 STB D 25 1 Through RS 422 serial communication 265 10 Spare parts and tools 1 Packings and O rings each kind of one unit 2 Tools and parts for electric system 3 Special tools IX Coating and color 1 Tube A Surface exposed to sea water 1 ENA 300 303 BROWN 150 x1 2 FAJ 034 262 GREY 75 x1 3 BEA 464 DARK RED 1504 x1 4 BEA 465 BROWN 1504 x1 5 BEA 464 DARK RED 1504 x1 B Other part a Ground coating NIPPE CERAMO GRAY 15u x1 b Finishing 1 set vessel 1 set vessel 1 set vessel To be finished by the shipyard with the same paint used on the hull surface 2 Other machinery A A Hydraulic unit flexible coupling and Spare amp tools box a Ground coating LZ PRIMER M ORANGE 40u x2 b Finishing UNIPACK 200 Munnsel No 7 5Y 9 6 254 x2 B gravity tank a Ground coating LZ PRIMER M GRAY 100 x1 b Finishing UNIPACK 200 Munnsel No Gray N8 0 1004 x1 C Electrical equipment for thruster room a Ground coating Manufacturer s standard 2 times b Finishing Manufacturer s standard 2 times Color Munnsel No 10 GY 8 4 For Main Motor Munnsel No N 7 5 For Starter Panel D Electrical equipment for bridge a Ground coating Manufacturer s standard 2 times b Finishing Manufacturer s standard 2 times Color Manufac
394. t b Poorness of bearing mounting to bracket c Porn s of bracket mounting to stator frame 3 2 2 2 Noise Noise is classified roughly into windage noise and magnetic noise The windage noise is induced by rotation of rotor and cooling fan without relation to load condition The magnetic noise varies with load condition and disappear when power supply is switched off 3 2 2 3 Recommended Setting Values Followings are typical alarm setting values for various detector of motor RECOMMENDED SETTING POINTS ARARM TRIP Embedded Temperature Detector for Winding at B class rise 130 C at F class rise 150 C Temperature Detector for Coil End at B class rise 120 C at F class rise 140 C Temperature Detector for Bearing 90 C Flow Detector of Cooling Water High point 110 of rated Low point 70 of rated Flow Detector of Forced Bearing Oil High point of 110 of rated Low point of 70 of rated Pressure Detector of Forced Bearing Oil Ditto Above setting values are based on ambient temperature at 40 3 3 CAUTIONS AT STOPPAGE DUE TO POWER FAILURE 3 3 1 Cautions at stoppage due to power failure Confirm that positions of associated equipments such as starter and secondary resistor etc arc being in turned off position whenever after power failure CHAPTER 4 MAINTENANCE MANUAL SCOPE This Chapter describes maintenance information for three phase induction motor TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 4 1 Peri
395. t and then wipe the sur face Materials such as rubber vinyl or tape that are attached to the Unit will leave stains if left for a long time If such material is attached to the Unit remove when cleaning Note Never use benzene thinner or other volatile solvents or chemical cloths to clean the PT Inspection Methods Inspect the PT once every six to twelve months Shorten the interval between inspections when using the PT in extreme conditions such as under high temperatures high humidity or environments subject to large quantities of dust 7 4 7 2 Inspection and Cleaning Inspection Items Inspect the PT for the following items to check whether the PT is operating within the speci fied criteria If the PT is outside the criteria use measures such as improving the operating environment to conform to the standards or tightening screws items Power terminal voltage fluc Allowable voltage range 24 VDC 15 perature in control panel Ambient humidity tempera 35 to 85 Refer to Appendix ture in contro panel 2 resence of dust No dust accumulated Visual inspection and molding bracket necting Cable Connectors No looseness screws cables tester Backlight brightness Sufficient brightness Visual inspection Backlight life at room tempera ture of 25 C is 50 000 hours as a guideline peu years at room temperature of every 5 25 C ears Note Donot disassemble repair o
396. t edge rests squarely or within the limiis specified in Table 1 on both hubs as shown above and also at 90 inter vals Check with feelers The clearance must not exceed the OFFSET limit specified in Table 1 Tighten all faundation bolts and repeat Steps 2 and 3 Realign coupling if necessary NOTE Use a dial indicator for more accurate align ment Motch Mark Match Mark 5 WITH GREASE AND ASSEMBLE COVERS Pack the spaces between and around the grid with as much lubricant as pos sible and wipe off excess flush with top of grid Position seals on hubs to line up with grooves in cover Position gaskets on flange vf lower cover half and assemble covers so that the match marks are on the same side see absve Jf shafts are not level horizontal or coupling is to be used vertically assemble cover halves with the lug ond moich mark UP or on the high side Secure cover halves with fasteners and tighten to torque specified in Table 1 Note that Sizes 20 thru 70 have self locking feature for the stop nuts CAUTION Moke VERTICAL COUPLINGS certain lube plugs are installed before operating 6 Whenever it is necessary to dis connect the coupling remove the cover halves and grid A round rod or screw driver that will con venienily fit into the open loop ands of the grid is required Be gin the open end of the grid section and insert the rod or screw driver into the loop ends Use the tesih adjacent t
397. t no alarm happens Only trip alarm happens In case it becomes to not fulfill a condition during main motor running main motor stop but no alarm happens Only trip alarm happens TITLE DRAW NO SHEET VADO NO EXPLANATION LIST G3 15334 EXP1 EXPO1 B EXPO1 A B CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER DC24Vt SCP 1 5 1 5 DCCC1 a C102 9 m 103 105 Lod o SCP 1 5 4WS150 24 85 265 0UT 24VDC 6 5 15 48 27 6 15 48 27 6 JIP20 16P 1 07_C10_N unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm YAYO DRAWNO IZLDL LELUOL 1 01 9002 DMG N 0 LOOX Y fi0 9 LH H e b E I ACRES IH LARS T E S A URN IN ZRQV OSKC VOS KR LI I II 1 211 G3 15334 2 A 8 CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER OFF AT M M TRIP OR GEN OVER LOAD FOR AUTO ZERO PITCH SYS OFF AT M M TRIP 4 c2 e OFF AT GEN OVER LOAD mmt 8 MAIN MOTOR HIGH TEMP MAIN MOTOR HIGH TEMP STEP UP TRANS HIGH TEMP STEP UP TRANS HIGH TEMP FOR MAIN MOTOR TRIP FOR ALARM FOR MAIN MOTOR TRIP FOR ALARM 3 3 3 d baa 4 47157752571 4 jmd ducc Du e 4 LSS ACTIC 1L MY42 CR 3RN10 00 1 00 MY4Z CR SRN10 00 1 00 lt YARO SUPPLY gt YARD SUPPLY YARD SUPPLY lt YARD SUPPLY AC220V 60Hz AC220V 60Hz AC220V 60Hz AC220V 60Hz 15 7 14 68 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm 12191 PE 41 01 51 01 6005 DMG
398. tamped at each joint before shipment from the shop 7 Remove the gear case Cap 5 1 2 Disassembly procedure Annexed drawings Fig 1 and Fig 3 5 1 2 1 Dismantling the propeller shaft Remove the gear case cap 19 Dismantle the follower ring from the oil entry tube 37 Disconnect the chain 39 from the return lever 38 and sprocket Disconnect the oil tubes 38 from the feed ring assembly 18 and draw out from the gear case 22 Dismantle and disassemble the feed ring Remove the fairing cover 33 Hang the propeller hub 6 with rope Fit the suspension tool onto the bearing housing 11 Draw out the propeller shaft 32 bearing housing 11 and propeller part from the tunnel Disconnect the propeller hub part from the shaft Dismantle the liner Fig 3 1 of shaft sealing 10 from the shaft hood 9 and fit the mounting strap Fig 3 15 on the shaft sealing device Dismount the inner rase of the thrust bearing 17 and radial bearing 20 Remove the nut for the bevel wheel Pull out the bevel wheel 16 Dismount the thrust bearing 13 Loosen the bolts on the flange ring Fig 3 2 of the shaft sealing 10 Drawn out the bearing housing 11 toward the bevel wheel Dismount the radial bearing 12 Pull out the shaft sealing 10 from the propeller shaft 32 Take off the shaft hood 9 Finished Ref fig 7 5 1 2 2 Disassemble the
399. tates Control relays For sequence control Protective relays For protection of motor 4 Qualification of operators The operators of this product must have the following qualification Qualified marine engineer or a person appointed under the responsibility of the qualified marine engineer 6 5 Identification items f you have any question concerning this switchboard please contact Quality Control Departaent Controller Factory Gunna Works Taiyo Electric Co Ltd Model Starter Machine number and type Marked on the name plate stating the ratings on the panel Shipyard concerned It is written in the front cover o Ship nuaber Date of delivery t is written in the rated nameplate on the panel Country of manufacture Japan Address 126 Yattajima cho Isesaki City Gunma Pref TEL 0270 32 1234 FAX 0270 31 2789 When you contact us please state the model shipyard ship number and machine number 7 6 Untoading unpacking and storage 6 1 Unloading amp WARNING lifting the switchboard use the suspension holes of the upper suspension angles lest the switchboard should be strained When letting the hooks of a crane catch the suspension holes confirm that the hooks securely catch the holes Accidental unhooking could cause a serious accident resulting in injury or death Considering the switchboard should fall or drop keep an escape distance XP
400. tect the personnel from a possible injury the equipment is provided with protective device and or safety device whenever considered necessary Beside warning by the instruction manual labels or warning plates is made to state necessary requirements for prevention of possible accident such as requirements for work items no to be done and requirements for the safety operation of equipment 6 Any failure damage injury and accident caused by negligence of the warnings shall be purchaser s responsibility in all cases 7 All instruction given in this instruction manual do not intend to cover all details or variation in equipment nor to provide for every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation operation inspection or maintenance 8 Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered sufficiently for purchaser s purposes the matter should be refereed to the nearest Hyosung representatives 9 This instruction manual shall be kept so that it is available any time for the personnel who may perform installation operation inspection maintenance and repair of the equipment 10 All data or in information containing green shall be treated as private and confidential and shall not be copied or Disclosed by any means in technical papers or elsewhere without the provides consents in writing of Hyosung Corporation CHANGWON PLANT HYOSUNG CORPORATION BLOCK A 1 CHANGWON INDUSTR
401. ted above START STOP button amp RUNNING lamp disapear on MOTOR CONTROL picture FAN START STOP PB FUNCTION ON MOTOR CONTROL PICTURE LCB POSITION SELECT PB SETTING lt lt EXPLANATION gt gt This function is for selecting whether 3rd control position LCB Local Control Box is used or not at MOTOR CONTROL picture on LCD touch panel ENABLE is selected LCB control position select button apear on MOTOR CONTROL picture Then totally 3 control positions LCB LOCAL REMOTE are available DISABLE is selected LCB control position select button disapear on MOTOR CONTROL picture Then totally 2 control positions LOCAL REMOTE are available LCB CONTROL POSITION SELECT FUNCTION vOSWNL ZO WL E cusr Www 16307 ns T FAVS DRAWNO SHEET COLOR MASS BOW THRUSTER CONTROL PANEL SETTING LIST G3 15334 TMS4 MS04 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 CNP1 CAUTION NAMEPLATE FOR HIGH VOLTAGE HIGH VOLTAGE 22007 SIZE 300 x 100 1 97 1 2 RED LETTER ON WHITE GROUND EO 2 1630 NO SHEET COLOR MASS CAUTION NAMEPLATE BOW THRUSTER 3 15334 1 1 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 3 4 CNP2 CAUTION NAMEPLATE FOR SEQUENCE TEST CNP4 CAUTION NAMEPLATE FOR JUMPER LINE FOR OLP SIZE 100 x 40 SIZE 100 x 40 CAUTION 1 QT 1 CAUTION 1 QT 1 2 RED LETTER ON WHITE GROUND 2 RED LETTER ON WHITE GROUND PROCEDURE OF DOING SEQUENCE TEST JUMPER LINE FOR PROTECTIO
402. ted in any form or by any means mechanical electronic photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of OMRON No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein Moreover because OMRON is con stantly striving to improve its high quality products the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual Nevertheless OMRON assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication CPU Units Section 3 1 3 1 CPU Units 3 1 1 Models CJ1 H CPU Units points Expansion Program Data Memory LD instruction Racks capacity DM EM processing time 2 560 3 max 120 Ksteps 256 Kwords 0 02 ns CJ1H CPU66H 200 g 60 Ksteps 128 Kwords CJ1H CPU65H 004 us CHG CPUAAH max 2 max EU p CJ1M CPU Units VO points Expansion Program Data Memory LD instruction Pulse Racks capacity DM EM processing time 20 32 Kwords 0 1 us Yes CJ1M 170g CPU23 10 CJ1M CPU22 20 Ksteps CJ1M 1209 CPU13 10 Ksteps CJ1M CPU12 points Program Data Memory LD instruction Racks capacity DM EM processing time 1 280 3 max 60 Ksteps 128 Kwords 0 08 us CJ1G CPU45 200 g 30 Ksteps CJ1G CPU44
403. terminal 5 6 STBD 25 PORT 25 a 070 STBD 12 5 PORT 12 5 071 072 PORT 12 5 STBD 12 5 073 PORT 25 STBD 25 w 074 a The output voltage of potentiometer is measured with the terminal 2 3 of blade angle transmitter in a following blade angle position b Input the value into the address shown in When ten keys 069 and 205 When ten keys 069 and 205 Voltage of Data input Add are 1 are 1 terminal 2 3 STBD 25 PORT 25 211 STBD 12 5 PORT 12 5 NONU S PORT 12 5 STBD 12 5 PORT 25 STBD 25 Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 9 21 BOW 3 Detecting neutral signal Enter blade angle into address 067 and 206 4 Setting maximum blade angle limitation Considering the hydraulic system enter slightly lower values than calculated values in to the corresponding ten key address and then check the actual blade angles at the local scale a PORT side Enter maximum blade angle into address 066 and 209 Enter 1 2 value of address 209 into address 208 b STBD side Enter maximum blade angle into address 065 and 210 Enter 1 2 value of address 210 into address 207 5 Setting dial matching zone of change over interlock Non follow Follow change over Enter it into address 087 6 Setting dead zone Solenoid valve OFF deviation Enter it into address 080 Solenoid valve
404. tesco Corporation BRE SHE BER HAR 03 KD GUT r war 315722100007 AC SOURCE FAIL OC SOURCE FAIL FULL LOAD DD TD DS 990999999 ELE SEES y petet E ALARM STOP 1 STEP OPERATION 1 2 STEP OPERATION ADD NO OF TIMER ALARM LAMP CIRCUIT 3 o 4 s 3 5 5 z 5 lt 9 3 a a THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM SOFTWARE DIAGRAM RELATION RER aes CODE NO DWG NO Exin el 7355488670 Nabtesco Corporation 0 5 6 120 315 05 Mtn 6 30 o2 315 1000 118 1 FEED BACK SIGNAL D ii FOR INDICATOR E 1 69 25a CHANGE OVER PORT STBD CPU ABNORMAL FEED BACK POTENTIO 4 DISCONNECTION PORTABLE CONTROL PORTABLE DIAL POTENTIO AS ISCONNECTION PITCH INDICATOR FOR PORT WING PITCH INDICATOR FOR STBD WNG PITCH INDICATOR FOR W H PITCH SIGNAL FOR KICS PITCH SIGNAL RS 422 FOR VOR PITCH NEUTRAL PORT PITCH NEUTRAL STBD PORT AFT CONTROL E PORT AFT DIAL POTENTIO 0 RNECTION AS WE W DIAL POTENTIO 0 BORNE SHON A2 FORE W H FORE CONTROL STBD DIAL POTENTIO DISCONNECTION 44 STBD WNG THRUSTER REMOTE CONTROL SYSTEM SOFTWARE DIAGRAM RELATION NO 738 DATE pesiow cnc no 73SS4886 7 01
405. the display For RS 422A com munications the branch is incorrect or the terminating resistance is not set properly The host is proc Shorten the host cycle time essing a large vol ume of data and the cycle time is long The message communications interval is too long Symptoms at PT The numerical and character string update is slow Wire correctly referring to Appendix 4 Using NS AL002 RS 232C RS 422A Converters On the NS Designer select Settings System Setting click the Comm All Tab press the Comm Details Button and set a shorted communications interval Refer to Sec tion 7 System Settings of the NS Designer Operation Man Some objects in the screen configuration are not dis played Some objects in the screen configuration are not dis played A communications Check the communications settings again error has occurred Display the control flags for the objects set to be not dis played as follows Display the Expansion Tab from the functional object prop erty setting using the NS Designer Select Display from Display Hide in the Control Flags Tab Page Turn ON the indirect address of the control flag set for the object The control flags set in the object include Hide Dis play Flags The Log The communica Set the ON OFF cycle of the communications a
406. thruster Dry dock for checking oil supply mechanism and servo cylinder 20 21 Part 4 Inspection In order to maintain smooth thruster operation it is highly important to carefully check every part of it at each docking and also keep running records of thruster operating conditions to say nothing of daily maintenance checking See Part 3 To be described and explained here are the procedure of inspecting the thruster as a anulis including the maintenance checking items requiring dry docking with the involved divided into the following three 1 Dry dock inspection pre disassembly inspection 2 Disassembly overhaul inspection of parts 3 Inspection after reassembly Records should be kept of every inspection item involved Now described is the procedure of thruster overhaul IMPORTANT OVERHAUL ACCORDING TO THE SCHEDULE GIVEN BELOW SHOULD BE DONE FOR CLOSE INSPECTION OF ITS COMPONENTS EVEN IF NOTHING WRONG HAS BEEN FOUND IN THE DESCRIPTION DISASSEMBLY CHECKING ROUTINE MAINTENANCE CHECKING ETC NAME OF MACHINE STANDARD INTERVAL 1 THRUSTER PROPER 2 FLEXIBLE COUPLING 5 YEARS 3 DRIVE MOTOR 4 HYDRAULIC UNIT MEASUREMENT OF INSULATION RESISTANCE DISASSEMBLY CHECKING DISASSEMBLY CHECKING Dry dock inspection pre disassembly inspection If nothing abnormal is found in the routine maintenance checking See Part 3 follow the inspection Remark A Recomme
407. tial starting after 1 11 1 42 Part 8 Sp re NM 44 Annexed drawings 1 THRUSTER ASSEMBLY 2 SKELETON DIAGRAM OF PIPING 3 SHAFT SEALING DEVICE 4 HYDRAULIC UNIT ASSEMBLY 5 DISK COUPLING 6 SF COUPLING Remarks This manual deals with general description on the thruster system The contents are subject to change due to specification of job 1 PREFACE Read The Operation s and Foreman s Manual This instruction manual provides important information concerning proper equipment operating assembling and disassembling The safety of yourself and others depends upon your care and judgment in the process of the working and properly performing required o attention Therefore please take time to read this manual thoroughly and keep it with the machine permanently Accuracy and Completeness Although every effort has been made to ensure the accuracy and Completeness of this manual Kawasaki cannot anticipate every possible circumstance use or misuse of the equipment which might involve a potential hazard Therefore the warning and information presented in this manual may not be all inclusive addition to closely following Kawasaki s recommendations your are encouraged to familiarize yourself with applicable industry safety guidelines and exercise due care for the safety of yourself and others in using this equipment including the wearing of appropriate pr
408. to SPARE 0211 Ka 12 rc 0213 SPARE N 10214 j kW CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER TEA O O 4 THRUSTER M17 7B STARTER CABLE 02 XW2Z 3000 3m REFER TO SHEET NO EXPO1 TO TB4 17 2 eres INPUT UNIT POWER UNIT CPU UNIT OUTPUT UNIT 1 OUTPUT UNIT 2 OUTPUT UNIT OUTPUT UNIT 4 OUTPUT UNIT 5 OUTPUT UNIT 6 OUTPUT UNIT 7 OUTPUT UNIT 8 OUTPUT UNIT 9 unspecified cable to be SYP 0 75mm HAMAR SYP 0 75mmt 5 AO T Ms T 1 432 CONNECTION DIAG 63 15334 2 A B CONTROL PANEL for BOW THRUSTER UST 16300 C 8 IN CH KIND OF SIGNAL SIGNAL LOCATION MAIN MOTOR OTHERS agg FIXED IN CH START COMMAND REMOTE 0 99 MAN MOTOR c FIXED IN CH START COMMAND LOCAL 0 99sec MAIN MOTOR o 1 FIXED IN CH 0302 STOP COMMAND 0303 MAIN MOTOR FIXED IN CH 2 START REQUEST LOCAL 0 99 0304 MAIN MOTOR Ditto ESL FIXED IN CH Ex START REQUEST REMOTE 0305 HYO OIL PUMP Ditto vm FIXED IN CH START COMMAND REMOTE 0 99 HYD OIL PUMP Ditto a FIXED IN CH START COMMAND D LOCAL 0307 HYD OIL PUMP EX FIXED IN CH STOP COMMAND 0 99 TH RM FAN Ditto FIXED IN CH START COMMAND ALL BOW TH RM FAN nes FIXED IN CH RS STOP COMMAND 0310 MA
409. to bank 4 OFF OFF Use the following procedure to automatically upload data Turn OFF the power to the PT Set the DIP switch Insert the Memory Card into the PT Turn ON the power to the PT The system programs and screen data will be written to the Memory Card The status of the PT indicator during data transfer is as shown below Do not remove the Memory Card during data transfer Transferring data Indicator flashes orange Transferring completed Indicator flashes green Error occurred Indicator flashes red Refer to page 3 25 if an error occurs Turn OFF the power Remove the Memory Card Turn OFF all the DIP switch pins 9 Turn ON the power gt ouo A warning message will not be displayed when automatic upload is executed even if the PT model version and language for the system programs and screen data that are stored in the PT are different from those that are stored in the Memory Card Always check carefuily that the PT model and Memory Card details match before transferring data automatically 3 6 Using Memory Cards Manual Transfer Use screen operations to select the direction download upload contents project project and system or system and banks Set pin 6 of the DIP switch to ON for manual transfer DIP switch pin and status D Operation uae a Manually downloads or uploads system OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF programs and screen data Use th
410. turer s standard Munnsel No N 2 0 master panel amp wing panel X Drawings for submission Approval For Technical spec amp drawings for thruster Remote control system Main motor Starter panel Shop test procedure Spare parts amp special tools Instruction book Results of test amp inspection Reproducible sheet XI Exception of supply The followings are not included in our supply 1 Bellmouth and nozzle which are joined to the thruster tube Fitting of the tube to the hull structure Guard grids to be provided by the shipyard Anti corrosive anodes for tunnel bellmouth guard grids nozzle and adjacent section Materials for the piping and piping fittings Materials for the wiring and wiring fittings Installation of the gravity tank and the hydraulic unit Installation bases bolts and nuts for motor control device 9 Installation of electric equipment Control panel stand motor and so on 10 Supports for main motor to protect from vibration 11 Lubricating oil Gear oil ISO VG 100 670 liter 12 Parts for bridge control system 13 Step up transformer ON Q PW N Xll Recommended oil and grease for thruster NIPPON OIL BONNOC SP 100 EPNOC GREASE AP2 IDEMITSU KOSAN CO LTD Daphne Super Gear Oil 100 Daphne Coronex Grease EP2 MITSUBISHI DIAMOND GEARLUB SP 100 DIAMOND MULTIPURPOSE EP2 Japan Energy Corporation JOMO Reductus 100 JOMO Lisonix Grease EP2 e SHELL OMALA OIL 10
411. turn indica Input circuit is faulty There is a short at the _ Unit tor lit load or something else that caused an over current Je flow Specific bit does not turn ON 7 Input bit number is used for output Correct program instruction 1 Input circuit is faulty Replace Unit 2 Input bit number is used for output Correct program instruction 1 External input voltage is low or unstable Adjust external input voltage to within rated range 2 Malfunction due to noise Take protective measures against noise such as 1 Increase input response time PLC Setup 2 Install surge suppressor 3 Install insulation transformer 4 Install shielded cables between the Input Unit and the loads Input indicator is not lit in nor Faulty indicator or indicator circuit Replace Unit mal operation Specific bit does not turn OFF Input irregularly turns ON OFF Error occurs in units of 8 points or 16 points i e for the same common 429 Troubleshooting Racks and Units Section 11 3 Output Units Symptom Cause Not all outputs turn ON 1 Load is not supplied with power Supply power 2 Load voltage is low Adjust voltage to within rated range 3 Terminal block screws are loose Tighten screws 4 Faulty terminal block connector contact Replace terminal block connector 5 An overcurrent possibly caused by
412. uch as the shaft journal windings and etc Before unpacking when the moisture contents of the air is very high allow sufficient time for the temperature of the package to reach ambient conditions to avoid condensation occurred 2 1 3 Storing of Package When the package is to be stored select a dry location having good ventilation and protection form rain and direct sunlight Especially avoid places where the temperature is likely to drop suddenly and cause moisture to condense on finished surfaces At all times should such condensation occur it must be removed immediately with dry cloth otherwise corrosion will result If the storage period exceed three months The reservoirs of oil lubricated bearing housing should be filled the rotor shall be turned a few times a month by hand periodically The finished surfaces of the machine are coated with anti corrosives or grease If the anti corrosive has off the surface must be cleaned dried and anti corrosive applied again 2 2 PREPARATION OF INSTALLATION OF THE MOTOR 2 2 1 Method of foundation and type of foundation bolt a Method of foundation UR M 2 Crus UR ER ME aN WO AS 2 2 2 Mounting procedure of motor base Motor sole plates or motor base shall be mounted on the foundation by the following procedure and record of alignment shall be kept 1 Check motor leveling 2 Check foundation bolts pitch 3 Check foundation bolts depth
413. uest push button 1 set b Indicator 1 set Pitch indicator with LED lighting Load indicator Percentage indication 1 set vessel c Indication lamps 6 1 Main source ON 3300V 2 Hyd oil pump source ON 3 Power available 4 Main motor full load 5 Ready to start 6 Bow th room fan run d Alarm lamp 12 1 AC source failure 2 DC source failure 3 Controller abnormal 4 Low oil level at the gravity tank 5 Low pressure at the hydraulic syste 6 Oil service pump overload 7 Main motor overload 8 Main motor trip 9 Main motor high temperature 10 Main motor Insulation low 11 Auto pitch reduct at main motor trip and generator overload AN 12 Bow th room Fal fail B Terminal board unit 1 set vessel Type Open chassis type to be installed in the bridge console by Shipyard Accessory 2 meter length flat cable to connect with master control panel C Wing control panel IP56 2 sets vessel Type Flush mounting type Provision Qtybox 1 Follow up pitch control dial with lever N 1 2 Pitch indicator 1 3 Pitch control position change over confirm button 1 4 System abnormal alarm lamp 1 5 Integrated alarm lamp 1 6 Main motor emergency stop button 1 7 Alarm buzzer 1 8 Buzzer stop button 1 9 Lamp amp buzzer test button 1 1 10 Dimmer switch for lamps and indicators set D Pitch transmitter with blade angle scale mounted on the thruster unit 1 set vessel E Signal
414. upling 1130T 10 x 1 set vessel including a mating coupling for main motor Cylindrical wall mounting type x 1 unit vessel including level switch 1set 2 contacts Level gauge 1 Volume 80 Lit Electric hydraulic follow up contro type Master control device x 1 set vessel Flush panel mounting type Wing control device x 2 sets vessel Flush panel mounting type 56 Over Load Protection device AC1 220 V 60 Hz DC 24 V as back up source for indicating system abt 8600 kg abt 5800 kg abt 1700 kg A abt 260 kg abt 91 kg abt 80 kg abt 50 kg Testing and Inspection 1 All inspections are to be executed in accordance with the rules of the classification society and the standard of Kawasaki Heavy Industries Ltd Only the shop test is to be carried out in the presence of the surveyor of the classification society and the purchaser s representative If the purchaser s representative cannot attend the test responsibility of acceptance is to be entrusted to K H s inspector 2 Statically momental balance test is individually carried out for the propeller blade 3 Functional test of pitch contro mechanical system is carried out with fully assembled thruster e Rotational test is not carried out in KHI s work shop IV Dispatch of a service engineer for technical guidance Our service engineer will attend at the adjusting and checking of the thruster system before s
415. upply circuit portion to understand their functions and structures To avoid trouble from electric shocks cut off the power supplies to the control stand or pane on the switchboard or the distribution board For the maneuvering stand because several other power supplies in addition to the power that supplies for the remote control system may be supplied to the stand cut off all these power supplies too When opening the doors covers of the control stand panel cut off the inner power supply switches for the remote control system and the telegraph system Check that no power is supplied in the maneuvering stand panel by using a multitester at the terminal boards 4 5 6 T Maintenance Assembly CAUTION Inspection AN CAUTION 745848102 108 6 9 For the actual maintenance details refer to the Remote Control System Electric Devices Maintenance Standards 1 3 3 3 Clean the inside of the maneuvering stand panel Reassemble electric devices in reverse order of disassembling without leaving any parts Check the condition of stoppers to prevent possible falling Check that the controlled machine and or the vessel are not moving by using the remote control system 1 To prevent initial trouble due to a voltage drop when the the electric power is supplied turn on the power supply switches on the switchboard or the distribution board first 2 Turn on the power supply switches in th
416. ure to the thruster proper so that the lubricating oil pressure in the gear case is kept higher than the pressure of the ambient sea water and also is used as oil tank for the hydraulic unit The float switch 5 with two contacts constantly monitors the system oil level and lights up the alarm lamp on the bridge when it has fallen below the specified level and also is composed the start interlock of the drive motor 2 3 12 Flexible coupling See annexed drawing Fig 5 Fig 6 The flexible coupling is for transmitting the drive motor s output to the thruster and also serves to absorb the deviation between the motor axis and the input shaft axis of the thruster at the time of installation The installation error of the flange distance Motor thruster alignment error due to deformation of the hull etc The type of the flexible coupling Disk coupling Fig 5 Flexibility by disk element 1 SF coupling Fig 6 Flexibility by grid member 13 Part 3 Maintenance and Checking In the event of trouble or failure take countermeasures without delay according to this manual but KHI cannot anticipate every circumstances which might involve hazard So to be described below are CSS practice of Routine maintenance and checking and Trouble shooting guide for thruster in operation Checking of the individual sections and parts is to be carried out periodically about the items enumerated in the table below und
417. ustment of pitch indicator NOT USED 1 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows 0 Adjust trimmer ZERO of Isolation Amplifier so that pitch indicated is 0 2 Change blade angle signal so that address 201 of ten key shows STBD25 Adjust trimmer SPAN of Isolation Amplifier so that pitch indicated is STBD25 6 Adjustment of load signal 6 1 Adjustment of load indicator 1 The load current between the terminal stands 59 60 is set as OA Adjust trimmer VR2 ZERO of controller so that load indicated is 0 2 The load current between the terminal stands 59 60 is set as OLP value Adjust trimmer VR1 GAIN of controller so that load indicated is 100 6 2 Adjustment of load signal for OLP control 1 The load current between the terminal stands 55 58 is set as 1A Reading of an address 015 is inputted into the data of an address 101 2 The load current between the terminal stands 55 58 is set as 0 5A Reading of an address 015 is inputted into the data of an address 100 Nabtesco 74KK51462 02E 17 21 STERN Adjustment on Board 1 Blade angle transmitter a Blade angle is set as 0 b The voltage between the terminal numbers 2 3 is set as 7 5 0 Please enforce the slack stop of a fixed screw certainly 2 Adjustment of blade angle transmitter 2 1 Make non follow up control condition 2 2 Under machine side control press manual buttons pr
418. utomatically backed up to flash memory when the user program or parameters are written from a Programming Device CJ1 H and CJ1M CPU Units only Note 1 The Parameter Area stores system information for the CPU Unit such as the PLC Setup An attempt to access the Parameter Area by an instruction will generate an illegal access error 2 Part of the EM Extended Data Memory Area can be converted to file memory to handle data files and program files in RAM memory format which has the same format as Memory Cards Both EM file memory or memory cards can be treated as file memory i e can be used to store files Opening the Battery Insert a small flat blade screwdriver into the opening at the bottom of the bat Compartment Cover tery compartment cover and lift open the cover Insert a small fla blade screwdnver into the opening at the botlom of the batlery compartment cover and lift open the cover 100 CPU Units Section 3 1 2 wasa ss Rn Um 2 1 Ballery Place the cable so that 1 is at an angle to the upper right 3 1 4 Dimensions CJ1 and CJ1 H CPU Units 101 CPU Units Section 3 1 CJ1M CPU Units CPU Units without Built in CJ1M CPU1L 102 File Memor Section 3 2 3 2 File Memory For CJ series CPU Units the Memory Card and a specified part of the EM Area can be used to store files All user programs the I O Memory Ar
419. v vv oss 9 10 ITEM 1 1 JUMPER NEEDLESS 170 264 ITEM Ox J 1 JUMPER NEEDFUL AC85 132V REF TO ITEM TABLE eu I 42 F1NC 0 5 Y 1 25 amp Y 1 25 2 Cer ro F2 0 70 2 21 5 PA 2 0 R 1 28 LTBP NC PM R 2 0 1 z P 1 8 eo TB7 3 e20 REF TO ITEM TABLE B 1 25 PM PC R 1 25 NM B t 25 CONTACT TYPE FOR EMERG STOP SIG CONTACT TYPE b FOR EMERG STOP SIG BTC 304 CARD ASS Y 5 essay IL TAM For Bow Stern E MATERIAL MTHII 1 TERMINAL BOARD UNIT apom WIRING DIAGRAM CODE NO DWG NO a Nabtesco Corporation 0 5 6 01 120 315 30 5 4 7 30 0 2 315 1000 TOP BOARD COLOR BLACK MUNSELL N2 0 SURFACE TREATMENT ZINC PLATING CHROMATE TREATMENT ENCLOSURE 56 N CAUTION 1 00 NOT USE THE THRUSTER AT THE SHIP SPEED OVER 5 KNOTS 2 SET THE CONTROL DIAL AT THE SAME POSITION AS ORIGINAL TO KEEP A CONSTANT PITCH WHEN CHANGE OVER 0 THE CONTROL STATION ais KAWAS HEAVY INDUSTRIES LTD feet a ihe a EN e WEIGHT ABOUT 2Kg WATER PROOF 05 RELATION NO ete
420. ve to INTERLOCK LIST Picture TALYO MOTOR CONTROL PICTURE P32 lt NOT ACTIVE gt MOTOR CONTROL This picture indicats when power on z TH RM HYD MAIN SINT ALARM FAN PONE MOTOR Start button amp Running indicator for ST INT COND Pies pud RUN MI MAIN MOTOR HYD PUMP FAN RUNINT COND Se Operate with pushing CTRL pu Stop button for MAIN MOTOR HYD PUMP FAN 5 Operate with pushing CTRL 1 READY TO START CON MON ALARM AN I MOTOR TRIP The button for MAIN MOTOR START REQUEST MA HEATER It will flicker when requesting CONTROL POSITION EET Operate with pushing CTRL Move to MENU Picture To select contro position Select REMOTE CONTROL POSITION Operate with pushing CTRL To select control position Select LOCAL CONTROL POSITION Operate with pushing CTRL To select control position Select LCB CONTROL POSITION The indicators of each component for each situation Operate with pushing CTRL D ST INT ALARM MOTOR CONTROL PICTURE P32 Light on when all input channels 000070007 are normal lt ACTIVE gt ST INT COND MOTOR CONTROL Light on when all input channels 000870015 fulfill conditions THRM RUN INT ALARM a Mecha FAN POM meen Light on when all input channels 010070107 are normal RUN t RUN INT
421. vibration noise Auditor To ce tree e ligiten nain dus to loose bolts etc sense roa abnor2al nolse circuits Caols 2 ogor terainals dua to overheat of junctions etc jure lions Discoloration 0 2 to overs Yisual sense To oe tree Juactions and grounding 3 ron discolora ion Cable Looseniag sense To be free through of closing plate attacnirg bolts retigitening firon loosenirg portions Daaass to cable nsaths by closing plates Coaing oit and cracking Visual sense of closing putty Mark ot haraful ingress To be free Treat to be of rain zater from the mark sater proof of rain aater 1251255 Mark of entry of saall antaals Visual sense To be free Protect from the mart the sheath of small aniza entry Cables Loosening of bolts 9 a EMI be free general at junctions etc retightening loosening Damage to the coverings ol cables Covering crossing over moving parts elc not to be 92222209 aire concerned Exchange he Damage to the cable coverings Covering by cable hangers and saddles etc not to be aire concerned Discoloration due to the overheat gt E of grounding material etc Vibration noise due to the loosening of bolts elc Yisual sense To be free Exchange ne from discoloration part concerned Visual sense To be free Re tighten Auditory abnormal noise sence Abnormal odor due to the overheat Olfactory To be f
422. white metal or corrosion oil and exclusion of corrosion black metal 2 Shock vibration rattle water moisture c Blackening or dirt on Rattle during transportation 2 Prevention of vibration white metal surface by Check of fittings lubricants 3 Fixing of rotor Cavitation 2 Mixing of water and or bubble 3 Improper curvature of inner a Erosion in white metal b Local wear of journal Replacement 2 Scraping 3 Rebalancing Erosion diameter Vibration a Oil leakage Excessive oil quantity Insufficient oil seal function Proper oiling 2 Check and replacement of oil seal 3 Improvement of oil seal construction Improper oil seal construction 4 3 RENEWAL PARTS When ordering parts give description and state quantity of parts desired referring drawing together the nameplate rating model and serial number of the motor 4 4 Caution for Lifting and Disassembling During the transportation and the installation of the motor it shall be take care so that the motors do not incline more than 15 from the horizontal position Further more if the stator is placed in vertical plane as very special case during the disassembling or cleaning it shall be placed up ward the minding series connection side INSTRUCTIONS FOR HANDLING AND MAINTENANCE OF BALL AND ROLLER BEARINGS CONTENTS 1 General Precautions in Handling Ball and Roller Beari

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Copyright © All rights reserved. Failed to retrieve file